The Golden Bough: A Study in Magic and Religion (Third Edition, Vol. 12 of 12)

by James George Frazer

Bibliography

N.B.—In the following list an asterisk prefixed to the title of a work signifies that the work in question has not been seen by me (J. G. Frazer), and is known to me only by name or in quotations. Works not marked by an asterisk have been consulted in the originals.

“A Far-off Greek Island,” in Blackwood's Magazine, February 1886.

“A Japanese Fire-walk,” in American Anthropologist, New Series, v. (1903).

Abbott, G. F., Macedonian Folk-lore. Cambridge, 1903.

Abeghian, Manuk, Der armenische Volksglaube. Leipsic, 1899.

Abel, E., Orphica. Leipsic and Prague, 1885.

Abēla, Eijūb, “Beiträge zur Kenntniss abergläubischer Gebräuche in Syrien,” in Zeitschrift des deutschen Palaestina-Vereins, vii. (1884).

* Abelas, Malta illustrata, Cintar's Supplements, quoted by R. Wünsch, Das Frühlingsfest der Insel Malta. Leipsic, 1902.

Abercromby, Hon. J., in Folk-lore, ii. (1891).

The Pre- and Proto-historic Finns. London, 1898.

Abhandlungen der historischen Classe der Königlichen Bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaften.

Abhandlungen der historisch-philologischen Classe der Königlichen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Göttingen.

Abhandlungen der Königlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin.

Abhandlungen der Königlichen Bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaften.

Abhandlungen der Königlichen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Göttingen.

Abhandlungen der Königlichen Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften.

Abhandlungen der philologisch-historischen Klasse der Königlichen Sächsischen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften.

Abinal, Father, “Astrologie Malgache,” in Les Missions Catholiques, xi. (1879).

“Croyances fabuleuses des Malgaches,” in Les Missions Catholiques, xii. (1880).

Abougit, Father X., S.J., “Le feu du Saint-Sépulcre,” in Les Missions Catholiques, viii. (1876).

Abrahams, Israel, Jewish Life in the Middle Ages. London, 1896.

The Book of Delight and other Papers. Philadelphia, 1912.

Abydenus, in Fragmenta Historicorum Graecorum, ed. C. Müller, vol. iv.

Academy, The.

Acerbi, J., Travels through Sweden, Finnland and Lapland. London, 1802.

Acevado, Dr. Otero, Letter in Le Temps, September 1898.

Achilles Tatius. Ed. G. A. Hirschig. Paris (Didot), 1885.

Acosta, J. de, The Natural and Moral History of the Indies. Translated by E. Grimston; edited by (Sir) Clements R. Markham. Hakluyt Society, London, 1880.

* Original Spanish Edition published at Seville in 1590. Reprinted at Madrid in 1894.

Acron, on Horace, Odes, quoted by G. Boni in Notizie degli Scavi, May 1900.

Acta Fratrum Arvalium. Ed. G. Henzen. Berlin, 1874.

Acta Sanctorum. Paris and Rome, 1867.

Acta Societatis Scientiarum Fennicae. Helsingfors, 1856.

Adair, James, History of the American Indians. London, 1775.

Adam, J., on Plato, Republic. Cambridge, 1902.

Adam of Bremen, Descriptio insularum Aquilonis, with the Scholia, in Migne's Patrologia Latina, cxlvi.

Adams, John, Sketches taken during Ten Voyages in Africa between the years 1786 and 1800. London, n.d.

Addison, Joseph, “Remarks on Several Parts of Italy,” in his Works, vol. ii. London, 1811.

Adriani, Dr. N., “Mededeelingen omtrent de Toradjas van Midden-Celebes,” in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xliv. (1901).

Adriani, N., en Kruijt, Alb. C., De Bare'e-sprekende Toradja's van Midden-Celebes. Batavia, 1912.

“Van Posso naar Mori,” in Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap, xliv. (1900).

“Van Posso naar Parigi, Sigi en Lindoe,” in Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap, xlii. (1898).

Aelian. Ed. R. Hercher. Paris (Didot), 1858.

De natura animalium.

Variae historiae.

Aelius Lampridius, in Scriptores Historiae Augustae, ed. H. Peter. Leipsic, 1884.

Alexander Severus.

Antoninus Diadumenus.

Antoninus Heliogabalus.

Aelius Spartianus, Helius, in H. Peter's Scriptores Historiae Augustae.

Aeneas Sylvius, Opera. Bâle, 1571.

Aeschines. Ed. F. Franke. Leipsic, 1863.

Contra Ctesiphontem.

Epistolae.

Aeschylus. Ed. F. A. Paley. Third Edition. London, 1870.

Choephori.

Prometheus Vinctus.

Suppliants.

Aetna. Ed. Robinson Ellis, in Corpus Poetarum Latinorum, ed. J. P. Postgate. London, 1894-1905.

Afzelius, Arv. Aug., Volkssagen und Volkslieder aus Schwedens älterer und neuer Zeit. Übersetzt von F. H. Ungewitter. Leipsic, 1842.

Agahd, R., M. Terentii Varronis rerum divinarum libri I. XIV. XV. XVI. Leipsic, 1898.

Agatharchides, in Photius, Bibliotheca. Ed. Im. Bekker. Berlin, 1824.

Agathias, Historia. Ed. B. G. Niebuhr. Bonn, 1828.

Agerbeek, A. H. B., “Enkele gebruiken van de Dajaksche bevolking der Pinoehlanden,” in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, li. (1909).

* Agriculture of the Nabataeans., ii. 100 and 346.

* Aiton, William, Treatise on the Origin, Qualities, and Cultivation of Moss Earth, quoted by R. Munro, Ancient Scottish Lake Dwellings or Crannogs. Edinburgh, 1882.

Aiyar, N. Subramhanya, in Census of India, 1901, vol. xxvi. Travancore, Part I. Trivandrum, 1903.

* Al Baidawī's Commentary on the Koran.

Alberti, L., De Kaffers aan de Zuidkust van Afrika. Amsterdam, 1810.

Albertus Magnus, quoted by A. Kuhn, Die Herabkunft des Feuers und des Göttertranks. Second Edition. Gütersloh, 1886.

Albîrûnî, The Chronology of Ancient Nations. Translated and edited by Dr. C. Edward Sachau. London, 1879.

Alexander, Lieutenant Boyd, “From the Niger, by Lake Chad, to the Nile,” in The Geographical Journal, xxx. (1907).

Alexander, Sir James E., Expedition of Discovery into the Interior of Africa. London, 1838.

Allan, John Hay, The Bridal of Caölchairn. London, 1822.

Alldridge, T. J., The Sherbro and its Hinterland. London, 1901.

Allegret, E., “Les Idées religieuses des Fañ (Afrique Occidentale),” in Revue de l'Histoire des Religions, I. (1904).

Allen, W., and Thomson, T. R. H., Narrative of the Expedition to the River Niger in 1841. London, 1848.

Allgemeine Missions-Zeitschrift. Gütersloh.

Allison, Mrs. S. S., “Account of the Similkameen Indians of British Columbia,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxi. (1892).

Alpenburg, J. N. Ritter von, Mythen und Sagen Tirols. Zurich, 1857.

Alvear, D. de, Relacion geografica e historica de la provincia de Misiones, in P. de Angelis's Coleccion de obras y documentos, etc., iv. Buenos Ayres, 1836.

Am Urquell. Monatsschrift für Volkkunde, N.F.

Amalfi, G., Tradizioni ed Usi nella penisola Sorrentina. Palermo, 1890.

Amat, Father E., in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, lxx. (1898).

Ambrosetti, J. B., “Los Indios Caingua del alto Paraná (misiones),” in Boletino del Instituto Geografico Argentino, xv. Buenos Ayres, 1895.

Ambrosoli, Father, “Notice sur l'île de Rook,” in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, xxvii. (1855).

Amélineau, E., Le Tombeau d'Osiris. Paris, 1899.

American Anthropologist. New Series.

American Antiquarian and Oriental Journal.

American Journal of Archaeology.

American Journal of Folk-lore.

American Journal of Philology.

American Journal of Semitic Languages and Literatures.

American Journal of Theology.

American Naturalist.

Amira, K. von, in H. Paul's Grundriss der germanischen Philologie. Second Edition. Strasburg, 1900.

Ammianus Marcellinus. Ed. F. Eyssenhardt. Berlin, 1871.

Ampelius, L., Liber Memorialis.

Anacreon, cited by Pliny, Naturalis Historia.

Analecta Bollandiana.

Anderson, J., From Mandalay to Momien. London, 1876.

Anderson, J. D., private communication (ix. 176 n. 3).

Andersson, C. J., Lake Ngami. Second Edition. London, 1856.

The Okavango River. London, 1861.

Andocides, Orationes. Ed. F. Blass. Leipsic, 1871.

Andree, Dr. Richard, Braunschweiger Volkskunde. Brunswick, 1896.

“Die Pleiaden im Mythus und in ihrer Beziehung zum Jahresbeginn und Landbau,” in Globus, lxiv. (1893).

Ethnographische Parallelen und Vergleiche. Stuttgart, 1878. Neue Folge. Leipsic, 1889.

“Scapulimantia,” in Boas Anniversary Volume. New York, 1906.

Votive und Weihegaben des Katholischen Volks in Süddeutschland. Brunswick, 1904.

Andree-Eysn, Marie, Volkskundliches aus dem bayrisch-österreichischen Alpengebiet. Brunswick, 1910.

Andrews, J. B., Contes Ligures. Paris, 1892.

Angas, G. F., Savage Life and Scenes in Australia and New Zealand. London, 1847.

Angas, H. Crawford, in Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft für Anthropologie, Ethnologie und Urgeschichte, 1898.

Angelis, Pedro de, Coleccion de obras y documentos relativos a la historia antigua y moderna de las provincias del Rio de la Plata. Buenos-Aires, 1836-1837.

Ankermann, B., “L'Ethnographie actuelle de l'Afrique méridionale,” in Anthropos, i. (1906).

Annales de l'Association de la Propagation de la Foi.

Annales de la Propagation de la Foi (continuation of the preceding).

Annales du Cercle Archéologique de Mons.

Annales du Musée Guimet, Bibliothèque d'Études.

Annales Politiques et Littéraires.

Annali dell'Instituto di Corrispondenza Archeologica.

Annals of Archaeology and Anthropology. Liverpool and London.

Annandale, Nelson, in letter to the Author.

“Customs of the Malayo-Siamese,” in Fasciculi Malayenses, Anthropology, Part II. (a) (May 1904).

“Primitive Beliefs and Customs of the Patani Fishermen,” in Fasciculi Malayenses, Anthropology, Part I. (April 1903).

Annandale, N., and Robinson, H. C., “Some Preliminary Results of an Expedition to the Malay Peninsula,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxxii. (1902).

Annual Archaeological Report, 1905. Toronto, 1906.

Annual Reports of the Bureau of American Ethnology.

Annual Reports of the Smithsonian Institution.

Annual Reports on British New Guinea.

“Anonymi Chronologica.” Printed in L. Dindorf's edition of J. Malalas. Bonn, 1831.

Antananarivo Annual and Madagascar Magazine.

Reprint of the First Four Numbers. Antananarivo, 1885.

Reprint of the Second Four Numbers. Antananarivo, 1896.

Anthologia Palatina. Ed. F. Dübner. Paris (Didot), 1864-1872.

Anthologia Planudea. Ed. F. Dübner. Paris (Didot), 1872.

Anthropological Essays presented to E. B. Tylor. Oxford, 1907.

Anthropological Reviews and Miscellanea, appended to Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxx. (1900).

Anthropos. Ephemeris Internationalis Ethnologica et Linguistica.

Antigonus, Historiarum mirabilium collectanea, in Scriptores rerum mirabilium Graeci. Ed. A. Westermann. Brunswick, 1839.

Antoninus Liberalis, Transformationum congeries, in Mythographi Graeci. Ed. A. Westermann. Brunswick, 1843.

Anzeiger der Akademie der Wissenschaften in Krakau.

Apollodorus, Bibliotheca, in Mythographi Graeci. Ed. A. Westermann. Brunswick, 1843.

Bibliotheca. Ed. R. Wagner. Leipsic, 1894.

Epitoma Vaticana. Ed. R. Wagner. Leipsic, 1891.

Apollonius Rhodius, Argonautica. Ed. Aug. Wellauer. Leipsic, 1828.

Apostolius, Proverbia, in Paroemiographi Graeci, i. Ed. E. L. Leutsch et F. G. Schneidewin. Göttingen, 1839-1851.

Appian. Ed. L. Mendelssohn. Leipsic, 1879-1881.

Bellum Civile.

Bellum Mithridaticum.

Hispanica.

Punica.

Syriaca.

Apuleius. Ed. G. F. Hildebrand. Leipsic, 1843.

De magia.

De mundo.

Metamorphoses.

Aratus, Phaenomena. Ed. E. Maass. Berlin, 1893.

Arbousset, T., et Daumas, F., Relation d'un voyage d'Exploration au Nord-est de la Colonie du Cap de Bonne-Espérance. Paris, 1842.

Archaeologia: or Miscellaneous Tracts relating to Antiquity.

Archaeologia, Second Series.

* Archaeologia Aeliana, N.S., quoted in The Denham Tracts. Edited by J. Hardy. London, 1892-1895.

Archaeologia Cambrensis, Second Series.

Archaeological and Ethnological Papers of the Peabody Museum, Harvard University.

Archaeological Review.

Archaeologische-epigraphische Mittheilungen aus Oesterreich-Ungarn.

Archäologischer Anzeiger.

Archäologische Zeitung.

Archias Mitylenaeus, in Anthologia Palatina, vii.

Archiv für Anthropologie.

Archiv für Papyrusforschung.

Archiv für Religionswissenschaft.

Archivio per lo Studio delle Tradizioni Popolari.

Arctic Papers for the Expedition of 1875. Published by the Royal Geographical Society. London, 1875.

Aristides (Christian apologist), Apologia. Edited by J. Rendel Harris. Cambridge, 1891.

Aristides (Greek rhetorician), Orationes. Ed. G. Dindorf. Leipsic, 1829.

Eleusinius.

Isthmica.

Panathenaicus.

Aristophanes, in Poetae Scenici Graeci. Ed. G. Dindorf. London, 1869.

Acharnenses.

Birds.

Clouds.

Ecclesiazusae.

Frogs.

Knights.

Lysistrata.

Plutus.

Thesmophoriazusae.

Wasps.

Aristotle, Opera. Ed. Im. Bekker. Berlin, 1831-1870.

Cited by a Scholiast on Aristophanes, Acharnenses.

Constitution of Athens. Ed. J. E. Sandys. London, 1893.

De anima.

De animalium generatione.

De mundo.

[De Mirabilibus Auscultationibus.]

De Xenophane.

Historia de animalibus.

Meteora.

Peplos, in Fragmenta Historicorum Graecorum. Ed. C. Müller.

Physica Auscultatio.

Politics.

Problemata.

* Arlegui, Chrón. de Zacatecas, quoted by H. H. Bancroft, in Native Races of the Pacific States. London, 1875-1876.

Armit, Captain W. E., “Customs of the Australian Aborigines,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, ix. (1880).

Arnobius, Adversus Nationes. Ed. Aug. Reifferscheid. Vienna, 1875.

Arnold, Matthew, Essays in Criticism. First Series. London, 1898.

Arnold, R. A., From the Levant. London, 1868.

Arnot, F. S., Garengauze; or Seven Years' Pioneer Mission Work in Central Africa. London, n.d., preface dated March 1889.

Arriaga, P. J. de, Extirpacion de la Idolatria del Piru. Lima, 1621.

Arrian, Anabasis. Ed. R. Geier. Leipsic, 1871.

Cynegeticus, in Scripta Minora. Ed. R. Hercher. Leipsic, 1854.

Epicteti dissertationes. Ed. H. Schenkl. Leipsic, 1894.

Indica, in Scripta Minora. Ed. R. Hercher.

Tactica, in Scripta Minora. Ed. R. Hercher.

Ars quatuor Coronatorum. The Transactions of a Masonic Lodge of London.

Artemidorus, Onirocritica. Ed. R. Hercher. Leipsic, 1864.

Asbjörnsen, P. Chr., Norske Folke-Eventyr. Ny Samling. Christiania, 1871.

Asbjörnsen, P. Chr., og Moe, J., Norske Folke-Eventyr. Christiania, n.d.

Asclepiades, cited by Porphyry, De abstinentia.

Asconius. Ed. A. Kiesseling et R. Schoell. Berlin, 1875.

In Milonianam.

In Cornelianam.

Ashe, R. P., Two Kings of Uganda. London, 1889.

Asiatick (Asiatic) Researches. Usually quoted in the 8vo Edition. London, 1806-1818.

Asterius Amasenus, Encomium in sanctos martyres, in Migne's Patrologia Graeca, xl.

Astley, T., New General Collection of Voyages and Travels. London, 1745-1754.

Aston, W. G., Shinto, the Way of the Gods. London, 1905.

Ateius Capito, cited by Plutarch, Quaestiones Romanae.

Athalye, Y. V., in Journal of the Anthropological Society of Bombay, i.

Athanasius, Oratio contra Gentes, in Migne's Patrologia Graeca, xxv.

Atharva-Veda. See s.v. [Hymns].

Athenaeum, The.

Athenaeus. Ed. Aug. Meineke. Leipsic, 1858-1867.

Ed. G. Kaibel. Leipsic, 1887-1890.

Athenagoras, Supplicatio pro Christianis. Ed. J. C. T. Otto. Jena, 1857.

Atkinson, E. T., “Notes on the History of Religion in the Himalayas of the North-West Provinces,” in Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, liii. Part i. Calcutta, 1884.

The Himalayan Districts of the North-Western Provinces of India. Allahabad, 1884.

Atkinson, Rev. J. C., in County Folk-lore, ii. London, 1901.

Forty Years in a Moorland Parish. London, 1891.

Atkinson, T. W., Travels in the Regions of the Upper and Lower Amoor. London, 1860.

Attalus, Letter preserved in inscription at Sivrihissar.

Atti del IV. Congresso Internazionale degli Orientalisti. Florence, 1880.

Aubin, E., Le Maroc d'aujourd'hui. Paris, 1904.

Aubrey, John, Remaines of Gentilisme and Judaisme. Folk-lore Society. London, 1881.

Augustine, Opera. Paris, 1683.

De civitate Dei.

De Trinitate, in Migne's Patrologia Latina, xlii.

[Quaestiones Veteris et Novi Testamenti,] in Migne's Patrologia Latina, xxxv.

Sermones, in Migne's Patrologia Latina, xxxviii.

Aurelius Victor, Sextus. Ed. Franc. Pichlmayr. Leipsic, 1911.

De viris illustribus.

Origo gentis Romanae.

Aus der Anomia, Archäologische Beiträge Carl Robert zur Erinnerung an Berlin dargebracht. Berlin, 1890.

Ausgrabungen zu Sendschirli. Berlin, 1902.

Ausland, Das. Wochenschrift für Länder- und Völkerkunde.

Ausonius, De feriis Romanis.

Epigrammata.

Aust, E., Die Religion der Römer. Munster i. W., 1899.

s.v. “Juppiter,” in W. H. Roscher's Lexicon der griechischen und römischen Mythologie, ii.

Autenrieth, Missionary, “Zur Religion der Kamerun-Neger,” in Mitteilungen der geographischen Gesellschaft zu Jena, xii. (1893).

Authority and Archaeology Sacred and Profane. Edited by D. G. Hogarth. London, 1899.

Auvergne, Mgr., in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, x. (1837).

Avanchers, Father Léon des, in Bulletin de la Société de Géographie (Paris), Vme Série, xvii. (1869).

Avebury, Lord (Sir John Lubbock), Origin of Civilisation. London, 1870.

Fourth Edition. London, 1882.

Fifth Edition.

Preface to Sixth Edition. London, 1902.

Prehistoric Times. Fifth Edition. London, 1890.

Aymonier, Étienne, Le Cambodge. Paris, 1900-1904.

“Les Tchames et leurs religions,” in Revue de l'histoire des Religions, xxiv. (1891).

“Notes sur les coutumes et croyances superstitieuses des Cambodgiens,” in Cochinchine française: Excursions et Reconnaissances, No. 16. Saigon, 1883.

Notes sur le Laos. Saigon, 1885.

Notice sur le Cambodge. Paris, 1875.

Voyage dans le Laos. Paris, 1895-1897.

Azara, F. de, Voyages dans l'Amérique Méridionale. Paris, 1809.

Baarda, M. J. van. Cited by A. C. Kruijt, “Regen lokken en regen verdrijving bij de Toradja's van Central Celebes,” in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xliv. (1901).

“Fabelen, verhalen en overleveringen der Galelareezen,” in Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië, xlv. (1895).

“Île de Halmaheira,” in Bulletins de la Société d'Anthropologie de Paris, iii. (1892), iv. (1893).

Babelon, E., Monnaies de la République romaine. Paris, 1885-1886.

Babrius, Fabulae. Ed. W. G. Rutherford. London, 1883.

Bacchylides. Ed. Sir Richard C. Jebb. Cambridge, 1905.

Bachofen, J. J., Das Mutterrecht. Stuttgart, 1861.

Die Sage von Tanaquil. Heidelberg, 1870.

Back, Fr., De Graecorum caerimoniis in quibus homines deorum vice fungebantur. Berlin, 1883.

Backer, L. de, L'Archipel Indien. Paris, 1874.

Bacon, Francis, Natural History, in his Works. London, 1740.

Baddeley, St. Clair. Notes sent to the Author (i. 5. n. 2).

Badger, G. P., Note on The Travels of Ludovico di Varthema. Translated by J. W. Jones. Hakluyt Society. London, 1863.

Badham, Rev. Charles, D.D. Cited iii. 156.

Baedeker, K., Central Italy and Rome. Thirteenth Edition.

Palestine and Syria. Fourth Edition. Leipsic, 1906.

Southern Italy. Seventh Edition. Leipsic, 1880.

Baer, K. F. v., und Helmersen, Gr. v., Beiträge zur Kenntniss des russischen Reiches und der angrenzenden Länder Asiens. St. Petersburg, 1839.

Baessler-Archiv.

Baethgen, F., Beiträge zur semitischen Religionsgeschichte. Berlin, 1888.

Bagford's letter in * Leland's Collectanea, i., quoted by J. Brand, Popular Antiquities, ii. Bohn's Edition. London, 1882-1883.

Baier, R., “Beiträge von der Insel Rügen,” in Zeitschrift für deutsche Mythologie und Sittenkunde, ii. (1855).

Bailey, Mabel. Verbal communication (ii. 88 n. 1).

Bailly, J. S., Lettres sur l'Atlantide de Platon. London and Paris, 1779.

Lettres sur l'Origine des Sciences. London and Paris, 1777.

Baker, F. B., in Numismatic Chronicle, Third Series, xii. (1892).

Balbi, Gaspar, “Voyage to Pegu,” in J. Pinkerton's Voyages and Travels, ix.

Balfour, Edward, Cyclopaedia of India. Third Edition. London, 1885.

Ball, V., Jungle Life in India. London, 1880.

Ballentine, Floyd G., “Some Phases of the Cult of the Nymphs,” in Harvard Studies in Classical Philology, xv. (1904).

Bamler, G., “Tami,” in R. Neuhauss's Deutsch Neu-Guinea, iii. Berlin, 1911.

Bancroft, H. H., The Native Races of the Pacific States of North America. London, 1875-1876.

* Banffshire Journal, quoted by R. Chambers, The Book of Days. London and Edinburgh, 1886.

Banks, M. M., “Scoring a Witch above the Breath,” in Folk-lore, xxiii. (1912).

Barber, Rev. Dr. W. T. A., in letters to the Author (iv. 145, 275).

Barbosa, Duarte, A Description of the Coasts of East Africa and Malabar in the Beginning of the Sixteenth Century. Translated by the Hon. H. E. J. Stanley. Hakluyt Society. London, 1866, in Records of South-Eastern Africa, collected by G. McCall Theal, vol. i. (1898).

Baring-Gould, S., Curious Myths of the Middle Ages. London, 1884.

Barker, W. G. M. Jones, The Three Days of Wensleydale. London, 1854.

Baron, R., “The Bara,” in Antananarivo Annual and Madagascar Magazine, vol. ii., Reprint of the Second Four Numbers. Antananarivo, 1896.

Baron, S., “Description of the Kingdom of Tonqueen,” in J. Pinkerton's Voyages and Travels, ix.

Barret, P., L'Afrique Occidentale. Paris, 1888.

Bartels, M., “Islandischer Brauch und Volksglaube in Bezug auf die Nachkommenschaft,” in Zeitschrift für Ethnologie, xxxii. (1900).

Bartels, Olga, “Aus dem Leben der weissrussischen Landbevölkerung,” in Zeitschrift für Ethnologie, xxxv. (1903).

Barth, H., in Monatsberichte der königlichen Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften, 1859.

“Reize von Trapezunt durch die nördliche Hälfte Klein-Asiens,” in Ergänzungsheft zu Petermann's Geographischen Mittheilungen, No. 2 (1860).

Barton, Captain F. R., in C. G. Seligmann's The Melanesians of British New Guinea. Cambridge, 1910.

Bartram, William, Travels through North and South Carolina, Georgia, East and West Florida, etc. London, 1792. See also s.v. [“Observations on the Creek,”] etc.

Bartsch, Karl, Sagen, Märchen und Gebräuche aus Mecklenburg. Vienna, 1879-1880.

Basedow, Herbert, Anthropological Notes on the Western Coastal Tribes of the Northern Territory of South Australia. Separate reprint from the Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia, vol. xxxi. (1907). Printed by Hussey and Gillingham, Adelaide.

Basile, G., Pentamerone. Übertragen von Felix Liebrecht. Breslau, 1846.

Basset, R., Nouveaux Contes Berbères. Paris, 1897.

Bastian, Adolf, Allerlei aus Volks- und Menschenkunde. Berlin, 1888.

“Beiträge zur Kenntniss der Gebirgsstämme in Kambodia,” in Zeitschrift der Gesellschaft für Erdkunde zu Berlin, i. (1866).

Der Mensch in der Geschichte. Leipsic, 1860.

Der Voelker des oestlichen Asien. Leipsic and Jena, 1866-1871.

Die Culturländer des alten Amerika. Berlin, 1878.

Die deutsche Expedition an der Loango-Küste. Jena, 1874-1875.

Die Seele und ihre Erscheinungswesen in der Ethnographie. Berlin, 1868.

Die Völkerstämme am Brahmaputra. Berlin, 1883.

Ein Besuch in San Salvador. Bremen, 1859.

“Hügelstämme Assam's,” in Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft für Anthropologie, Ethnologie, und Urgeschichte (1881).

Indonesien, Berlin, 1884-1889.

in Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft für Anthropologie, Ethnologie, und Urgeschichte, 1870-1871.

Bataillon, Father, in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, xiii. (1841).

Batchelor, Rev. John, The Ainu and their Folk-lore. London, 1901.

The Ainu of Japan. London, 1892.

Bather, A. G., “The Problem of the Bacchae,” in Journal of Hellenic Studies, xiv. (1904).

Battel, Andrew, “Strange Adventures of,” in J. Pinkerton's Voyages and Travels, xvi. Also published by the Hakluyt Society. London, 1901.

Batten, G. G., Glimpses of the Eastern Archipelago. Singapore, 1894.

Batty, Mrs. R. B., and Maloney, Governor, “Notes on the Yoruba Country,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xix. (1890).

Baudin, Le R. P., “Féticheurs ou ministres religieux des Nègres de la Guinée,” in Les Missions Catholiques, No. 787 (4 juillet 1884).

“Le Fétichisme ou la religion des Nègres de la Guinée,” in Les Missions Catholiques, xvi. (1884).

Baudin, N., Letter dated 16th April 1875, in Missions Catholiques, vii. (1875).

Baudissin, W. W. Graf von, Adonis und Esmun. Leipsic, 1911.

Studien zur semitischen Religionsgeschichte. Leipsic, 1876-1878.

s.v. “Tammuz” in Realencyclopädie für protestantische Theologie und Kirchengeschichte. Third Edition.

Baudrouin, M., et Bonnemère, L., “Les haches polies dans l'histoire jusqu'au xixe siècle,” in Bulletins et Mémoires de la Société d'Anthropologie de Paris, Vme Série, v. (1904).

Baumann, Oscar, Durch Massailand zur Nilquelle. Berlin, 1894.

Eine afrikanische Tropen-Insel, Fernando Póo und die Bube. Wien und Olmütz, 1888.

Usambara und seine Nachbargebiete. Berlin, 1891.

Baumeister, A., Denkmäler des klassischen Altertums. Munich and Leipsic, 1885-1888.

Hymni Homerici. Leipsic, 1860.

Bautz, Dr. Joseph, Die Hölle, im Anschluss an die Scholastik dargestellt. Second Edition. Mainz, 1905.

Bavaria, Landes- und Volkskunde des Königreichs Bayern. Munich, 1860-1867.

Bayfield, M. A., in Classical Review, xv. (1901).

Bazin, quoted by Breuil, in Mémoires de la Société d'Antiquaires de Picardie, viii. (1845).

Beardmore, E., “The Natives of Mowat, Daudai, British New Guinea,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xix. (1890).

Beatty, A., “The St. George, or Mummers', Plays,” in Transactions of the Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters, xv. part. ii. (October 1906).

Beauchamp, W. M., “The Iroquois White Dog Feast,” in American Antiquarian, vii. (1885).

Beauchet, L., Histoire du droit privé de la République Athénienne. Paris, 1897.

Beaufort, in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xv. (1886).

Beaufort, Fr., Karmania. London, 1817.

Beaulieu, L., Archéologie de la Lorraine. Paris, 1840-1843.

Beauquier, Charles, Les Mois en Franche-Comté. Paris, 1900.

Bechstein, L., Deutsches Sagenbuch. Leipsic, 1853.

Thüringer Sagenbuch. Leipsic, 1885.

Becker, Jérôme, La Vie en Afrique. Paris and Brussels, 1887.

Bede, Historia ecclesiastica gentis Anglorum.

Beech, Mervyn W. H., The Suk, their Language and Folklore. Oxford, 1911.

Beechey, F. W., Narrative of a Voyage to the Pacific and Beering's Strait. London, 1831.

Beguelin, M. v., “Religiöse Volksbräuche der Mongolen,” in Globus, lvii. (1890).

Béguin, Eugène, Les Ma-rotsé. Lausanne and Fontaines, 1903.

Beiderbecke, Rev. H., “Some Religious Ideas and Customs of the Ovahereros,” in (South African) Folk-lore Journal, ii. Cape Town, 1880.

Bekker, Im., Anecdota Graeca. Berlin, 1814-1821.

Beleth (Belethus), John, Rationale Divinorum Officiorum. Appended to the Rationale Divinorum Officiorum of G. [W.] Durandus. Lyons, 1584.

Bell, Charles N., “The Mosquito Territory,” in Journal of the Royal Geographical Society, xxxii. (1862).

Bellamy, Dr., “Notes ethnographiques recueillies dans le Haut-Sénégal,” in Revue d'Ethnographie, v. (1886).

Beloch, J., Der italische Bund unter Roms Hegemonie. Leipsic, 1880.

Benfey, Theodor, Pantschatantra. Leipsic, 1859.

Benndorf, O., “Das Alter des Trojaspieles,” appended to W. Reichel's Über homerische Waffen. Vienna, 1894.

Benndorf, O., and Schoene, R., Die antiken Bildwerke des Lateranischen Museums.

Bennett, George, Wanderings in New South Wales, Batavia, Pedir Coast, Singapore and China. London, 1834.

Bensen, quoted by J. Kohler, “Das Recht der Herero,” in Zeitschrift für vergleichende Rechtswissenschaft, xiv. (1900).

Benson, E. F., in letter to the Author (ii. 52 n. 4).

Bent, J. Theodore, “A Journey in Cilicia Tracheia,” in Journal of Hellenic Studies, xii. (1891).

“Cilician Symbols,” in Classical Review, iv. (1890).

“Explorations in Cilicia Tracheia,” in Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society, N.S., xii. (1890).

quoted by Miss J. E. Harrison, Mythology and Monuments of Ancient Athens.

“Recent Discoveries in Eastern Cilicia,” in Journal of Hellenic Studies, xi. (1890).

Sacred City of the Ethiopians. London, 1893.

The Cyclades. London, 1885.

“The Yourouks of Asia Minor,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xx. (1891).

* Bentley, R., “Sermon on Popery,” quoted in J. H. Monk's Life of Bentley. Second Edition. London, 1833.

Bentley, Rev. W. H., Life on the Congo. London, 1887.

Pioneering on the Congo. London, 1900.

Benzinger, J., Hebräische Archäologie. Freiburg im Baden and Leipsic, 1894.

Benzoni, G., History of the New World. Hakluyt Society. London, 1857.

Béraud, “Note sur le Dahomé,” in Bulletin de la Société de Géographie (Paris), Vme Série, xii. (1866).

Bérenger-Féraud, L. J. B., in Bulletins de la Société d'Anthropologie de Paris, Quatrième Série, i. (1890).

Les Peuplades de la Sénégambie. Paris, 1879.

Reminiscences populaires de la Provence. Paris, 1885.

Superstitions et survivances. Paris, 1896.

Bérenger-Féraud and de Mortillet, in Bulletins de la Société d'Anthropologie de Paris, 4me série, ii. (1891).

Bérengier, Dom Théophile, “Croyances superstitieuses dans le pays de Chittagong,” in Les Missions Catholiques, xiii. (1881).

“Les funérailles à Chittagong,” in Les Missions Catholiques, xiii. (1881).

in Les Missions Catholiques, x. (1878).

Berg, L. W. C. van den, “De Mohammedaansche Vorsten in Nederlandsch-Indië,” in Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië, liii. (1901).

Bergk, Th., Poetae Lyrici Graeci. Third Edition. Leipsic, 1867.

Bergmann, B., Nomadische Streifereien unter den Kalmücken. Riga, 1804-1805.

Berichte über die Verhandlungen der Königlich Sächsischen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Leipsic, Philologisch-historische Klasse.

Berliner philologische Wochenschrift.

Bernau, Rev. J. H., Missionary Labours in British Guiana. London, 1847.

Berosus, in Fragmenta Historicorum Graecorum, ed. C. Müller, vol. ii.

cited by Clement of Alexandria, Protreptica, v. Ed. Potter.

quoted by Eusebius, Chronicorum liber prior. Ed. A. Schoene. Berlin, 1875.

Bertrand, A., The Kingdom of the Barotsi, Upper Zambesia. London, 1899.

Bertrand, Alexandre, La Religion des Gaulois. Paris, 1897.

Bertrand, J., in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, xxii. (1850).

Bessels, E., in American Naturalist, xviii. (1884).

Best, Elsdon, “Maori Nomenclature,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxxii. (1902).

“Spiritual Concepts of the Maori,” in Journal of the Polynesian Society, ix. (1900).

quoted by W. H. Goldie, “Maori Medical Lore,” Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute, xxxvii. (1904).

Beuster, “Das Volk der Vawenda,” in Zeitschrift der Gesellschaft für Erdkunde zu Berlin, xiv. (1879).

Bevan, Professor A. A. Private communications (ii. 210 n., iii. 302 n. 4, ix. 367 n. 2, x. 83 n. 1).

Beveridge, P., “Notes on the Dialects, Habits, and Mythology of the Lower Murray Aborigines,” in Transactions of the Royal Society of Victoria, vi.

“Of the Aborigines inhabiting the Great Lacustrine and Riverine Depression of the Lower Murray, Lower Murrumbidgee, Lower Lachlan, and Lower Darling,” in Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society of New South Wales for 1883, xvii. Sydney, 1884.

Beverley, Robert, History of Virginia. London, 1722.

Bezzenberger, A., Litauische Forschungen. Göttingen, 1882.

Biddulph, Major J., Tribes of the Hindoo Koosh. Calcutta, 1880.

Biet, A., Voyage de la France équinoxiale en l'Isle de Cayenne. Paris, 1664.

Bigandet, Letter, dated March 1847, in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, xx. (1848).

Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch Indië.

Bilfinger, Gustav, Untersuchungen über die Zeitrechnung der alten Germanen, ii. Das germanische Julfest. Stuttgart, 1901.

Binetsch, G., “Beantwortung mehrerer Fragen über unser Ewe-Volk und seine Anschauungen,” in Zeitschrift für Ethnologie, xxxviii. (1906).

Binger, Le Capitaine, Du Niger au Golfe de Guinée par le pays de Kong et le Mossi. Paris, 1892.

Bingham, J., The Antiquities of the Christian Church.

Works. Oxford, 1855.

* Bingley, William, Tour Round North Wales (1800), quoted by T. F. Thisleton Dyer, British Popular Customs. London, 1876.

Binterim, A. J., Die vorzüglichsten Denkwürdigkeiten der Christ-Katholischen Kirche. Mayence, 1829.

Bion, Carmina. Ed. Chr. Ziegler. Tübingen, 1868.

Birch, S., in Sir J. G. Wilkinson's Manners and Customs of the Ancient Egyptians. London, 1878.

Bird, Isabella L., Unbeaten Tracks in Japan. New Edition, 1885.

Birks, Rev. E. B. Private communication (v. 237 n. 1).

Birlinger, Anton, Aus Schwaben. Wiesbaden, 1874.

Volksthümliches aus Schwaben. Freiburg im Breisgau, 1861-1862.

Bischof, E. F., “De fastis Graecorum antiquioribus,” in Leipziger Studien für classische Philologie, vii. Leipsic, 1884.

Bishop, Mrs. (Isabella L. Bird), Korea and her Neighbours. London, 1898.

Bisset, Rev. Dr. Thomas, “Parish of Logierait,” in Sir John Sinclair's Statistical Account of Scotland, iii. Edinburgh, 1792.

in Sir John Sinclair's Statistical Account of Scotland, v. Edinburgh, 1793.

Black, Dr. J. Sutherland, in letters to the Author (iv. 260 sq.).

Black, W. G., Folk-Medicine. London, 1883.

Blackwood's Magazine.

Bladé, J. F., Contes populaires recueillis en Agenais. Paris, 1874.

Quatorze superstitions populaires de la Gascogne. Agen, 1883.

Bland, J. O. P., in letter to the Author (iv. 274 sq.).

Blandowski, W., “Personal Observations made in an Excursion towards the Central Parts of Victoria,” in Transactions of the Philosophical Society of Victoria, i. Melbourne, 1855.

Bleek, W. H. I., A Brief Account of Bushman Folklore. London, 1875.

Reynard the Fox in South Africa. London, 1864.

Bleek, W. H. I., Ph.D., and Lloyd, L. C., Specimens of Bushman Folklore. London, 1911.

Blinkenberg, Chr., The Thunderweapon in Religion and Folk-lore. Cambridge, 1911.

Bloomfield, M., Hymns of the Atharva-Veda. Oxford, 1897. (Sacred Books of the East, vol. xlii.)

“On the ‘Frog Hymn,’ Rig Veda, vii. 103,” in Journal of the American Oriental Society, xvii. (1896).

Blumentritt, F., “Das Stromgebiet des Rio Grande de Mindanao,” in Petermanns Mitteilungen, xxxvii. (1891).

“Der Ahnencultus und die religiösen Anschauungen der Malaien des Philippinen-Archipels,” in Mittheilungen der Wiener Geographischen Gesellschaft (1882).

“Sitten und Bräuche der Ilocanen,” in Globus, xlviii. No. 12.

“Über die Eingeborenen der Insel Palawan und der Inselgruppe der Talamianen,” in Globus, lix. (1891).

Versuch einer Ethnographie der Philippinen. Gotha, 1882. (Petermanns Mittheilungen, Ergänzungsheft, No. 67.)

Blümner, H., Technologie und Terminologie der Gewerbe und Künste bei Griechen und Römern. Leipsic, 1875-1887.

Blunt, J. J., Vestiges of Ancient Manners and Customs discoverable in Modern Italy and Sicily. London, 1823.

Boas, Franz, Chinook Texts. Washington, 1894.

“Die Sagen der Baffin-land Eskimo,” in Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft für Anthropologie, Ethnologie, und Urgeschichte (1885).

Indianische Sagen von der Nord-Pacifischen Küste Amerikas. Berlin, 1895.

in Journal of American Folk-lore, i. (1888).

in Reports on the North-Western Tribes of Canada. Separate reprints from the Reports of the British Association for the Advancement of Science, 1890-1898.

“The Central Eskimo,” in Sixth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology. Washington, 1888.

“The Eskimo,” in Proceedings and Transactions of the Royal Society of Canada for 1887, v. Montreal, 1888.

“The Eskimo of Baffin Land and Hudson Bay,” in Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History, xv. part i. New York, 1901.

“The Social Organization and the Secret Societies of the Kwakiutl Indians,” in Report of the United States National Museum for 1895. Washington, 1897.

Boas, Franz, and Hunt, George, Kwakiutl Texts. (The Jesup North Pacific Expedition, Memoir of the American Museum of Natural History, December 1902.)

Boas Anniversary Volume. New York, 1906.

Bochart, S., Hierozoicon. Editio Tertia. Leyden, 1692.

Bock, C., Temples and Elephants. London, 1884.

The Head-hunters of Borneo. London, 1881.

Bodding, P. O., “Ancient Stone Implements in the Santal Parganas,” in Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, lxx. part iii. (1901).

Bodenschatz, J. Chr. G., Kirchliche Verfassung der heutigen Juden. Erlangen, 1748.

Boeckh, Aug., on Pindar, Explicationes. Leipsic, 1821.

Boecler-Kreutzwald, Der Ehsten abergläubische Gebräuche, Weisen und Gewohnheiten. St. Petersburg, 1854. (The work of two writers, J. W. Boecler and F. R. Kreutzwald.)

Boemus, Johannes, Mores, leges, et ritus omnium gentium. Lyons, 1541.

Omnium gentium mores, leges, et ritus. Paris, 1538.

Boers, J. W., “Oud volksgebruik in het Rijk van Jambi,” in Tijdschrift voor Neêrlands Indië (1840), deel i.

Boetticher, C., Der Baumkultus der Hellenen. Berlin, 1856.

Bogle, George. See s.v. [Narratives].

Bogoras, Waldemar, “The Chukchee,” in Memoir of the American Museum of Natural History, The Jesup North Pacific Expedition, vol. vii. Leyden and New York, 1904-1909.

“The Chukchee Religion,” in Memoir of the American Museum of Natural History, The Jesup North Pacific Expedition, vol. vii. part ii. Leyden and New York, 1904.

Boileau, F. F. R., “The Nyasa-Tanganyika Plateau,” in The Geographical Journal, xiii. (1899).

Boisse, E., “Les îles Samoa, Nukunono, Fakaafo, Wallis et Hoorn,” in Bulletin de la Société de Géographie (Paris), 6ème Série, x. (1875).

Boissier, G., La Religion Romaine d'Auguste aux Antonins. Fifth Edition. Paris, 1900.

Boletino del Instituto Geografico Argentino.

Boni, G., Aedes Vestae. Extract from the Nuova Antologia, 1st August 1900.

“Bimbi Romulei,” in Nuova Antologia, 16th February 1904. Separate reprint.

in Notizie degli Scavi, May 1900.

Bonnemère, L., “Le Jour des Rois en Normandie,” in Revue des Traditions populaires, ii. (1887).

Bonney, F., “On some Customs of the Aborigines of the River Darling, New South Wales,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xiii. (1884).

Bonwick, James, Daily Life and Origin of the Tasmanians. London, 1870.

Book of Rights. Edited with translation and notes by John O'Donovan. Dublin, 1847.

Book of Ser Marco Polo. Newly translated and edited by Colonel Henry Yule. Second Edition. London, 1875.

Book of the Dead. Translated by E. A. Wallis Budge. London, 1901.

Boot, J., “Korle schets der noordkust van Ceram,” in Tijdschrift van het Nederlandsch Aardrijkskundig Genootschap, Tweede Serie, x. (1893).

Boot, J. C. G., in Verslagen en Mededeelingen der koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen, Afdeeling Letterkunde, III. Reeks, xii. deel. Amsterdam, 1895.

Borchardt, L., “Der ägyptische Titel ‘Vater des Gottes’ als Bezeichnung für ‘Vater oder Schwiegervater des Königs,’ ” in Berichte über die Verhandlungen der Königlichen Sächsischen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Leipzig, Philologisch-historische Klasse, lvii. (1905).

Borde, Le Sieur de la, “Relation de l'Origine, Mœurs, Coustumes, Religion, Guerres et Voyages des Caraibes sauvages des Isles Antilles de l'Amerique,” in Recueil de divers Voyages faits en Afrique et en l'Amerique, qui n'ont point esté encore publiez. Paris, 1684.

Borie, “Notice sur les Mantras, tribu sauvage de la péninsule Malaise,” in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, x. (1860).

Borlase, William, LL.D., Antiquities, Historical and Monumental, of the County of Cornwall. London, 1769.

The Natural History of Cornwall. Oxford, 1758.

Bormann, A., Altitalische Chorographie. Halle, 1852.

Bosanquet, Professor R. C. Private communication (vi. 250 n. 2).

Boscana, Father Geronimo, “Chinigchinich; a historical account of the origin, customs, and traditions of the Indians at the missionary establishment of St. Juan Capistrano, Alta California.” Appended to [Alfred Robinson's] Life in California. New York, 1846.

Bose, Shib Chunder, The Hindoos as they are. London and Calcutta, 1881.

Bosman, W., “Description of the Coast of Guinea,” in J. Pinkerton's Voyages and Travels, xvi. London, 1814.

Bosquet, Amélie, La Normandie romanesque et merveilleuse. Paris and Rouen, 1845.

Bossu, Nouveaux Voyages aux Indes Occidentales. Paris, 1768.

Bossuet, Bishop, “Catéchisme du diocèse de Meaux,” in vol. vi. of his Œuvres (Versailles, 1815-1819).

Boswell, J., Life of Samuel Johnson. Ninth Edition. London, 1822.

Bottrell, William, Traditions and Hearthside Stories of West Cornwall. Penzance, 1870.

Bouche, Pierre, La Côte des Esclaves et le Dahomey. Paris, 1885.

Bourien, M., “Wild Tribes of the Malay Peninsula,” in Transactions of the Ethnological Society of London, N.S., iii. (1865).

Bourke, Captain J. G., in letter to the Author (viii. 178 n. 4).

“Notes upon the Religion of the Apache Indians,” in Folk-lore, ii. (1891).

On the Border with Crook. New York, 1891.

“The Medicine-men of the Apache,” in Ninth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology. Washington, 1892.

The Snake Dance of the Moquis of Arizona. London, 1884.

Bourlet, A., “Funérailles chez les Thay,” in Anthropos, viii. (1913).

“Les Thay,” in Anthropos, ii. (1907).

Bowdich, T. E., Mission from Cape Coast Castle to Ashantee. New Edition. London, 1873.

Bowring, Sir John, LL.D., The Kingdom and People of Siam. London, 1857.

Bradbury, Professor J. B. Private communication (ii. 139 n. 1).

Braga, Theophilo, O Povo Portuguez nos seus Costumes, Crenças e Tradiçoes. Lisbon, 1885.

Brand, John, Popular Antiquities of Great Britain. London, 1882-1883. Bohn's Edition.

Brandes, J., “Iets over het Papegaai-boek, zooals het bij de Maleiers voorkomt,” in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xli. (1899).

Brandt, Von, “The Ainos and Japanese,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, iii. (1874).

Brard, “Der Victoria-Nyansa,” in Petermanns Mittheilungen, xliii. (1897).

Brasseur de Bourbourg, “Aperçus d'un voyage dans les États de San-Salvador et de Guatemala,” in Bulletin de la Société de Géographie (Paris), IVème Série, xiii. (1857).

Histoire des nations civilisées du Mexique et de l'Amérique-Centrale. Paris, 1857-1859.

* Bray, Mrs., Traditions of Devon, referred to by Miss C. S. Burne and Miss G. F. Jackson, Shropshire Folk-lore. London, 1883.

Braz, A. le, La Légende de la Mort en Basse-Bretagne. Paris, 1893.

Breasted, J. H., A History of the Ancient Egyptians. London, 1908.

Ancient Records of Egypt. Chicago, 1906-1907.

Development of Religion and Thought in Ancient Egypt. London, 1912.

Brebeuf, J. de, in Relations des Jésuites, 1636. Canadian reprint. Quebec, 1858.

Breeks, J. W., An Account of the Primitive Tribes and Monuments of the Nïlagiris. London, 1873.

Brenner, Joachim Freiherr von, Besuch bei den Kannibalen Sumatras. Würzburg, 1894.

Bresciani, Antonio, Dei costumi dell' isola di Sardegna comparati cogli antichissimi popoli orientali. Rome and Turin, 1866.

Brett, “Dans la Corée septentrionale,” in Les Missions Catholiques, xxxi. (1899).

Breuil, A., “Du Culte de St Jean-Baptiste,” in Mémoires de la Société des Antiquaires de Picardie, viii. Amiens, 1845.

Bricknell, J., The Natural History of North Carolina. Dublin, 1737.

Brien, “Aperçu sur la province de Battambang,” in Cochinchine Française: excursions et reconnaissances, No. 25. Saigon, 1886.

Brincker, Missionar P. H., “Beobachtungen über die Deisidämonie der Eingeborenen Deutsch-Südwest-Afrikas,” in Globus, lviii. (1890).

“Charakter, Sitten und Gebräuche, speciell der Bantu Deutsch Südwestafrikas,” in Mittheilungen des Seminars für orientalische Sprachen zu Berlin, iii. (1900), Dritte Abtheilung.

“Heidnisch-religiöse Sitten der Bantu, speciell der Ovaherero und Ovambo,” in Globus, lxvii. (1895).

“Pyrolatrie in Südafrika,” in Globus, lxvii. (January 1895).

Wörterbuch und kurzgefasste Grammatik des Otji-herero. Leipsic, 1886.

Bringaud, “Les Karens de la Birmanie,” in Les Missions Catholiques, xx. (1888).

Brinton, Daniel G., Myths of the New World. Second Edition. New York, 1876.

“Nagualism, a Study in American Folk-lore and History,” in Proceedings of the American Folk-lore Society held at Philadelphia, vol. xxxiii. No. 144. Philadelphia, January 1894.

“The Folk-lore of Yucatan,” in Folk-lore Journal, i. (1883).

British Central Africa Gazette.

British New Guinea, Annual Report for 1894-1895.

Broadwood, Lucy E., in Folk-lore, iv. (1893).

Brockelmann, C., “Das Neujahrsfest der Jezîdîs,” in Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenländischen Gesellschaft, lv. (1901).

“Wesen und Ursprung des Eponymats in Assyrien,” in Zeitschrift für Assyriologie, xvi. (1902).

* Brockett, J. T., Glossary of North Country Words, quoted by Mrs. M. C. Balfour, in County Folk-lore, vol. iv. Northumberland.

* First Edition of the Glossary published in 1825.

Broeck, T. G. S. Ten, in H. R. Schoolcraft's Indian Tribes of the United States. Philadelphia, 1853-1856.

Brooke, Charles, Ten Years in Sarawak. London, 1866.

Brown, A. R., “Beliefs concerning Childbirth in some Australian Tribes,” in Man, xii. (1912).

“Three Tribes of Western Australia,” in Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute, xliii. (1913).

Brown, Dr. Burton. Private communication (viii. 100 n. 2).

Brown, George, D.D., Melanesians and Polynesians. London, 1910.

“Notes on the Duke of York Group, New Britain, and New Ireland,” in Journal of the Royal Geographical Society, xlvii. (1877).

quoted by the Rev. B. Danks, “Marriage Customs of the New Britain Group,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xviii. (1889).

Brown, W., New Zealand and its Aborigines. London, 1845.

Brown, F., Driver, S. R., and Briggs, Ch. A., Hebrew and English Lexicon of the Old Testament. Oxford, 1906.

Browne, W. G., Travels in Africa, Egypt, and Syria. London, 1799.

Bruchhausen, K. v., in Globus, lxxvi. (1899).

Brückner, A., in Archiv für slavische Philologie, 1886.

Brugsch, H., “Das Osiris-Mysterium von Tentyra,” in Zeitschrift für ägyptische Sprache und Altertumskunde, xix. (1881).

Die Adonisklage und das Linoslied. Berlin, 1852.

Die Ägyptologie. Leipsic, 1891.

Religion und Mythologie der alten Ägypter. Leipsic, 1885-1888.

Bruguière, Mgr., in Annales de l'Association de la Propagation de la Foi, v. (1831), ix. (1836).

Brun-Rollet, La Nil blanc et le Soudan. Paris, 1855.

Brunn, H., Geschichte der griechischen Künstler. Stuttgart, 1857-1859.

Bruns, C. G., Fontes Juris Romani. Seventh Edition. Ed. O. Gradenwitz. Tübingen, 1909.

Buch, Max, Die Wotjäken. Stuttgart, 1882.

Buchanan, Francis, “A Journey from Madras through the Countries of Mysore, Canara, and Malabar,” in J. Pinkerton's Voyages and Travels, viii. London, 1811.

“On the Religion and Literature of the Burmas,” in Asiatick Researches, vi. London, 1801.

Buchanan, J., The Shire Highlands. London, 1885.

Budde, K., Geschichte der althebräischen Litteratur. Leipsic, 1906.

Buddingh, S. A., “Gebruiken bij Javaansche Grooten,” in Tijdschrift voor Neêrlands Indië, 1840.

Budge, E. A. Wallis, Egyptian Magic. London, 1899.

Nebuchadnezzar, King of Babylon, on recently-discovered Inscriptions of this King.

“On the Hieratic Papyrus of Nesi-Amsu, a scribe in the Temple of Amen-Rā at Thebes, about b.c. 305,” in Archaeologia, Second Series, ii. (1890).

Osiris and the Egyptian Resurrection. London and New York, 1911.

The Book of the Dead. London, 1895.

Second Edition. London, 1909.

The Gods of the Egyptians. London, 1904.

Bugge, Sophus, Studien über die Entstehung der nördischen Götter- und Heldensagen. Munich, 1889.

Bühler, G., Grundriss der indo-arischen Philologie.

in Orient und Occident, i. (1862).

“On the Hindu god Parjanya,” in Transactions of the (London) Philological Society (1859).

* Buléon, Mgr., Sous le ciel d'Afrique, Récits d'un Missionnaire, quoted by Father H. Trilles, Le Totémisme chez les Fâṅ. Munster i. W., 1912.

Bulletin de Correspondance hellénique.

Bulletin de la Classe historico-philologique de l'Académie Impériale des Sciences de St-Pétersbourg.

Bulletin de l'École Française d'Extrême-Orient. Hanoi.

Bulletins de la Société d'Anthropologie de Paris.

Bulletin de la Société de Géographie (Paris).

Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History.

Bulletin of the Northern Territory, No. 2. Melbourne, 1912.

Bulletino dell' Instituto di Corrispondenza Archeologica.

Bulletins et Mémoires de la Société d'Anthropologie de Paris.

Bulmer, J., in R. Brough Smyth's Aborigines of Victoria, ii. Melbourne, 1878.

Bunbury, E. H., s.vv. “Algidus,” “Palicorum lacus,” “Tifata,” “Timavus,” in W. Smith's Dictionary of Greek and Roman Geography.

Bunsen, Chr. C. J., Baron, Hippolytus and his Age. London, 1852.

Bureau of American Ethnology. Annual Reports and Bulletins.

Burne, Miss C. S., “Herefordshire Notes,” in The Folk-lore Journal, iv. (1886).

Burne, Miss C. S., and Jackson, Miss G. F., Shropshire Folk-lore. London, 1883.

Burns, Robert, “Hallowe'en.”

“John Barleycorn.”

Burrows, Captain Guy, The Land of the Pigmies. London, 1898.

Burrows, R. M., The Discoveries in Crete. London, 1907.

Bursian, C., Geographie von Griechenland. Leipsic, 1862-1872.

Burton, Lady. Life of her husband referred to by W. G. Aston, Shinto. London, 1905.

Burton, R. F., Abeokuta and the Cameroons Mountains. London, 1863.

in The Captivity of Hans Stade of Hesse. Hakluyt Society. London, 1874.

[“My Wanderings in Africa”] in Fraser's Magazine, lxvii. (April 1863).

Burton-Brown, Mrs. E., Recent Excavations in the Roman Forum. London, 1904.

Bury, J. B., The Life of St. Patrick. London, 1905.

Busk, R. H., The Folk-lore of Rome. London, 1874.

Busolt, G., Griechische Geschichte. Gotha, 1893-

Bussel, Mr., in Sir G. Grey's Journals of Two Expeditions of Discovery in North-West and Western Australia. London, 1841.

* Busuttil, V., Holiday Customs in Malta, and Sports, Usages, Ceremonies, Omens, and Superstitions of the Maltese People. Malta, 1894.

Büttikoffer, J., “Einiges über die Eingebornen von Liberia,” in Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie, i. (1888).

Buttmann, P., Mythologus. Berlin, 1828-1829.

Büttner, C. G., “Ueber Handwerke und technische Fertigkeiten der Eingeborenen in Damaraland,” in Ausland, 7th July 1884.

Das Hinterland von Walfischbai und Angra Pequena. Heidelberg, 1884.

* Buttrick, Antiquities, quoted by J. Mooney, “Myths of the Cherokee,” in Nineteenth Annual Report of the Bureau of American Mythology, Part I. Washington, 1900.

Buxtorf, J., Synagoga Judaica. Bâle, 1661.

Byrne, H. J., “All Hallows Eve and other Festivals in Connaught,” in Folk-lore, xviii. (1907).

Byron, Lord, Works. Collected Edition. London, 1832-1833.

Cabaton, A., Nouvelles Recherches sur les Chams. Paris, 1901.

Cabeça de Vaca, A. N., Relation et Naufrages (Paris, 1837), in Ternaux-Compans's Voyages, Relations et Mémoires originaux pour servir à l'histoire de la découverte de l'Amérique.

* Cadamosto, Alvise da, Relazione dei viaggi d'Africa, quoted by Giuseppe Ferraro, Superstizioni, Usi e Proverbi Monferrino. Palermo, 1886.

Cadière, Le R. P., “Coutumes populaires de la Vallée du Nguôn-So'n,” in Bulletin de l'École Française d'Extrême-Orient, ii. Hanoi, 1902.

“Croyances et dictons populaires de la Vallée du Nguôn-son, Province de Quang-binh (Annam),” in Bulletin de l'École Française d'Extrême-Orient, i. Hanoi, 1901.

Caesar, De bello Gallico.

Caland, W., Altindisches Zauberritual. Amsterdam, 1900.

Die altindischen Todten- und Bestattungsgebräuche. Amsterdam, 1896.

Über Totenverehrung bei einigen der indo-germanischen Völker. Amsterdam, 1888.

Calder, J. E., “Native Tribes of Tasmania,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, iii. (1874).

Caldwell, Bishop R., “On Demonolatry in Southern India,” in Journal of the Anthropological Society of Bombay, i.

* Calica Puran, The, quoted in Asiatick Researches, v.

Callaway, Rev. Canon Henry, Nursery Tales, Traditions, and Histories of the Zulus. Natal and London, 1868.

The Religious System of the Amazulu. Natal, Springvale, etc., 1868-1870 (incomplete).

Callimachea. Edidit O. Schneider. Leipsic, 1870-1873.

Callimachus, Hymn to Apollo.

Hymn to Artemis.

Hymn to Delos.

Hymn to Diana.

Hymn to Zeus.

referred to by the * Old Scholiast on Ovid, Ibis.

Callone, J. B. de, “Iets over de geneeswijze en ziekten der Daijakers ter Zuid Oostkust van Borneo,” in Tijdschrift voor Neêrlands Indië (1840).

Calpurnius, Bucolica.

Calpurnius Piso, L. Fragments in Fragmenta Historicorum Romanorum. Ed. H. Peter. Leipsic, 1883.

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges.

Camden, W., Britannia. London, 1607.

Britain. Translated into English by Philemon Holland. London, 1610.

Translated by E. Gibson. London, 1695.

Ed. R. Gough. London, 1779.

Cameron, A. L. P., “Notes on some Tribes of New South Wales,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xiv. (1885).

Cameron, Hugh E., in letter to the Author (vii. 162 n. 3).

Cameron, J., “On the Early Inhabitants of Madagascar,” in Antananarivo Annual and Madagascar Magazine, Reprint of the First Four Numbers. Antananarivo, 1885.

Cameron, J., Our Tropical Possessions in Malayan India. London, 1865.

Cameron, Miss Morag, “Highland Fisher-folk and their Superstitions,” in Folk-lore, xiv. (1903).

Cameron, Lieut. V. L., Across Africa. London, 1877.

in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, vi. (1877).

Campana, Father, “Congo; Mission Catholique de Landana,” in Les Missions Catholiques, xxvii. (1895).

Campbell, Major-General John, Wild Tribes of Khondistan. London, 1864.

Campbell, Rev. John, Travels in South Africa. London, 1815.

Travels in South Africa, being a Narrative of a Second Journey in the Interior of that Country. London, 1822.

Campbell, J. F., Popular Tales of the West Highlands. Edinburgh, 1862. New Edition. Paisley and London, 1890.

Campbell, Rev. John Gregorson, Superstitions of the Highlands and Islands of Scotland. Glasgow, 1900.

Witchcraft and Second Sight in the Highlands and Islands of Scotland. Glasgow, 1902.

Campen, C. F. H., “De Godsdienstbegrippen der Halmaherasche Alfoeren,” in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xxvii. (1882).

Campion, J. S., On Foot in Spain. London, 1879.

* Canadian Journal (Toronto) for March 1858, quoted in The Academy, 27th September 1884.

Candelier, H., Rio-Hacha et les Indiens Goajires. Paris, 1893.

Candolle, A. de, Origin of Cultivated Plants. London, 1884.

Canopic Decree, in W. Dittenberger's Orientis Graeci Inscriptiones Selectae, vol. i. No. 56, and in Ch. Michel's Recueil d'Inscriptions Grecques, No. 551.

Capart, Jean, “Bulletin critique des religions d'Égypte,” in Revue de l'Histoire des Religions, liii. (1906).

Les Débuts de l'Art en Égypte. Brussels, 1904.

Les Palettes en schiste de l'Égypte primitive. Brussels, 1908. (Separate reprint from the * Revue des Questions Scientifiques, avril 1908.)

Cappellan, S. D. van de Velde van, “Verslag eener Bezoekreis naar de Sangieilanden,” in Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap, i. (1857).

Captivity of Hans Stade of Hesse, in a.d. 1547-1555, among the Wild Tribes of Eastern Brazil. Translated by A. Tootal. Hakluyt Society. London, 1874.

Carapanos, C., Dodone et ses ruines. Paris, 1878.

Carceri, Stanislas, “Djebel-Nouba,” in Les Missions Catholiques, xv. (1883).

Cardi, Le Comte C. N. de, “Ju-ju Laws and Customs in the Niger Delta,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxix. (1899).

Cardus, Father, quoted in J. Pelleschi's Los Indios Matacos. Buenos Ayres, 1897.

Carew, R., Survey of Cornwall. London, 1811.

Carey, Bertram S., and Tuck, H. N., The Chin Hills. Rangoon, 1896.

Carlyle, Thomas, The French Revolution.

Early Letters. Edited by C. E. Norton. London, 1886.

Carmichael, Alexander, Carmina Gadelica, Hymns and Incantations with Illustrative Notes on Words, Rites, and Customs, dying and obsolete: orally collected in the Highlands and Islands of Scotland and translated into English. Edinburgh, 1900.

Carnoy, E. H., et Nicolaides, J., Traditions populaires de l'Asie Mineure. Paris, 1889.

* Carol, J., Chez les Hovas. Paris, 1898. Quoted by A. van Gennep in Tabou et Totémisme à Madagascar. Paris, 1904.

Caron, François, “Account of Japan,” in John Pinkerton's Voyages and Travels, vii. London, 1811.

Carpin, Jean du Plan de, Historia Mongalorum. Ed. D'Avezac. Paris, 1838.

* Carrichter, Bartholomäus, Der Teutschen Speisskammer (Strasburg, 1614), quoted by C. L. Rochholz, Deutscher Glaube und Brauch. Berlin, 1867.

Carter, J. B., s.v. “Arval Brothers,” in J. Hastings's Encyclopaedia of Religion and Ethics, ii. Edinburgh, 1909.

Carver, Captain Jonathan, Travels through the Interior Parts of North America. Third Edition. London, 1781.

Casalis, Rev. E., The Basutos. London, 1861.

Casati, G., Ten Years in Equatoria. London and New York, 1891.

Castelnau, Francis de, Expédition dans les parties centrales de l'Amérique au Sud. Paris, 1850-1852.

Castren, M. Alex., Ethnologische Vorlesungen über die altaischen Völker. St. Petersburg, 1857.

Vorlesungen über die finnische Mythologie. St. Petersburg, 1853.

Catat, Dr., in Le Tour du Monde, lxv. (1893).

Catlin, George, Letters and Notes on the Manners, Customs, and Condition of the North American Indians. Fourth Edition. London, 1844.

O-Kee-pa, a Religious Ceremony, and other Customs of the Mandans. London, 1867.

Cato, De agri cultura. Ed. H. Keil. Leipsic, 1884.

M. Catonis praeter librum de re rustica quae extant. Ed. H. Jordan. Leipsic, 1860.

Origines. Fragments in Historicorum Romanorum Fragmenta, ed. H. Peter. Leipsic, 1883.

Catullus. Ed. R. Ellis. Oxford, 1878.

Cauer, P., Delectus Inscriptionum Graecarum propter dialectum memorabilium. Second Edition. Leipsic, 1883.

Caulin, Antonio, Historia Corographica natural y evangelica dela Nueva Andalucia, Provincias de Cumaña, Guayana y Vertientes del Rio Orinoco. 1779.

* Cauvet, Éléments d'Histoire naturelle médicale, quoted by Prof. J. Veth, “De Leer der Signatuur,” in Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie, vii. (1894).

Cavallius, G. O. H., und G. Stephens, Schwedische Volkssagen und Märchen. Deutsch von C. Oberleitner. Vienna, 1848.

Cayzac, Le P. P., “La Religion des Kikuyu,” in Anthropos, v. (1905).

Cecchi, A., Da Zeila alle frontiere del Caffa. Rome, 1886-1887.

Cedrenus, G., Historiarum Compendium. Ed. Im. Bekker. Bonn, 1838-1839.

Cellini, Benvenuto, Life, translated by J. Addington Symonds. Third Edition. London, 1889.

Celsus, De Medicina. Ed. C. Daremberg. Leipsic, 1859.

Censorinus, De die natali. Ed. F. Hultsch. Leipsic, 1867.

Census of India, 1901, vol. iii. The Andaman and Nicobar Islands. Calcutta, 1903.

vol. xiii. Central Provinces. Nagpur, 1902.

vol. xv. Madras, Part I. Madras, 1902.

vol. xvii. Punjab, Part I. Simla, 1902.

vol. xxvi. Travancore. Trivandrum, 1903.

Census of India, 1911, vol. iii. Assam, Part I. Report. Shillong, 1912.

vol. xiv. Punjab. Lahore, 1912.

Central Provinces, Ethnographic Survey, I. Draft Articles on Hindustani Castes. Allahabad, 1907.

II. Draft Articles on Uriya Castes. Allahabad, 1907.

III. Draft Articles on Forest Tribes. Allahabad, 1907.

V. Draft Articles on Forest Tribes. Allahabad, 1911.

VI. Draft Articles on Hindustani Castes.

VII. Draft Articles on Forest Tribes. Allahabad, 1911.

Century Bible, The.

Century Illustrated Monthly Magazine.

Certeux, A., et Carnoy, E. H., L'Algérie traditionnelle. Paris and Algiers, 1884.

Cervantes, Don Quixote. Done into English by H. E. Watts. New Edition. London, 1895.

Cesnola, L. P. di, Cyprus. London, 1877.

Chabas, F., Le Papyrus magique Harris. Chalon-sur-Saône, 1860.

Chadwick, Professor H. Munro. Notes furnished to the Author.

The Cult of Othin. London, 1899.

“The Oak and the Thunder-god,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxx. (1900).

The Origin of the English Nation. Cambridge, 1907.

Chaffanjon, J., L'Orénoque et le Caura. Paris, 1889.

Chaillu, P. B. du, Explorations and Adventures in Equatorial Africa. London, 1861.

Chalmers, Rev. J., “Notes on the Natives of Kiwai Island,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxxiii. (1903).

Pioneering in New Guinea. London, 1887.

“Toaripi,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxvii. (1898).

Chalmers, J., and Gill, W. Wyatt, Work and Adventure in New Guinea. London, 1885.

* Chalmers, W., Some Account of the Land Dyaks of Upper Sarawak, quoted in H. Ling Roth's Natives of Sarawak and British North Borneo. London, 1896.

Chamberlain, A. F., in Eighth Report on the North-Western Tribes of Canada. Separate reprint from the Report of the British Association for 1892.

Chambers, E. K., The Mediaeval Stage. Oxford, 1903.

Chambers, R., Popular Rhymes of Scotland. New Edition. London and Edinburgh, n.d.

The Book of Days. London and Edinburgh, 1886.

* Chambers, Edinburgh Journal, cited by A. Kuhn, Sagen, Gebräuche und Märchen aus Westfalen. Leipsic, 1859.

Chambers's Encyclopaedia.

* Chambers's Journal, July 1842, cited by W. Warde Fowler, Roman Festivals of the Period of the Republic. London, 1899.

Chandler, R., Travels in Asia Minor. Second Edition. London, 1776.

Chandler, Mrs. Samuel (Sarah Whateley), quoted in The Folk-lore Journal, i. (1883).

Chantre, E., Mission en Cappadoce. Paris, 1898.

Chapiseau, Felix, Le Folk-lore de la Beauce et du Perche. Paris, 1902.

Chapman, J., Travels in the Interior of South Africa. London, 1868.

Charax of Pergamus, in Fragmenta Historicorum Graecorum, ed. C. Müller, vol. iii.

Charency, Comte H. de, Le Folklore dans les deux Mondes. Paris, 1894.

Charlevoix, P. F. X. de, Histoire de la Nouvelle France. Paris, 1744.

Histoire du Paraguay. Paris, 1756.

Histoire et description generale du Japon. Paris, 1736.

Voyage dans l'Amérique septentrionale. Paris, 1744. (Continuation in two vols. of Histoire de la Nouvelle France.)

Chase, quoted by H. H. Bancroft, Native Races of the Pacific States, i.

Chateaubriand, Voyage en Amérique. Paris, 1870.

Chatelin, L. N. H. A., “Godsdienst en bijgeloof der Niassers,” in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xxvi. (1880).

Chautard, Missionary, in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, lv. (1883).

Chavannes, Ed., Documents sur les Tou-Kiue (Turcs) Occidentaux. St. Petersburg, 1903.

Le T'ai Chan, Essai de Monographie d'un Culte Chinois. Paris, 1910. (Annales du Musée Guimet, Bibliothèque d'Études, vol. xxi.)

Chémali, L. Abbé Béchara, “Naissance et premier âge au Liban,” in Anthropos, v. (1910).

Chevron, Missionary, in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, xiii. (1841), xv. (1843).

Cheyne, Professor T. K., in letter to the Author (v. 20 n. 2).

s.vv. “Messiah,” “Moriah,” and “Nehushtan,” in Encyclopaedia Biblica, iii.

Chimkievitch, “Chez les Bouriates de l'Amoor,” in Tour du Monde, N.S., iii. (1897).

China Review. Hongkong.

Chinese Recorder and Missionary Journal.

Chirol, Sir Valentine, in letter to the Author (iv. 274).

Chisholm, Dr. James A., “Notes on the Manners and Customs of the Winamwanga and Wiwa,” in Journal of the African Society, vol. ix. No. 36 (July 1910).

Choerilus. Greek epic poet. Fragments in Epicorum Graecorum Fragmenta. Ed. G. Kinkel. Leipsic, 1877.

Chomé, Father Ignace, in Lettres Édifiantes et Curieuses, viii. Nouvelle Édition. Paris, 1780-1783.

Chouville, Léon, of Rouen and Cambridge. Private communication (ix. 315 n. 1).

Christian, F. W., The Caroline Islands. London, 1899.

*Chronicle of Lanercost for the year 1268.

1 Chronicles.

2 Chronicles.

Church, Colonel G. E., Aborigines of South America. London, 1912.

Church Missionary Record.

Chwolsohn, D., Die Ssabier und der Ssabismus. St. Petersburg, 1856.

Über Tammûz und die Menschenverehrung bei den alten Babyloniern. St. Petersburg, 1860.

* Ciantar's Supplements to Abelas's Malta Illustrata, quoted by R. Wünsch, Das Frühlingsfest der Insel Malta. Leipsic, 1902.

Cicero, Opera. Ed. J. G. Baiter et C. L. Kayser. Leipsic, 1860-1869.

Ad Atticum.

Ad Familiares.

De divinatione.

De imperio Cn. Pompeii.

De inventione.

De legibus.

De natura deorum.

De re publica.

In C. Verrem.

In Pisonem.

In Verrem.

Paradoxa.

Philippics.

Pro L. Flacco.

Pro Muraena.

Pro Plancio.

Tusculanae Disputationes.

Cichorius, s.v. “Cincius,” in Pauly-Wissowa's Real-encyclopädie der classischen Altertumswissenschaft, iii.

Cieza de Leon, Pedro de, Second Part of the Chronicle of Peru. Translated by (Sir) Clements R. Markham. Hakluyt Society. London, 1883.

Travels. Translated by (Sir) Clements R. Markham. Hakluyt Society. London, 1864.

Cincius Alimentus, L., Roman historian. Fragments in Historicorum Romanorum Fragmenta. Ed. H. Peter. Leipsic, 1883.

Cirbied, “Mémoire sur le gouvernement et sur la religion des anciens Arméniens,” in Mémoires publiés par la Société Royale des Antiquaires de France, ii. (1820).

* Circular Letter addressed by the Faculty of Theology at Paris to the Bishops and Chapters of France, March 12th, 1445, quoted by E. K. Chambers, The Mediaeval Stage. Oxford, 1903.

Ciszewski, Stanislaus, Künstliche Verwandtschaft bei den Südslaven. Leipsic, 1897.

Clark, J. V. H., quoted by W. M. Beauchamp, “The Iroquois White Dog Feast,” in American Antiquarian, vii. (1885).

Clark, M. S., “An Old South Pembrokeshire Harvest Custom,” in Folk-lore, xv. (1904).

Clark, W. G., Peloponnesus. London, 1858.

Clarke, E. D., Travels in Various Countries of Europe, Asia, and Africa. London, 1810.

Second Edition. London, 1813.

Third Edition. London, 1814.

Fourth (octavo) Edition. London, 1816.

Classical Review, The.

Clavel, Charles, Les Marquisiens. Paris, 1885.

Clavigero, F. S., History of Mexico. Translated by Charles Cullen. Second Edition. London, 1807.

Clearchus of Soli, quoted by Athenaeus. Greek historian. Fragments in Fragmenta Historicorum Graecorum, ed. C. Müller, vol. ii.

Clement, E., “Ethnographical Notes on the Western Australian Aborigines,” in Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie, xvi. (1904).

Clément, Madame, Histoire des fêtes civiles et religieuses, etc., de la Belgique Méridionale, etc. Avesnes, 1846.

Histoire des fêtes civiles et religieuses, etc., du Département du Nord.

Second Edition. Cambrai, 1836.

Clement of Alexandria, Opera. Ed. R. Klotz. Leipsic, 1831-1834.

Paedagogus.

Protrepticus.

Stromateis.

Clercq, F. S. A. de, Bijdragen tot de Kennis der Residentie Ternate. Leyden, 1890.

“De West- en Noordkust van Nederlandsch Nieuw-Guinea,” in Tijdschrift van het koninklijke Nederlandsch Aardrijkskundig Genootschap, Tweede Serie, x. (1893).

Clicteur, in Annales de l'Association de la Propagation de la Foi, iv. (1830).

Clinton, H. F., Fasti Hellenici. Oxford, 1834-1851.

Clitarchus, cited by Suidas.

cited by the Scholiast on Plato, Republic.

Clodd, E., in Folk-lore, vi. (1895).

Myths and Dreams. London, 1885.

“The Philosophy of Punchkin,” in Folk-lore Journal, ii. (1884).

Tom-tit-tot. London, 1898.

Clouston, W. A., A Group of Eastern Romances and Stories. Privately printed, 1889.

Popular Tales and Fictions. Edinburgh and London, 1887.

Cluverius, Ph., Italia Antiqua. Leyden, 1624.

Cochinchine française: Excursions et Reconnaissances. Saigon.

Cochran, W., Pen and Pencil Sketches in Asia Minor. London, 1887.

Code of Hammurabi, translated by C. H. W. Johns, Babylonian and Assyrian Laws, Contracts and Letters. Edinburgh, 1894.

Codex Theodosianus.

Codrington, R. H., D.D., “Notes on the Customs of Mota, Banks Islands,” in Transactions and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria, xvi. (1880).

“Religious Beliefs and Practices in Melanesia,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, x. (1881).

The Melanesians. Oxford, 1891.

Coillard, “Voyage au pays des Banyais et au Zambèse,” in Bulletin de la Société de Géographie (Paris), VIme Série, xx. (1880).

Cole, Fay-Cooper, The Wild Tribes of Davao District, Minandao. Chicago, 1913. (Field Museum of Natural History, Publication 170.)

Cole, Rev. H., “Notes on the Wagogo of German East Africa,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxxii. (1902).

Cole, Lieutenant-Colonel H. W. G., “The Lushais,” in Census of India, 1911, vol. iii. Assam, Part I. Report. Shillong, 1912.

Cole, W. E. R., “African Rain-making Chiefs, the Gondokoro District, White Nile,” in Man, x. (1910).

Coleman, Ch., Mythology of the Hindus. London, 1832.

Colenso, W., “The Maori Races of New Zealand,” in Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute (1868), vol. i.

Collections of the Georgia Historical Society. Savannah, 1848.

Collections of the Minnesota Historical Society for the Year 1867. Saint Paul, 1867.

Collins, Lieut.-Colonel D., An Account of the English Colony in New South Wales. London, 1798.

Second Edition. London, 1804.

Collitz, H., Sammlung der griechischen Dialekt-Inschriften. Göttingen, 1884-1914.

Colombia, being a geographical, etc., account of that country. London, 1822.

Colshorn, Carl und Theodor, Märchen und Sagen. Hanover, 1854.

Columella, De re rustica. In Scriptores Rei Rusticae Veteres Latini. Ed. J. G. Schneider. Leipsic, 1794-1796.

Colvin, Sir Auckland, The Making of Modern Egypt. London, 1906.

* Comical Pilgrim's Pilgrimage into Ireland (1723), quoted by J. Brand, Popular Antiquities of Great Britain. London, 1882-1883.

Comparetti, D., Vergil in the Middle Ages. London, 1895.

Compte-rendu de la Commission Impériale Archéologique. St. Petersburg, 1863, 1870, 1877.

Comptes rendus de l'Académie des Inscriptions et Belles-Lettres. Paris.

Conradt, L., “Die Ngumbu in Südkamerun,” in Globus, lxxxi. (1902).

Conder, C. R., Heth and Moab. London, 1883.

in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xvi. (1887).

Tent-work in Palestine. London, 1878.

Conférences faites au Musée Guimet, Bibliothèque de Vulgarisation.

Conon, Narrationes, in Scriptores Poeticae Historiae Graeci. Ed. A. Westermann. Brunswick, 1843.

in Photius, Bibliotheca. Ed. Im. Bekker. Berlin, 1824.

Conradt, L., “Das Hinterland der deutschen Kolonie Togo,” in Petermanns Mittheilungen, xlii. (1896).

Contemporary Review, The.

Conti, Nicolo, in India in the Fifteenth Century. Ed. R. H. Major. Hakluyt Society. London, 1857.

Contributions to North American Ethnology.

Conway, Professor R. S., in letters to the Author.

Conybeare, F. C. Private communications (i. 407 n. 3, iv. 5 n. 3).

The Apology and Acts of Apollonius and other Monuments of Early Christianity. London, 1894.

“The History of Christmas,” in American Journal of Theology, iii. (1899).

Cook, A. B., in The Classical Review, xvi. (1902).

“Oak and Rock,” in The Classical Review, xv. (1901).

“The European Sky-God,” in Folklore, xv. (1904), xvi. (1905), xvii. (1906).

“The Gong at Dodona,” in Journal of Hellenic Studies, xxii. (1902).

“Who was the Wife of Hercules?” in The Classical Review, xx. (1906).

“Zeus, Jupiter, and the Oak,” in The Classical Review, xvii. (1903), xviii. (1904).

Cook, Captain James, Voyages. London, 1809.

Cook, S. A., The Laws of Moses and the Code of Hammurabi. London, 1903.

Cooke, G. A., Text-book of North-Semitic Inscriptions. Oxford, 1903.

Cooper, Rev. Sydney, in letter to the Author.

Cooper, T. T., Travels of a Pioneer of Commerce. London, 1871.

“Coorg Folk-lore,” in Folk-lore Journal, vii. (1889).

Coreal, Fr., Voyages aux Indes Occidentales. Amsterdam, 1722.

1 Corinthians.

Cornaby, Rev. W. A., in letter to Rev. Dr. W. T. A. Barber (iv. 275 sq.).

Cornelius Nepos. Ed. C. Halm. Leipsic, 1871.

Atticus.

Cimon.

Hannibal.

Cornford, F. M., in Lecture delivered before the Classical Society of Cambridge, 28th February 1911.

Cornutus, Theologiae Graecae Compendium. Ed. C. Lang. Leipsic, 1881.

Corpus Inscriptionum Atticarum. Berlin, 1873.

Corpus Inscriptionum Graecarum. Ed. Aug. Boeckh, etc. Berlin, 1828-1877.

Corpus Inscriptionum Graecarum Graeciae Septentrionalis, vol. i. Berlin, 1892.

Corpus Inscriptionum Latinarum. Berlin, 1862-.

Corpus Inscriptionum Semiticarum. Paris, 1881-.

Cortet, Eugène, Essai sur les Fêtes religieuses. Paris, 1867.

Cosmas Hierosolymitanus, Commentarii in Sancti Gregorii Nazianzeni Carmina, in Migne's Patrologia Graeca, xxxviii.

Cosquin, Emmanuel, Contes populaires de Lorraine. Paris, n.d.

Le Prologue-cadre des Mille et Une Nuits, les légendes Perses, et le Livre d'Esther. Paris, 1909. (Extract from the * Revue Biblique Internationale, Janvier et Avril, 1909, published by the Dominicans of Jerusalem.)

Cottrell, C. H., Recollections of Siberia. London, 1842.

Coudreau, H. A., Chez nos Indiens: quatre années dans la Guayane Française. Paris, 1895.

La France équinoxiale. Paris, 1887.

Coulbeaux, “Au pays de Menelik: à travers l'Abyssinie,” in Les Missions Catholiques, xxx. (1898).

County Folk-lore:

East Riding of Yorkshire. Collected and edited by Mrs. Gutch. London, 1912.

Leicestershire and Rutlandshire. Collected and edited by C. J. Billson. London, 1895.

Lincolnshire. Collected by Mrs. Gutch and Mabel Peacock. London, 1908.

North Riding of Yorkshire, York and the Ainsty. Collected and edited by Mrs. Gutch. London, 1901.

Northumberland. Collected by M. C. Balfour and edited by Northcote W. Thomas. London, 1904.

Orkney and Shetland Islands. Collected by G. F. Black and edited by Northcote W. Thomas. London, 1903.

Suffolk. Collected and edited by Lady Eveline Camilla Gurdon. London, 1893.

Couppé, Mgr., “En Nouvelle-Poméranie,” in Les Missions Catholiques, xxiii. (1891).

Courtois, Father, “À travers le haut Zambèze,” in Les Missions Catholiques, xvi. (1884).

“Scènes de la vie Cafre,” in Les Missions Catholiques, xv. (1883).

“Coutumes étranges des indigènes du Djebel-Nouba (Afrique centrale), notes communiqués par les missionnaires de Vérone,” in Les Missions Catholiques, xiv. (1882).

Cowie, Robert, M.A., M.D., Shetland, Descriptive and Historical. Aberdeen, 1871.

Cowley Evangelist, The.

Cox, Miss M. Roalfe, Introduction to Folklore. London, 1895.

Cox, Ross, The Columbia River. Second Edition. London, 1832.

Crabouillet, “Les Lolos,” in Les Missions Catholiques, v. (1873).

Crane, T. F., Italian Popular Tales. London, 1885.

* “Crannoges,” in Chambers's Encyclopaedia, quoted by R. Munro, Ancient Scottish Lake Dwellings. Edinburgh, 1882.

Crantz, D., History of Greenland. London, 1767.

Crauford, L., in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxiv. (1895).

Crawford, Dr. T. W. W., cited by Mr. A. C. Hollis in letter to the Author (xi. 262 n. 2).

Crawley, E., The Mystic Rose. London, 1902.

Credner, C. A., “De natalitiorum Christi origine,” in Zeitschrift für die historische Theologie, iii. (1833).

* Cregeen, Manx Dictionary, referred to by Joseph Train, Historical and Statistical Account of the Isle of Man. Douglas, Isle of Man, 1845.

Creighton, C., s.v. “Leprosy,” in Encyclopaedia Biblica, iii.

Cremat, “Der Anadyrbezirk Sibiriens und seine Bevölkerung,” in Globus, lxvi. (1894).

Crevaux, J., Voyages dans l'Amérique du Sud. Paris, 1883.

Crofts, W. C., in letter to the Author (ii. 92 n. 4).

Crombie, J. E., “The Saliva Superstition,” in International Folk-lore Congress, 1891, Papers and Transactions. London, 1892.

Cromer, Martin, De origine et rebus gestis Polonorum. Bâle, 1568.

Crooke, W., in Indian Antiquary, xix. (1890).

in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxviii. (1899).

in North Indian Notes and Queries, i. (July, 1891).

Natives of Northern India. London, 1907.

Notes sent to the Author (i. 406 n. 1, iv. 53 n. 1, 157 n. 5, 159 n. 1, v. 65 n. 1, vii. 234 n. 2, viii. 56 n. 3).

“The Legends of Krishna,” in Folk-lore, xi. (1900).

The Popular Religion and Folk-lore of Northern India. Westminster, 1896.

The Tribes and Castes of the North-Western Provinces and Oudh. Calcutta, 1896.

Things Indian. London, 1906.

Croonenberghs, Father, in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, liii. (1881).

“La Fête de la Grande Danse dans le haut Zambèze,” in Les Missions Catholiques, xiv. (1882).

“La Mission du Zambèze,” in Les Missions Catholiques, xiv. (1882).

Cross, Rev. E. B., “On the Karens,” in Journal of the American Oriental Society, iv. (1854).

Crossland, quoted by H. Ling Roth. The Natives of Sarawak and British North Borneo.

Crowther, S., and Taylor, J. C., The Gospel on the Banks of the Niger. London, 1859.

Cruise, R. A., Journal of a Ten Months' Residence in New Zealand. London, 1823.

Crusius, O., s.vv. “Kadmos” and “Lityerses,” in W. H. Roscher's Ausführliches Lexikon der griechischen und römischen Mythologie.

Cruz, D. Luis de la, “Descripcion de la Naturaleza de los Terrenos que se comprenden en los Andes, poseidos por los Peguenches y los demas espacios hasta el rio de Chadileuba,” in Pedro de Angelis's Coleccion de Obras y Documentos relativos a la Historia antigua y moderna de las Provincias del Rio de la Plata, vol. i. Buenos-Ayres, 1836.

Ctesias, in the second book of his Persian history (Athenaeus, xiv.).

cited by John of Antioch, in C. Müller's Fragmenta Historicorum Graecorum, vol. iv.

Cuénot, Mgr., in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, xiii. (1841).

Cuissard, Ch., Les Feux de la Saint-Jean. Orléans, 1884.

Culin, Stewart, Korean Games. Philadelphia, 1895.

Cullen, Dr., “The Darien Indians,” in Transactions of the Ethnological Society of London, N.S., iv. (1866).

Cumming, Miss C. F. Gordon, In the Hebrides. London, 1883.

Cummins, S. L., “Sub-tribes of the Bahr-el-Ghazal Dinkas,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxxiv. (1904).

Cumont, Franz, s.vv. “Anaitis,” “Atargatis,” “Attepata,” “Caelestis,” “Dea Syria,” “Dendrophori,” and “Dolichenus,” in Pauly-Wissowa's Real-Encyclopädie der classischen Altertumswissenschaft.

“L'Aigle funéraire des Syriens et l'Apothéose des Empereurs,” in Revue de l'Histoire des Religions, lxii. (1910).

“La Polémique de l'Ambrosiaster contre les Païens,” in Revue d'Histoire et de Littérature religieuses, viii. (1903).

“Le Natalis Invicti,” in Comptes Rendus de l'Académie des Inscriptions et Belles-Lettres, 1911. Paris, 1911.

“Le roi des Saturnales,” in Revue de Philologie, xxi. (1897).

“Le Tombeau de S. Dasius de Durostorum,” in Analecta Bollandiana, xxvii. Brussels, 1908.

“Les Actes de S. Dasius,” in Analecta Bollandiana, xvi. (1897).

Les Religions Orientales dans le Paganisme Romain. Second Edition. Paris, 1909.

s.v. “Mithras,” in W. H. Roscher's Lexikon der griechischen und römischen Mythologie, ii.

Textes et Monuments Figurés relatifs aux Mystères de Mithra. Brussels, 1896-1899.

“Une formule grecque de renonciation au judaïsme,” in Wiener Studien, xxiv. (1902).

Cumont, F., et Cumont, E., Voyage d'Exploration archéologique dans le Pont de la Petite Arménie. Brussels, 1906.

Cunningham, J. F., Uganda and its Peoples. London, 1905.

Cuny, C., “De Libreville au Cameroun,” in Bulletin de la Société de Géographie (Paris), vii. Série, xvii. (1896).

Cupet, Le Capitaine, “Chez les populations sauvages du Sud de l'Annam,” in Tour du Monde, No. 1682, April 1, 1893.

in Mission Pavie, Indo-Chine 1879-95, Géographie et Voyages, iii. Paris, 1900.

Cureton, W., Spicilegium Syriacum. London, 1855.

Curr, Edward M., The Australian Race. Melbourne and London, 1886-1887.

Curtin, Jeremiah, Myths and Folk-lore of Ireland. London, n.d.

Myths and Folk-tales of the Russians, Western Slavs, and Magyars. London, 1891.

Curtiss, S. I., Primitive Semitic Religion To-day. Chicago, New York, and Toronto, 1902.

Curtius, E., in Archäologischer Anzeiger, 1895.

Curtius, G., Grundzüge der griechischen Etymologie. Fifth Edition. Leipsic, 1879.

Curtius, L., “Christi Himmelfahrt,” in Archiv für Religionswissenschaft, xiv. (1911).

Curzon, G. N., Problems of the Far East. Westminster, 1896.

Cushing, Frank H., “My Adventures in Zu­ñi,” in The Century Illustrated Monthly Magazine, May 1833.

Cyril of Alexandria, Commentary on Hosea, in Migne's Patrologia Graeca, lxxi.

In Isaiam, in Migne's Patrologia Graeca, lxx.

Dahle, L., “Sikidy and Vintana,” in Antananarivo Annual and Madagascar Magazine, xi. (1887).

Daily Graphic, The.

Dale, Rev. G., “An Account of the Principal Customs and Habits of the Natives inhabiting the Bondei Country,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxv. (1896).

Dall, W. H., Alaska and its Resources. London, 1870.

in American Naturalist, xii.

in The Yukon Territory. London, 1898.

“On Masks, Labrets, and certain Aboriginal Customs,” in Third Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology. Washington, 1884.

Dallet, Ch., Histoire de l'Église de Corée. Paris, 1874.

Dalton, Colonel E. T., Descriptive Ethnology of Bengal. Calcutta, 1872.

“The Kols of Chota-Nagpore,” in Transactions of the Ethnological Society, N.S., vi. (1868).

Dalyell, John Graham, The Darker Superstitions of Scotland. Edinburgh, 1834.

Dalzel, A., History of Dahomy. London, 1793.

Damascius, “Vita Isodori,” in Photius, Bibliotheca. Ed. Im. Bekker. Berlin, 1824.

Dames, M. Longworth, and Seemann, Mrs. E., “Folk-lore of the Azores,” in Folk-lore, xiv. (1903).

Dana, Richard H., Two Years before the Mast.

* Dania, i. No. 1. Copenhagen, 1890.

Danicourt, Mgr., “Rapport sur l'origine, les progrès et la décadence de la secte des Tao-sse, en Chine,” in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, xxx. (1858).

Danks, Rev. B., “Marriage Customs of the New Britain Group,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xviii. (1889).

Dannert, Rev. E., “Customs of the Ovaherero at the Birth of a Child,” in (South African) Folk-lore Journal, ii. (1880).

Dannert, E., Zum Rechte der Herero. Berlin, 1906.

Dapper, O., Description de l'Afrique. Amsterdam, 1686.

Daremberg, Ch., et Saglio, Edm., Dictionnaire des antiquités grecques et romaines. Paris, 1877- .

Dareste, R., in Recueil d'Inscriptions Juridiques Grecques. Deuxième Série. Paris, 1898.

Dargun, L., Mutterrecht und Raubehe und ihre Reste im germanischen Recht und Leben. Breslau, 1883.

Darmesteter, James, Ormazd et Ahriman. Paris, 1877.

The Zend-Avesta. Oxford, 1880, 1883. (Sacred Books of the East, vols. iv. and xxiii.)

Darwin, Charles, The Origin of Species. Sixth Edition. London, 1878.

Darwin, Sir Francis, in letters to the Author.

Darwin, (Sir) George Howard, Presidential Address to the British Association, in Report of the 75th Meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of Science. South Africa, 1905.

Darwin and Modern Science. Cambridge, 1909.

Das, Sarat Chandra, Journey to Lhasa and Central Tibet. London, 1902.

Das Gilgamesch-Epos, neu übersetzt von Arthur Ungnad und gemeinverständlich erklärt von Hugo Gressmann. Göttingen, 1911.

“Das Volk der Tanala,” in Globus, lxxxix. (1906).

Dasent, G. W., Popular Tales from the Norse. Edinburgh, 1859.

Tales from the Fjeld. London, 1874.

Dass, Baboo Ishuree, Domestic Manners and Customs of the Hindoos of Northern India. Benares, 1860.

David, Abbé Armand, “Voyage en Mongolie,” in Bulletin de la Société de Géographie (Paris), VIme Série, ix. (1875).

* David of Antioch, Tazyin, in the story “Orwa,” cited by W. Robertson Smith.

Davidson, A. B., The Book of Job. Cambridge, 1893. (The Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges.)

Davies, Jonathan Ceredig, Folk-lore of West and Mid-Wales. Aberystwyth, 1911.

Davis, E. J., Anatolica. London, 1874.

Life in Asiatic Turkey. London, 1879.

“On a New Hamathite Inscription at Ibreez,” in Transactions of the Society of Biblical Archaeology, iv. (1876).

Davis, R. F., in a letter to the Author.

Dawkins, R. M., “The Modern Carnival in Thrace and the Cult of Dionysus,” in Journal of Hellenic Studies, xxvi. (1906).

Dawson, G. M., “Notes and Observations on the Kwakiool People of the Northern Part of Vancouver Island and adjacent Coasts,” in Proceedings and Transactions of the Royal Society of Canada for the Year 1887. Montreal, 1888.

“Notes on the Shuswap People of British Columbia,” in Proceedings and Transactions of the Royal Society of Canada, ix. Montreal, 1892. Transactions, section ii.

“On the Haida Indians of the Queen Charlotte Islands,” in Geological Survey of Canada, Report of Progress for 1878-1879. Montreal, 1880.

Report on the Queen Charlotte Islands, 1878. Montreal, 1880.

Dawson, James, Australian Aborigines. Melbourne, Sydney, and Adelaide, 1881.

Day, Lal Behari, Folk-tales of Bengal. London, 1883.

D'Abbadie, A., Douze ans dans la Haute Éthiopie. Paris, 1868.

D'Almeida, W. B., Life in Java. London, 1864.

De Barros, Da Asia, dos feitos, que os Portuguezes fizeram no descubrimento e conquista dos mares e terras do Oriente. Decada Terceira. Lisbon, 1777.

“De Dajaks op Borneo,” in Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap, xiii. (1869).

De Gids.

“De godsdienst en godsdienst-plegtigheden der Alfoeren in de Menhassa op het eiland Celebes,” in Tijdschrift van Nederlandsch Indië (1849).

De Indische Gids.

De Marchi, A., Il Culto privato di Roma antica. Milan, 1896.

D'Orbigny, Alcide, L'Homme américain (de l'Amérique Méridionale). Paris (1839).

Voyage dans l'Amérique Méridionale. Paris and Strasburg, 1839-1844.

D'Penha, G. F., “A Collection of Notes on Marriage Customs in the Madras Presidency,” in Indian Antiquary, xxv. (1896).

in Indian Antiquary, xxxi. (1902).

“Superstitions and Customs in Salsette,” in Indian Antiquary, xxviii. (1899).

De Russorum Muscovitarum et Tartarorum religione, sacrificiis, nuptiarum, funerum ritu. Spires, 1582.

* De Thuy, Étude historique, géographique et ethnographique sur la province de Tuléar, Notes, Rec., Expl., 1899, quoted by A. van Gennep, Tabou et totémisme à Madagascar.

D'Unienville, Baron, Statistique de l'Île Maurice. Paris, 1838.

D'Urville, J. Dumont, Voyage autour du monde et à la recherche de La Pérouse, exécuté sous son commandement sur la corvette “Austrolabe”: histoire du voyage. Paris, 1832-1833.

De Vogüé, Mélanges d'Archéologie Orientale. Paris, 1868.

“Death from Lockjaw at Norwich,” in The People's Weekly Journal for Norfolk, July 19, 1902.

Decken, Baron C. C. von der, Reisen in Ost-Afrika. Leipsic and Heidelberg, 1869-71.

Decle, L., Three Years in Savage Africa. London, 1898.

Defoe, Daniel, History of the Plague in London. Edinburgh, 1810.

Degrandpré, L., Voyage à la côte occidentale d'Afrique. Paris, 1801.

Dehon, Rev. P., S.J., “Religion and Customs of the Uraons,” in Memoirs of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, vol. i. No. 9. Calcutta, 1906.

Delafosse, Maurice, Haut-Sénégal-Niger, Le Pays, les Peuples, les Langues, l'Histoire, les Civilisations. Paris, 1912.

in L'Anthropologie, xi. (1895).

in La Nature, No. 1086, March 24th, 1894.

“Le peuple Siéna ou Sénoufo,” in Revue des Études Ethnographiques et Sociologiques, i. (1908).

Delamare, in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, xii. (1840).

Delaporte, H., “Une Visite chez les Araucaniens,” in Bulletin de la Société de Géographie (Paris), Quatrième Série, x. (1855).

Delbrück, Prof. B., “Das Mutterrecht bei den Indogermanen,” in Preussische Jahrbücher, lxxix. (1895).

Delegorgue, A., Voyage dans l'Afrique Australe. Paris, 1847.

Demelic, F., Le Droit Coutumier des Slaves Méridionaux. Paris, 1876.

Demosthenes, Orationes. Ed. G. Dindorf. Leipsic, 1864-1872.

Contra Androtionem.

Contra Aristocratem.

Contra Neaeram.

De corona.

Dena, Dom Daniel Sour Dharim, in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, lx. (1888).

Denham Tracts, The: a Collection of Folk-lore by Michael Aislabie Denham. Edited by Dr. James Hardy. London, 1892-1895.

Denian, Father A., “Croyances religieuses et mœurs des indigènes de l'île Malo (Nouvelles-Hébrides),” in Les Missions Catholiques, xxxiii. (1901).

Deniker, J., “Les Ghiliaks d'après les derniers renseignements,” in Revue d'Ethnographie, ii. (1883).

The Races of Man. London, 1900.

Denjoy, P., “An-nam, Médecins et Sorciers, Remèdes et Superstitions,” etc., in Bulletins de la Société d'Anthropologie de Paris, v. (1894).

“Du droit successoral en Annam,” etc., in Bulletins de la Société d'Anthropologie de Paris, Ve Série, iv. (1903).

Denkschriften der kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften in Wien.

Dennis, G., Cities and Cemeteries of Etruria. Third Edition. London, 1883.

“Departure of my Lady Mary from this World,” in Journal of Sacred Literature and Biblical Record, New Series, vii. London, 1865.

“Der Anadyr-Bezirk nach A. W. Olssufjew,” in Petermanns Mittheilungen, xlv. (1899).

“Der Muata Cazembe und die Völkerstämme der Maravis, Chevas, Muembas, Lundas und andere von Süd-Afrika,” in Zeitschrift für allgemeine Erdkunde, vi. Berlin, 1856.

Der Pentamerone, aus dem Neapolitanischen übertragen von Felix Liebrecht. Breslau, 1846.

Der Urquell. Monatsschrift für Volkkunde. N.F.

Dercylus, quoted by a Scholiast on Euripides, Phoenissae.

Des Marchais, Voyage en Guinée et à Cayenne. Amsterdam, 1731.

Deschamps, G., and Cousin, G., in Bulletin de Correspondance hellénique, xi. (1887), xii. (1888).

“Description of the Natives of King George's Sound (Swan River) and adjoining Country,” in Journal of the Royal Geographical Society, i. (1832).

Desgranges, M., “Usages du Canton de Bonneval,” in Memoires de la Société Royale des Antiquaires de France, i. Paris, 1817.

Desjardins, E., Essai sur la Topographie du Latium. Paris, 1854.

Dessau, II., in Corpus Inscriptionum Latinarum, xiv.

Inscriptiones Latinae selectae. Berlin, 1892-1914.

Deubner, L., De incubatione. Leipsic, 1900.

Deuteronomy, The Book of.

Deutsche geographische Blätter.

Deutsches Kolonialblatt.

Dezobry, L. Ch., Rome au siècle d'Auguste. Third Edition. Paris, 1870.

Dhorme, P., La Religion Assyro-Babylonienne. Paris, 1910.

[Dicaearchus], “Descriptio Graeciae,” in Geographi Graeci Minores, ed. C. Müller, vol. i. Paris, 1882.

Dickens, Charles, David Copperfield.

Martin Chuzzlewit.

Dictys Cretensis, Bellum Trojanum. Ed. F. Meister. Leipsic, 1872.

Die Edda. Übersetzt von K. Simrock. Eighth Edition. Stuttgart, 1882.

“Die Ethnographie Russlands nach A. F. Rittich,” in Petermanns Mittheilungen, Ergänzungsheft, No. 54. Gotha, 1878.

Die gestriegelte Rockenphilosophie. Fifth Edition. Chemnitz, 1759.

“Die Pschawen und Chewsuren im Kaukasus,” in Zeitschrift für allgemeine Erdkunde, ii. (1857).

“Die Sommerwendfeier im St. Amarinthale,” in Der Urquell, N.F., i. (1897).

Die Woche.

Dieffenbach, E., Travels in New Zealand. London, 1843.

Diels, H., Die Fragmente der Vorsokratiker. Second Edition. Berlin, 1906-1910.

Herakleitos von Ephesos. Second Edition. Berlin, 1909.

in Lecture on Greek Religion, heard by the Author at Berlin.

Dieterich, Albrecht, Eine Mithrasliturgie. Leipsic, 1903.

“Sommertag,” in Beiheft to Archiv für Religionswissenschaft, viii. (1905).

Dieterich, Anton, Russian Popular Tales. London, 1857.

Digest, in Corpus Juris Civilis, vol. i. Berlin, 1877. (Institutiones, recognovit P. Krueger. Digesta, recognovit Th. Mommsen.)

Diguet, Colonel E., Les Annamites, Société, Coutumes, Religions. Paris, 1906.

Dijk, P. A. L. E. van, “Eenige aanteekeningen omtrent de verschillenden stammen (Margas) en de stamverdeling bij de Battaks,” in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xxxviii. (1895).

Dill, S., Roman Society from Nero to Marcus Aurelius. London, 1904.

Roman Society in the Last Century of the Western Empire. Second Edition. London, 1899.

Dillmann, Aug., Die Bücher Exodus und Leviticus. Leipsic, 1880 (in Kurzgefasstes exegetisches Commentar zum Alten Testament).

* Dinkard, a Pahlavi work.

* Dinnschenchas, or Dinnsenchus.

Dinter, B. C. A. J. van, “Eenige geographische en ethnographische aanteekeningen betreffende het eiland Siaoe,” in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xli. (1899).

Dio Cassius. Ed. L. Dindorf. Leipsic, 1863-1865.

Dio Chrysostom, Orationes. Ed. L. Dindorf. Leipsic, 1857.

Diodorus, quoted by Photius, Bibliotheca. Ed. Im. Bekker. Berlin, 1824.

Diodorus Siculus, Bibliotheca. Ed. L. Dindorf. Leipsic, 1866-1868.

in Eusebius, Chronica. Ed. A. Schoene. Berlin, 1866-1875.

Diogenes Laertius, Vitae Philosophorum. Ed. C. G. Cobet. Paris (Didot), 1878.

Diogenianus, in Paroemiographi Graeci. Ed. E. L. Leutsch et F. G. Schneidewin. Göttingen, 1839-1851.

Dionysius, Periegetes, Descriptio orbis terrarum, in Geographi Graeci Minores, ed. C. Müller, vol. ii. Paris, 1882.

Dionysius Halicarnasensis, Opera. Ed. J. J. Reiske. Leipsic, 1774-1777.

Antiquitates Romanae. Ed. C. Jacoby. Leipsic, 1885-1905.

Dioscorides. Ed. C. Sprengel. Leipsic, 1829-1830.

De arte medica.

De materia medica.

Dittenberger, G. (W.), Sylloge Inscriptionum Graecarum. Second Edition. Leipsic, 1898-1901.

Orientis Graeci Inscriptiones Selectae. Leipsic, 1903-1905.

Dittmar, C. von, “Über die Koräken und die ihnen sehr nahe verwandten Tschuktschen,” in Bulletin de la Classe historico-philologique de l'Académie Impériale de Sciences de St-Pétersbourg, xiii. (1856).

Dixon, Roland B., “The Northern Maidu,” in Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History, vol. xvii. part iii. New York, 1905.

Dixon, Dr. W. E. Private communication (ii. 139 n. 1).

Dobell, P., Travels in Kamtchatka and Siberia. London, 1830.

Dobrizhoffer, M., Historia de Abiponibus. Vienna, 1784.

Dodge, Colonel R. I., Our Wild Indians. Hartford, Connecticut, 1886.

Dodwell, E., A Classical and Topographical Tour through Greece. London, 1819.

Domaszewski, A. von, “Briefe der Attaliden an der Priester von Pessinus,” in Archaeologische-epigraphische Mittheilungen aus Oesterreich-Ungarn, viii. (1884).

Die Religion des Römischen Heeres. Treves, 1895.

“Magna Mater in Latin Inscriptions,” in The Journal of Roman Studies, i. (1911).

Donaldson, T. L., Architectura Numismatica. London, 1859.

Dongen, G. J. van, “De Koeboe in de Onderafdeeling Koeboe-streken der Residentie Palembang,” in Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië, lxiii. (1910).

Donselaar, W. M., “Aanteekeningen over het eiland Saleijer,” in Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap, i. (1857).

Doolittle, Rev. J., Social Life of the Chinese. Edited and revised by the Rev. Paxton Hood. London, 1868.

Dorsa, Vincenzo, La Tradizione Greco-Latina negli usi e nelle credenze popolari della Calabria Citeriore. Cosenza, 1884.

Dorsey, J. Owen, “An Account of the War Customs of the Osages,” in American Naturalist, xviii. (1884).

“A Study of Siouan Cults,” in Eleventh Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology. Washington, 1894.

“Omaha Sociology,” in Third Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology. Washington, 1884.

“Osage Traditions,” in Sixth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology. Washington, 1888.

“Teton Folk-lore,” in American Anthropologist, ii. (1889).

“Teton Folk-lore Notes,” in Journal of American Folk-lore, ii. (1889).

Dos Santos, J., “Eastern Ethiopia,” in G. McCall Theal's Records of South-Eastern Africa, vii. (1901).

Doughty, Ch. M., Travels in Arabia Deserta. Cambridge, 1888.

Doutté, Edmond, “Figuig,” in La Géographie, Bulletin de la Société de Géographie (Paris), vii. (1893).

Les Aïssâoua à Tlemcen. Châlons-sur-Marne, 1900.

Magie et Religion dans l'Afrique du Nord. Algiers, 1908.

Dove, quoted by James Bonwick, Daily Life and Origin of the Tasmanians.

Dozon, Aug., Contes albanais. Paris, 1881.

Drechsler, P., Sitte, Brauch und Volksglaube in Schlesien. Leipsic, 1903-1906.

Drexler, W., s.vv. “Gaia,” “Isis,” “Men,” and “Meridianus daemon,” in W. H. Roscher's Lexikon der griechischen und römischen Mythologie.

Driver, S. R., Critical and Exegetical Commentary on Deuteronomy. Third Edition. Edinburgh, 1902. (In The International Critical Commentary.)

in Authority and Archaeology Sacred and Profane. Edited by D. G. Hogarth. London, 1899.

Introduction to the Literature of the Old Testament. Eighth Edition. Edinburgh, 1909.

Notes on the Hebrew Text and the Topography of the Books of Samuel. Second Edition. Oxford, 1913.

s.v. “Mesha,” in Encyclopaedia Biblica, vol. iii.

The Book of Genesis. Fourth Edition. London, 1905.

The Books of Joel and Amos. Cambridge, 1901. (In The Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges.)

The Minor Prophets. Edinburgh, 1906. (In The Century Bible.)

Drosinis, G., Land und Leute in Nord-Euböa. Leipsic, 1884.

Dryden, John, Works. Ed. Walter Scott. London, 1808.

The Tempest.

Du Pratz, Le Page, History of Louisiana, or of the western parts of Virginia and Carolina. Translated from the French. New Edition. London, 1774.

Dubois, J. A., Mœurs, institutions, et cérémonies des peuples de l'Inde. Paris, 1825.

Duchesne, Mgr. L., Origines du Culte Chrétien. Third Edition. Paris, 1903.

Duloup, G., “Huit jours chez les M'Bengas,” Revue d'Ethnographie, ii. (1883).

Dümichen, J., “Die dem Osiris im Denderatempel geweiten Räume,” in Zeitschrift für ägyptische Sprache und Altertumskunde (1882).

Duncan, John, Travels in Western Africa. London, 1847.

Duncan, Leland L., “Fairy Beliefs and other Folk-lore Notes from County Leitrim,” in Folk-lore, vii. (1896).

“Folk-lore Gleanings from County Leitrim,” in Folk-lore, iv. (1893).

“Further Notes from County Leitrim,” in Folk-lore, v. (1894).

Duncan, Mr., quoted by Commander R. C. Mayne, Four Years in British Columbia and Vancouver Island. London, 1862.

Duncker, M., Geschichte des Alterthums. Fifth Edition. Leipsic, 1878-1886.

Dundas, Hon. K. R., “Notes on the Tribes inhabiting the Baringo District, East Africa Protectorate,” in Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute, xl. (1910).

Dunn, J., History of the Oregon Territory. London, 1844.

Dupin, Baron, “Notice sur quelques fêtes et divertissemens populaires du département des Deux-Sèvres,” in Mémoires et dissertations publiées par la Société Royale des Antiquaires de France, iv. (1823).

Dupont, É., Lettres sur le Congo. Paris, 1889.

Duran, Diego, Historia de las Indias de Nueva España. MS. edited by J. F. Ramirez. Mexico, 1867-1880.

Durand, J. B. L., Voyage au Sénégal. Paris, 1802.

Durand, L'Abbé, “Le Rio Negro du Nord et son bassin,” in Bulletin de la Société de Géographie (Paris), 6ème Série, iii. (1872).

Durandus, G. (Wilh. Durantis), Rationale Divinorum Officiorum. Lyons, 1584.

Durham, Miss M. Edith, High Albania. London, 1909.

Düringsfeld, Ida von, und Reinsberg-Düringsfeld, Otto Freiherr von. Hochzeitsbuch. Leipsic, 1871.

Dusburg, P. de, Chronicon Preussiae. Ed. Chr. Hartknoch. Frankfort and Leipsic, 1679.

Dussaud, René, “La matérialisation de la prière en Orient,” in Bulletins et Mémoires de la Société d'Anthropologie de Paris, 5ème Série, vii. (1906).

Notes de Mythologie Syrienne. Paris, 1903.

Dutreuil de Rhins, J. L., Mission scientifique dans la Haute Asie, 1890-1895. Paris, 1897.

Duveyrier, H., Exploration du Sahara: les Touareg du Nord. Paris, 1864.

Dwight, Timothy, Travels in New England and New York. London, 1823.

* Dybeck, Runa, 1844 and 1845, quoted by J. Grimm, Deutsche Mythologie (Fourth Edition), and A. Kuhn, Die Herabkunft des Feuers und des Göttertranks (Second Edition, Gütersloh, 1886).

Dyer, T. F. Thiselton, British Popular Customs. London, 1876.

English Folk-lore. London, 1884.

Folk-lore of Plants. London, 1889.

Ebeling, H., Lexicon Homericum. Leipsic, 1880-1885.

Ebn-el-Dyn el-Eghouâthy, “Relation d'un voyage dans l'intérieur de l'Afrique septentrionale,” in Bulletin de la Société de Géographie (Paris), 2ème Série, i. (1834).

Eck, R. van, “Schetsen van het eiland Bali,” in Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch Indië, N.S., viii. (1879), ix. (August 1880).

Eckstein, Miss L., Comparative Studies in Nursery Rhymes. London, 1906.

Edda Rhythmica seu Antiquior, vulgo Saemundina dicta. Copenhagen, 1828.

* Edgar, Major, Litafi na Tatsuniyoyi na Hausa, referred to by Major A. J. N. Treamearne, Hausa Superstitions and Customs. London, 1913.

Edkins, J., Religion in China. Second Edition. London, 1878.

Edmonds, Richard, The Land's End District. London, 1862.

Edmonston, A., Zetland Islands. Edinburgh, 1809.

Edmonston, Rev. Biot, and Saxby, Jessie M. E., The Home of a Naturalist. London, 1888.

Eels, Rev. Myron, “The Twana, Chemakum, and Klallam Indians of Washington Territory,” in Annual Report of the Smithsonian Institution for 1887.

“Eenige bijzonderheden betreffende de Papoeas van de Geelvinksbaai van Niew-Guinea,” in Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Neêrlandsch-Indië, ii. (1854).

“Eenige mededeelingen betreffende Rote door een inlandischen School-meester,” in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xxvii. (1882).

Eerde, J. C. van, “Een huwelijk bij de Minangkabausche Maliers,” in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xliv. (1901).

“Gebruiken bij den rijstbouw en rijstoogst op Lombok,” in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xlv. (1902).

Egede, Hans, A Description of Greenland. Second Edition. London, 1818.

Egyptian Exploration Fund Archaeological Reports.

Ehrenreich, P., “Materialen zur Sprachenkunde Brasiliens,” in Zeitschrift für Ethnologie, xxvi. (1894).

Einhorn, P., “Historia Lettica,” in Scriptores Rerum Livonicarum, ii. Riga and Leipsic, 1848.

Reformatio gentis Letticae in Ducatu Curlandiae. Preface dated 17th July 1636. Reprinted in Scriptores rerum Livonicarum, ii. Riga and Leipsic, 1848.

“Wiederlegunge der Abgötterey: der ander (sic) Theil.” Printed at Riga in 1627, and reprinted in Scriptores rerum Livonicarum, ii. Riga and Leipsic, 1848.

“Einige Notizen aus einem alten Kräuterbuche,” in Zeitschrift für deutsche Mythologie und Sittenkunde, iv. Göttingen, 1859.

Eisel, Robert, Sagenbuch des Voigtlandes. Gera, 1871.

Eitel, “Les Hak-ka,” in L'Anthropologie, iv. (1893).

Ekris, A. van, “Het Ceramsche Kakianverbond,” in Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap, ix. (1865). Repeated with slight changes in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xvi. (1867).

Eliot, J., “Observations on the Inhabitants of the Garrow Hills,” in Asiatick Researches, iii.

* Elizabeth, Charlotte, Personal Recollections, quoted by Rev. Alexander Hislop, The Two Babylons. Edinburgh, 1853.

* Elliot, C. A., Hoshangábád Settlement Report, quoted in Panjab Notes and Queries, iii. (October and December 1885).

Elliot, Sir Henry M., Memoirs on the History, Folk-lore, and Distribution of the Races of the North-Western Provinces of India. Edited, revised, and re-arranged by John Beames. London, 1869.

The History of India as told by its own Historians. London, 1867-1877.

Elliot, R. H., Experiences of a Planter in the Jungles of Mysore. London, 1871.

Ellis, A. B., The Eẇe-speaking Peoples of the Slave Coast of West Africa. London, 1890.

The Tshi-speaking Peoples of the Gold Coast of West Africa. London, 1887.

The Yoruba-speaking Peoples of the Slave Coast of West Africa. London, 1894.

Ellis, Robinson, Commentary on Catullus. Oxford, 1876.

Ellis, Rev. William, History of Madagascar. London, n.d., preface dated 1838.

Polynesian Researches. Second Edition. London, 1832-1836.

* Elmslie, Dr., MS. notes used by J. Macdonald in Myth and Religion. London, 1893.

Elmslie, W. A., Among the Wild Ngoni. Edinburgh and London, 1899.

Elton, Charles, Origins of English History. London, 1882.

El-Tounsy, Mohammed Ibn-Omar, Voyage au Darfour. Traduite de l'Arabe par le Dr. Perron. Paris, 1845.

Voyage au Ouadây. Paris, 1851.

Emery, Lieutenant, in Journal of the Royal Geographical Society, iii.

Emin Pasha, quoted by Fr. Stuhlmann, Mit Emin Pascha ins Herz von Afrika. Berlin, 1894.

Emin Pasha in Central Africa, being a Collection of his Letters and Journals. London, 1888.

Empedocles, in Fragmenta Philosophorum Graecorum, ed. F. G. A. Mullach, Paris, 1885; also in H. Diels, Die Fragmente der Vorsokratiker, i.

Empire Review.

Emslie, J. P., in Folklore, xi. (1900).

Encyclopaedia Biblica. Edited by T. K. Cheyne and J. S. Black. London, 1899-1903.

Encyclopaedia Britannica. Ninth Edition. Edinburgh, 1875-1889.

Encyclopaedia of Religion and Ethics. Edited by J. Hastings, D.D. Edinburgh, 1908- .

Ende, L. von, “Die Baduwis auf Java,” in Mittheilungen der Anthropologischen Gesellschaft in Wien, xix. (1889).

Enderli, J., “Zwei Jahre bei den Tchuktschen und Korjaken,” in Petermanns Mitteilungen, xlix. (1903).

Endle, Rev. S., The Kacharis. London, 1911.

Engel, W. H., Kypros. Berlin, 1841.

Engelhaard, H. E. D., “Aanteekeningen betreffende de Kindjin Dajaks in het Landschap Baloengan,” in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xxxix. (1897).

“Mededeelingen over het eiland Saleijer,” in Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Neêrlandsch-Indië, Vierde Volgreeks, viii. (1884).

Engler, A., in V. Hehn's Kulturpflanzen und Hausthiere. Seventh Edition. Berlin, 1902.

English Historical Review.

Ennius, cited by Festus, s.v. “Puelli.” Ed. C. O. Müller.

quoted by Cicero, De natura deorum.

Ἐφημερὶς ἀρχαιολογική. Athens, 1883, 1884, 1898.

Ephippus, cited by Athenaeus, xii.

Epictetus, Dissertationes. Ed. H. Schenkl. Leipsic, 1894.

Epigrammata Graeca ex lapidibus conlecta. Ed. G. Kaibel. Berlin, 1878.

Epiphanius, Adversus Haereses, in Migne's Patrologia Graeca, xlii.

Eratosthenes, Catasterismi, in Mythographi Graeci, ed. A. Westerman. Brunswick, 1843.

Erdweg, M. J., “Die Bewohner der Insel Tumleo, Berlinhafen, Deutsch-Neu-Guinea,” in Mittheilungen der Anthropologischen Gesellschaft in Wien, xxxii. (1902).

Ergänzungshefte zu Petermanns Geographischen Mittheilungen.

Ergebnisse der Südsee-Expedition 1908-1910. Herausgegeben von G. Thilenius. Hamburg, 1913.

Erhard, Professor A., of Strasburg. Verbal communication (ii. 310 n. 1).

Eriston, Prince, “Die Pschawen und Chewsurier im Kaukasus,” in Zeitschrift für allgemeine Erdkunde, Neue Folge, ii. (1857).

Ériu, the Journal of the School of Irish Learning, Dublin.

Erman, A., Archiv für wissenschaftliche Kunde von Russland, vol. i. Berlin, 1841.

Travels in Siberia. London, 1848.

“Ethnographische Wahrnehmungen und Erfahrungen an den Küsten der Berings-Meeres,” in Zeitschrift für Ethnologie, ii. (1870).

Erman, Adolf, Aegypten und ägyptisches Leben im Altertum. Tübingen, n.d.

Die ägyptische Religion. Berlin, 1905.

Second Edition. Berlin, 1909.

“Eine Reise nach Phönizien im 11. Jahrhundert v. Chr.,” in Zeitschrift für ägyptische Sprache und Altertumskunde, xxxviii. (1900).

“Zehn Vorträge aus dem mittleren Reich,” in Zeitschrift für ägyptische Sprache und Alterthumskunde, xx. (1882).

Erskine, J. E., Journal of a Cruise among the Islands of the Western Pacific. London, 1853.

Essays and Studies presented to William Ridgeway. Cambridge, 1913.

Esther, The Book of.

Etheridge, R., jun., “The ‘Widow's Cap’ of the Australian Aborigines,” in Proceedings of the Linnaean Society of New South Wales for the Year 1899, xxiv. Sydney, 1900.

Ethnological Survey Publications, Department of the Interior. Manilla.

Ethnologisches Notizblatt herausgegeben von der Direktion des Königlichen Museums für Völkerkunde in Berlin. Berlin, 1894- .

Etymologicum Magnum. Ed. F. Syllburg. Editio Nova. Leipsic, 1816.

Eubulus, cited by Athenaeus.

Eudoxi ars astronomica, qualis in charta Aegyptiaca superest. Ed. F. Blass. Kiliae, 1887.

Eudoxus of Cnidus, quoted by Athenaeus.

Eumenes, Letter preserved in inscription at Sivrihissar.

Eunapius, Vitae sophistarum. Ed. J. F. Boissonade. Paris (Didot), 1878.

Euphorion of Chalcis, quoted by Athenaeus, iv. 40.

Euripides, in Poetae Scenici Graeci. Ed. G. Dindorf. London, 1869.

Ed. F. A. Paley. Second Edition. London, 1872-1880.

Bacchae.

Electra.

Hercules Furens.

Hippolytus.

Ion.

Iphigenia in Tauris.

Medea, Argumentum.

Orestes.

Phoenissae.

Supplices.

Eusebius, Chronicorum liber prior. Ed. A. Schoene. Berlin, 1866-1875.

Praeparatio Evangelii. Ed. F. A. Heinichen. Leipsic, 1842-1843.

Vita Constantini, in Migne's Patrologia Graeca, xx.

Eustathius, Commentary on Dionysius Periegetes, in Geographi Graeci Minores, ed. C. Müller, vol. ii. Paris, 1882.

on Homer, Iliad. Leipsic, 1827-1830.

on Homer, Odyssey. Leipsic, 1825-1826.

Eutropius. Ed. D. C. G. Baumgarten-Crusius et H. R. Dietsch. Leipsic, 1868.

Evangelion de Mepharreshe. Edited by F. C. Burkitt. Cambridge, 1904.

Evans, A. J., “Mycenaean Tree and Pillar Cult,” in Journal of Hellenic Studies, xxi. (1901).

Evans, D. Jenkyn, “The Harvest Customs of Pembrokeshire,” in Pembroke County Guardian, 7th December 1895.

Evans, D. Silvan, in The Academy, 13th November 1875.

Evans, Ivor H. N., “Notes on the Religious Beliefs, Superstitions, Ceremonies and Tabus of the Dusuns of the Tuaran and Tempassuk Districts, British North Borneo,” in Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute, xiii. (1912).

Evelyn, John, Memoirs. New Edition. London, 1827.

Everybody's Magazine. New York.

“Excavations in Cyprus, 1887-1888,” in Journal of Hellenic Studies, ix. (1888).

“Excursion de M. Brun-Rollet dans la région supérieure du Nil,” in Bulletin de la Société de Géographie (Paris), 4ème Série, iv. (1852); viii. (1854).

Exodus, The Book of.

“Exorcism of the Pest Demon of Japan.” From a series of notes on medical customs of the Japanese, contributed by Dr. C. H. H. Hall of the United States Navy, to the *Sei-I Kwai Medical Journal.

Expositor, The.

“Extract from a Letter of Mr. Alexander Loudon,” in Journal of the Royal Geographical Society, ii. (1832).

Extract from a Report by Captain Foulkes to the British Colonial Office.

“Extracts from Diary of the late Rev. John Martin, Wesleyan Missionary in West Africa, 1843-1848,” in Man, xii. (1912).

“Extrait du journal des missions évangeliques,” in Bulletin de la Société de Géographie (Paris), 2ème Série, ii. (1834).

Eyre, E. J., Journals of Expeditions of Discovery into Central Australia. London, 1845.

Ezekiel, The Book of.

Ezra, The Book of.

Ezra, Nehemiah and Esther. Edited by Rev. T. Witton Davies. Edinburgh and London, n.d. (The Century Bible.)

Fabbri, P., “Canti popolari raccolti sui monti della Romagna-Toscana,” in Archivio per lo Studio delle Tradizioni Popolari, xxii. (1903).

Fabrega, H. Pittier de, “Die Sprache der Bribri-Indianer in Costa Rica,” in Sitzungsberichte der philosophischen-historischen Classe der Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften (Vienna), cxxxviii. (1898).

Fabricius, D., “De cultu, religione et moribus incolarum Livoniae,” in Scriptores rerum Livonicarum, ii. Riga and Leipsic, 1848.

“Livonicae Historiae compendiosa series,” in Scriptores Rerum Livonicarum, ii. Riga and Leipsic, 1848.

Fabricius, J. A., Bibliotheca Graeca. Fourth Edition. Hamburg, 1780-1809.

Fage, Missionary, in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, xxix. (1857).

Fairbairn, Rev. Dr. A. M., in Contemporary Review, June 1899.

Fairclough. T. J., “Notes on the Basutos,” in Journal of the African Society, No. 14, January 1905.

Fairholt, F. W., Gog and Magog, the Giants in Guildhall, their real and legendary History. London, 1859.

Fairweather, in W. F. W. Owen's Narrative of Voyages to explore the Shores of Africa, Arabia, and Madagascar. London, 1833.

Fancourt, Charles St. John, History of Yucatan. London, 1854.

Fanggidaej, J., “Rottineesche Verhalen,” in Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië, lviii. (1905).

Farler, J. P., “The Usambara Country in East Africa,” in Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society, N.S. i. (1879).

Farnell, L. R., in The Hibbert Journal, iv. (1906), (April 1907).

“Sociological Hypotheses concerning the position of Women in Ancient Religion,” in Archiv für Religionswissenschaft, vii. (1904).

The Cults of the Greek States. Oxford, 1896-1909.

Fasciculi Malayenses, Anthropology.

Fawcett, Fr., in Madras Government Museum Bulletin, iii. No. 1. Madras, 1900.

“Note on a Custom of the Mysore ‘Gollaválu’ or Shepherd Caste People,” in Journal of the Anthropological Society of Bombay, i.

“On Basivis,” in Journal of the Anthropological Society of Bombay, ii.

“On the Saoras (or Savaras), an Aboriginal Hill People of the Eastern Ghats,” in Journal of the Anthropological Society of Bombay, i.

Fawckner, Captain James. See s.v. [Narrative].

Feasey, H. J., Ancient English Holy Week Ceremonial. London, 1897.

Featherman, A., Social History of the Races of Mankind, Fourth Division, Dravido-Turanians, etc. London, 1891.

Fehr, A., Der Niasser im Leben und Sterben. Barmen, 1901.

Fehrle, E., Die kultische Keuschheit im Altertum. Giessen, 1910.

* Feilberg, H. F., Bidrag til en Ordbog over Jyske Almuesmål. Fjerde hefte. Copenhagen, 1888.

in Folk-lore, vi. (1895).

“Zwieselbäume nebst verwandtem Aberglauben in Skandinavien,” in Zeitschrift des Vereins für Volkskunde, vii. (1897).

Felkin, Dr. R. W., “Notes on the For Tribe of Central Africa,” in Proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, xiii. (1884-1886).

“Notes on the Madi or Moru Tribe of Central Africa,” in Proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, xii. (1882-1884).

“Notes on the Waganda Tribe of Central Africa,” in Proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, xiii. (1884-1886).

See also s.v. [Wilson, C. T.]

Fellows, Ch., An Account of Discoveries in Lycia. London, 1841.

Journal written during an Excursion in Asia Minor. London, 1839.

Fellows, Rev. S. B., quoted by George Brown, D.D., Melanesians and Polynesians. London, 1910.

Ferrand, G., Les Musalmans à Madagascar. Deuxième Partie. Paris, 1893.

Ferraro, Giuseppe, Superstizioni, Usi e Proverbî Monferrini. Palermo, 1886.

Ferrars, Max and Bertha, Burma. London, 1900.

Festgaben für Gustav Homeyer. Berlin, 1871.

Festschrift des Vereins für Erdkunde zu Dresden. Dresden, 1888.

Festschrift zum fünfzigjährigen Doctorjubiläum L. Friedlaender dargebracht von seinen Schülern. Leipsic, 1895.

Festus, De verborum significatione. Ed. C. O. Müller. Leipsic, 1839.

Feuillet, Madame Octave, Quelques années de ma vie. Fifth Edition. Paris, 1895.

Fewkes, Jesse Walter, “Hopi Katcinas,” in Twenty-first Annual Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology. Washington, 1903.

“The Group of Tusayan Ceremonials called Katcinas,” in Fifteenth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology. Washington, 1897.

“The Lesser New-fire Ceremony at Walpi,” in American Anthropologist, N.S. iii. (1901).

“The Tusayan New Fire Ceremony,” in Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History, xxvi. (1895).

Fiedler, K. G., Reise durch alle Theile des Königreichs Griechenland. Leipsic, 1840-1841.

Field Museum of Natural History, Publication 170. Chicago.

Fielding, H., The Soul of a People. London, 1898.

Finamore, Gennaro, Credenze, Usi e Costumi Abruzzesi. Palermo, 1890.

Finaz, Father, S.J., in Les Missions Catholiques, vii. (1875).

Finlay, George, Greece under the Romans. Second Edition. Edinburgh and London, 1857.

Finsch, Otto, Neu Guinea und seine Bewohner. Bremen, 1865.

“Fire-Walking Ceremony at the Dharmaraja Festival,” in The Quarterly Journal of the Mythic Society, vol. ii. No. 1 (October 1910).

“Fire-Walking in Ganjam,” in Madras Government Museum Bulletin, vol. iv. No. 3. Madras, 1903.

Firmicus Maternus, De errore profanarum religionum. Ed. C. Halm. Vienna, 1867.

Fischer, Dr. Emil, “Paparuda und Scaloian,” in Globus, xciii. (1908).

Fison, Rev. Lorimer, in letters to the Author (i. 316, 331 n. 2, 378, 389 n. 3, ii. 13 n. 1, iii. 30 n. 1, 40 n. 1, 92 n. 3, 131 n. 2, 264 nn. 3 and 4, iv. 156 n. 2, v. 202 n.).

“Notes on Fijian Burial Customs,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, x. (1881).

“The Nanga, or Sacred Stone Enclosure, of Wainimala, Fiji,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xiv. (1885).

Fison, L., and Howitt, A. W., Kamilaroi and Kurnai. Melbourne, Sydney, Adelaide, and Brisbane, 1880.

Fitzgerald, D., in Revue Celtique, iv. (1879-1880).

FitzGerald, Edward, quoted in County Folk-lore, Suffolk. London, 1893.

Fitzpatrick, J. F. J., “Some Notes on the Kwolla District and its Tribes,” in Journal of the African Society, No. 37 (October 1910).

Fitz-roy, Captain R., Narrative of the Surveying Voyages of His Majesty's Ships “Adventure” and “Beagle.” London, 1839.

Flacourt, E. de, Histoire de la grande Isle Madagascar. Paris, 1658.

Flad, Martin, A Short Description of the Falasha and Kamants in Abyssinia. Chrishona, near Basle, 1866.

Flaget, Mgr., in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, vii. (1834).

Flavius Vopiscus, in Scriptores Historiae Augustae. Ed. H. Peter. Leipsic, 1884.

Aurelianus.

Probus.

Fleckeisen's Jahrbücher für classische Philologie.

Fleet, J. F., “A New System of the Sixty-Year Cycle of Jupiter,” in The Indian Antiquary, xviii. (1889).

Fleming, Rev. Francis, Kaffraria and its Inhabitants. London, 1853.

Southern Africa. London, 1856.

Fletcher, Miss Alice C., The Import of the Totem, a Study from the Omaha Tribe. Paper read before the American Association for the Advancement of Science, August 1897. Separate reprint.

Fletcher, Miss A. C., and Flesch, F. la, “The Omaha Tribe,” in Twenty-seventh Annual Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology. Washington, 1911.

Floquet, A., Histoire du privilège de Saint Romain. Rouen, 1833.

Florus, Epitoma. Ed. C. Halm. Leipsic, 1854.

Foerster, R., Der Raub und die Rückkehr der Persephone. Stuttgart, 1874.

Folk-lore. London, 1890- .

Folk-lore Journal. London, 1883-1889.

Folklore Journal, edited by the Working Committee of the South African Folklore Society. Cape Town, 1879-1880.

Folk-lore Record.

Fontana, N., “On the Nicobar Isles,” in Asiatick Researches, iii. London, 1799.

Forbes, Captain C. J. F. S., British Burma. London, 1878.

Forbes, D., “On the Aymara Indians of Bolivia and Peru,” in Journal of the Ethnological Society of London, ii. (October 1870).

Forbes, Fred. E., Dahomey and the Dahomans. London, 1851.

Forbes, H. O., “On some Tribes of the Island of Timor,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xiii. (1884).

Forbes, Major, Eleven Years in Ceylon. London, 1840.

* Fordun, Scotichronicon, quoted by J. Jamieson, Etymological Dictionary of the Scottish Language. New Edition. Paisley, 1879-1882.

Fortnightly Review, The.

Fossel, V., Volksmedicin und medicinischer Aberglaube in Steiermark. Second Edition. Graz, 1886.

Fossey, C., La Magie assyrienne. Paris, 1902.

Foucart, G., in Dr. J. Hastings's Encyclopaedia of Religion and Ethics, iii. (1910).

Foucart, P., Des Associations Religieuses chez les Grecs. Paris, 1873.

Le Culte de Dionysos en Attique. Paris, 1904. (Mémoires de l'Académie des Inscriptions et Belles-lettres, xxxvii.)

Les Grands Mystères d'Eleusis. Paris, 1900. (Mémoires de l'Académie des Inscriptions, xxxvii.)

Recherches sur l'origine et la nature des mystères d'Eleusis. Paris, 1895. (Mémoires de l'Académie des Inscriptions, xxxv.)

Fouju, G., “Légendes et superstitions préhistoriques,” in Revue des Traditions populaires, xiv. (1899).

Fouqué, F., Santorin et ses éruptions. Paris, 1879.

“Four Years' Journeying through Great Tibet, by one of the Trans-Himalayan Explorers,” in Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society, N.S., vii. (1885).

Fourdin, E., “La foire d'Ath,” in Annales du Cercle Archéologique de Mons, ix. Mons, 1869.

Fournier, P., “De Zuidkust van Ceram,” in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xvi. (1867).

Fowler, W. Warde, in The Classical Review, vi. (1892).

“Passing under the Yoke,” in The Classical Review (March 1913).

“The Oak and the Thunder-god,” in Archiv für Religionswissenschaft, xvi. (1913).

The Religious Experience of the Roman People. London, 1911.

The Roman Festivals of the Period of the Republic. London, 1899.

“Was the Flaminica Dialis priestess of Juno?” in The Classical Review, ix. (1895).

Foxwell, Ernest, of St. John's College, Cambridge. Private communication (xi. 10 n. 1).

Foy, W., in Archiv für Religionswissenschaft, x. (1907).

Fraas, F., Synopsis Plantarum Florae Classicae. Munich, 1845.

Fragmenta historicorum Graecorum. Ed. C. Müller. Paris, 1868-1883.

Fragmenta Philosophorum Graecorum. Ed. F. G. A. Mullach. Paris, 1875.

France, Anatole, “Le roy boit,” in Annales Politiques et Littéraires, 5 janvier, 1902.

France, H., “Customs of the Awuna Tribes,” in Journal of the African Society, No. 17 (October 1905).

Francis, W., in Census of India, 1901, vol. xv. Madras, Part I. Madras, 1902.

Fränkel, Max, Die Inschriften von Pergamon. Berlin, 1890-1895.

Fraser, E. H., “The Fish-skin Tartars,” in Journal of the China Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society for the Year 1891-1892, N.S. xxvi.

Fraser, J., “The Aborigines of New South Wales,” in Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society of New South Wales, xvi. (1882).

Fraser, W., in Sir John Sinclair's Statistical Account of Scotland. Edinburgh, 1793.

Fraser's Magazine.

Frazer, J. G., “A Suggestion as to the Origin of Gender in Language,” in The Fortnightly Review, January 1900.

“Attis and Christ,” in The Athenaeum, No. 4184, January 4th, 1908.

“Beliefs and Customs of the Australian Aborigines,” in Folk-lore, xx. (1909).

“Folk-lore at Balquhidder,” in The Folk-lore Journal, vi. (1888).

“Folk-lore in the Old Testament,” in Anthropological Essays presented to E. B. Tylor. Oxford, 1907.

“Hide-measured Lands,” in The Classical Review, ii. (1888).

“Howitt and Fison,” in Folk-lore, xx. (1909).

in The Athenaeum, Nov. 21st, 1891.

in Man, vi. (1906).

Lectures on the Early History of the Kingship. London, 1905.

“Notes on Harvest Customs,” in The Folk-lore Journal, vii. (1889).

“On certain Burial Customs as illustrative of the Primitive Theory of the Soul,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xv. (1886).

“On Some Ceremonies of the Central Australian Tribes,” in the Proceedings of the Australasian Association for the Advancement of Science for the Year 1900. Melbourne, 1901.

Passages of the Bible chosen for their Literary Beauty and Interest. Second Edition. London, 1909.

Pausanias's Description of Greece, translated with a commentary. London, 1898.

Psyche's Task. Second Edition. London, 1913.

“Some Popular Superstitions of the Ancients,” in Folk-lore, i. (1890).

“Statues of Three Kings of Dahomey,” in Man, viii. (1908).

“Taboo” and “Thesmophoria,” in Encyclopaedia Britannica, Ninth Edition, vol. xxiii.

The Belief in Immortality and the Worship of the Dead, vol. i. London, 1913.

“The Language of Animals,” in The Archaeological Review, i. (April and May 1888).

“The Leafy Bust at Nemi,” in The Classical Review, xxii. (1908).

“The Origin of Circumcision,” in The Independent Review, November 1904.

“The Prytaneum, the Temple of Vesta, the Vestals, Perpetual Fires,” in The Journal of Philology, xiv. (1885).

“The Youth of Achilles,” in The Classical Review, vii. (1893).

Totemism. Edinburgh, 1887.

Totemism and Exogamy. London, 1910.

Frazer, Mrs. J. G. (Lady Frazer). Private communication (iii. 324 n. 4);

See also [Grove, Mrs. Lilly].

Freeman, E. A., History of the Norman Conquest of England. Third Edition. Oxford, 1877.

Freeman, R. A., Travels and Life in Ashanti and Jaman. Westminster, 1898.

Frere, Mary, Old Deccan Days. Third Edition. London, 1881.

Freycinet, L. de, Voyage autour du Monde. Paris, 1829.

Fric, V., “Eine Pilcomayo-Reise in den Chaco Central,” in Globus, lxxxix. (1906).

Fric, V., and Radin, P., “Contributions to the Study of the Bororo Indians,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxxvi. (1906).

Friederich, R., “Voorloopig Verslag van het eiland Bali,” in Verhandelingen van het Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen, xxiii. (1849).

Friend, Rev. Hilderic, Flowers and Flower Lore. Third Edition. London, 1886.

Fries, C., “Das ‘Koppensnellen’ auf Nias,” in Allgemeine Missions-Zeitschrift, February 1908.

Fritsch, Gustav, Die Eingeborenen Süd-Afrika's. Breslau, 1872.

Fritze, H. von, “Zum griechischen Opferritual,” in Jahrbuch des Kaiserlichen Deutschen Archäologischen Instituts, xviii. (1903).

Frobenius, L., Die Masken und Geheimbünde Afrikas. Halle, 1898. (Nova Acta, Abhandlungen der Kaiserlichen Leop.-Carol. Deutschen Akademie der Naturforscher, vol. lxxiv. No. 1.)

Frodsham, Dr., Bishop of North Queensland, in letter to the Author (v. 103 n. 3).

Froehner, W., Musée Nationale du Louvre, Les Inscriptions Grecques. Paris, 1880.

Fulgentius, Mythographiae, in Auctores Mythographi Latini. Ed. Aug. van Staveren. Leyden and Amsterdam, 1742.

Fulton, R., “An Account of the Fiji Fire-walking Ceremony, or Vilavilairevo, with a probable explanation of the mystery,” in Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute, xxxv. (1902).

Furness, W. H., Folk-lore in Borneo, a Sketch. Wallingford, Pennsylvania, 1899. Privately printed.

“The Ethnography of the Nagas of Eastern Assam,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxxii. (1902).

The Home-life of Borneo Head-hunters. Philadelphia, 1902.

The Island of Stone Money, Uap of the Carolines. Philadelphia and London, 1910.

Furnivall, J. S., in letter to the Author, dated Pegu Club, Rangoon, 6/6 (sic) (vii. 191 n. 1).

Furtwängler, Adolf, Die antiken Gemmen. Leipsic, 1900.

“Herakles,” in W. H. Roscher's Lexikon der griechischen und römischen Mythologie, i.

Meisterwerke der griechischen Plastik. Leipsic—Berlin, 1893.

“Futuna, or Home Island and its People,” in Journal of the Polynesian Society, vol. i. No. 1 (April 1892).

Fytche, Lieut.-General A., Burma, Past and Present. London, 1878.

G * * *, Mathias, Lettres sur les Îles Marquises. Paris, 1843.

Gabb, Wm. M., “On the Indian Tribes and Languages of Costa Rica,” in Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society held at Philadelphia, xiv. Philadelphia, 1876.

Gabet, Father, in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, xx. (1848).

Gabriele, S., “Usi dei contadini della Sardegna,” in Archivio per lo Studio delle Tradizioni Popolari, vii. (1880).

Gaertringen, F. Hiller von, in Aus der Anomia. Berlin, 1890.

Gage, Thomas, A New Survey of the West Indies. Third Edition. London, 1677.

Gagnière, in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, xxxii. (1860).

Gaidoz, H., “Bulletin critique de la Mythologie Gauloise,” in Revue de l'histoire des Religions, ii. Paris, 1880.

“Le dieu gaulois du soleil et le symbolisme de la roue,” in Revue Archéologique, 3ème Série, iv. (1884).

“Les Langues coupées,” in Mélusine, iii. (1886-1887).

Un Vieux Rite médical. Paris, 1892.

Gait, E. A., in Census of India, 1901, vol. vi. Calcutta, 1902.

in Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal (1898), quoted by Major P. R. T. Gurdon, The Khasis. London, 1907.

Gaius, Institutiones. Ed. P. E. Huschke. Third Edition. Leipsic, 1878.

Gallieni, “Missions dans le Haut Niger et à Ségou,” in Bulletin de la Société de Géographie (Paris), 8ème Série, v. (1883).

Galton, (Sir) Francis, “Domestication of Animals,” in Transactions of the Ethnological Society of London, N.S., iii. (1865).

Narrative of an Explorer in Tropical South Africa. Third Edition. London, 1890.

In letter to the Author (v. 29 n.).

Gandavo, Pero de Magalhanes de, Histoire de la province de Sancta-Cruz. Paris, 1837. In H. Ternaux-Compans's Voyages, relations, et mémoires originaux pour servir à l'histoire de la découverte de l'Amérique. * Original published at Lisbon in 1586.

Garcilasso de la Vega, Royal Commentaries of the Yncas. Translated by (Sir) Clements R. Markham. Hakluyt Society. London, 1869-1871.

Gardiner, Professor J. Stanley. Private communication (ii. 154 sq.).

Gardner, E. A. Private communication (v. 232 n.).

Gardner, F., “Philippine (Tagalog) Superstitions,” in Journal of American Folk-lore, xix. (1906).

Gardner, Percy, Catalogue of Greek Coins, the Seleucid Kings of Syria. London, 1878.

New Chapters in Greek History. London, 1892.

Types of Greek Coins. Cambridge, 1883.

Garnett, Lucy M. J., The Women of Turkey and their Folklore: The Christian Women. London, 1890.

Garson, J. G., “On the Inhabitants of Tierra del Fuego,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xv. (1886).

Garstang, Professor J., MS. notes communicated to the Author (v. 135 n.).

“Notes of a Journey through Asia Minor,” in Annals of Archaeology and Anthropology, i. Liverpool and London, 1908.

The Land of the Hittites. London, 1910.

“The Sun God[dess] of Arenna,” in Annals of Archaeology and Anthropology, vi. Liverpool, 1914.

The Syrian Goddess. London, 1913.

Gason, Samuel, in E. M. Curr's The Australian Race. Melbourne, 1886-1887.

in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxiv. (1895).

“The Dieyerie Tribe,” in Native Tribes of South Australia. Adelaide, 1879.

Gasquet, F. A., Parish Life in Mediaeval England. London, 1906.

Gathas, The, translated by L. H. Mills. The Zend-Avesta, part iii. Oxford, 1887. (The Sacred Books of the East, vol. xxxi.)

Gatschet, A. S., in letter to the Author (xi. 276 n. 1).

A Migration Legend of the Creek Indians. Vol. I., Philadelphia, 1884. Vol. II., St. Louis, 1888.

The Karankawa Indians, the Coast People of Texas (Archaeological and Ethnological Papers of the Peabody Museum, Harvard University, vol. i. No. 2).

The Klamath Indians of South-Western Oregon. Washington, 1890. (Contributions to North American Ethnology, vol. ii. part i.)

Gay, C., “Fragment d'un voyage dans le Chili et au Cusco patrie des anciens Incas,” in Bulletin de la Société de Géographie (Paris), Deuxième Série, xix. (1843).

Gazette archéologique.

Gazetteer of the Bombay Presidency. Bombay, 1877-1904.

Geddes, (Sir) W. D., in his edition of Plato's Phaedo. London and Edinburgh, 1863.

Geiger, W., Altiranische Kultur im Altertum. Erlangen, 1882.

Geikie, J., Prehistoric Europe. Edinburgh, 1881.

Geiseler, Die Oster-Insel. Berlin, 1883.

Gell, Sir W., The Topography of Rome and its Vicinity. London, 1834.

Gellius, Aulus. Noctes Atticae. Ed. M. Hertz. Leipsic, 1861-1871.

Gellius, Cnaeus. Roman historian. Fragments in Historicorum Romanorum Fragmenta, ed. H. Peter. Leipsic, 1883.

Geminus, Elementa Astronomiae. Ed. C. Manitius. Leipsic, 1898.

Genesis, The Book of.

Gengler, Dr. J., “Der Kreuzschnabel als Hausarzt,” in Globus, xci. (1907).

Gennep, A. van, “Janus Bifrons,” in Revue des traditions populaires, xxii. (1907).

Tabou et Totémisme à Madagascar. Paris, 1904.

Gennep, J. L. van, “Bijdrage tot de kennis van den Kangean-Archipel,” in Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië, xlvi. (1896).

Gentleman's Magazine, The.

Geographical Journal, The.

Geographi Graeci Minores. Ed. C. Müller. Paris, 1882.

Geological Survey of Canada, Report of Progress for 1878-1879.

Geoponica. Ed. J. N. Niclas. Leipsic, 1781.

Georgeakis, G., et Pineau, L., Le Folk-lore de Lesbos. Paris, 1894.

Georgi, J. G., Beschreibung aller Nationen des russischen Reichs. St. Petersburg, 1776.

Georgius Syncellus, Chronographia. Ed. G. Dindorf. Bonn, 1829.

Gerard, Miss E., The Land beyond the Forest. Edinburgh and London, 1888.

Gerhard, E., Gesammelte akademische Abhandlungen. Berlin, 1866-68.

Germain, Adrien, “Note zur Zanzibar et la Côte Orientale d'Afrique,” in Bulletin de la Société de Géographie (Paris), 5ème Série, xvi. (1868).

Germania, N.R.

Gervasius von Tilbury, Otia Imperialia. Ed. F. Liebrecht. Hanover, 1856.

Geurtjens, H., “Le Cérémonial des voyages aux Îles Keij,” in Anthropos, v. (1910).

Gibbon, Edward, Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire. Edinburgh, 1811.

Gibbs, George, in Contributions to North American Ethnology. Washington, 1877.

“Notes on the Tinneh or Chepewyan Indians of British and Russian America,” in Annual Report of the Smithsonian Institution (1866).

Gilbert, G., Handbuch der griechischen Staatsalterthümer. Second Edition. Leipsic, 1893.

Gilbert, O., Geschichte und Topographie der Stadt Rom im Altertum. Leipsic, 1883-1890.

Giles, Professor H. A. Private communication (iv. 275).

* Chinese Dictionary, quoted by W. G. Aston, Shinto, the Way of the Gods. London, 1905.

Giles, P., Manual of Comparative Philology. Second Edition. London, 1901.

Gilhodes, Ch., “La Culture matérielle des Katchins (Birmanie),” in Anthropos, v. (1910).

Gilij, F. S., Saggio di Storia Americana. Rome, 1781.

Gill, Captain W., The River of Golden Sand. London, 1880.

Gill, W. Wyatt, Jottings from the Pacific. London, 1885.

Life in the Southern Isles. London, n.d.

Myths and Songs of the South Pacific. London, 1876.

Gillen, F. J., “Notes on some Manners and Customs of the Aborigines of the McDonnel Ranges belonging to the Arunta Tribe,” in Report on the Work of the Horn Scientific Expedition to Central Australia, Part iv. Anthropology. London and Melbourne, 1896.

See also s.v. [Spencer, Baldwin].

Ginzel, F. K., Handbuch der mathematischen und technischen Chronologie, vol. i. Leipsic, 1906.

Giornale della Società Asiatica Italiana.

Giovanni, G. di, Usi, credenze e pregiudizî del Canavese. Palermo, 1889.

Giraldus Cambrensis, The Historical Works, containing The Topography of Ireland, etc. Revised and edited by Thomas Wright. London, 1887.

See also s.v. [Hoare, Sir Richard Colt].

Giran, Paul, Magie et Religion Annamites. Paris, 1912.

Giraud-Teulon, A., Les Origines du mariage et de la famille. Geneva and Paris.

Girschner, Max, “Die Karolineninsel Namoluk und ihre Bewohner,” in Baessler-Archiv, ii. (1912).

Gittée, A., De hand en de vingeren in het volksgeloof.

Glanvil, Joseph, Saducismus Triumphatus or Full and Plain Evidence concerning Witches and Apparitions. London, 1681.

Glaumont, “La culture de l'igname et du taro en Nouvelle-Calédonie,” in L'Anthropologie, viii. (1897).

“Usages, mœurs et coutumes des Néo-Calédoniens,” in Revue d'Ethnographie, vii. (1889).

Glave, E. J., Six Years of Adventure in Congo Land. London, 1893.

Globus. Illustrierte Zitschrift für Länder- und Völkerkunde.

* Glossarium Isidore Mart., cap. ii., cited by W. Mannhardt, Antike Wald- und Feldkulte.

Glover, T. R., in letter to the Author (ii. 231 n. 6).

* Glükstad, Pastor Chr., Sundalen og Oksendalens Beskrivelse. Christiania.

Gmelin, J. G., Reise durch Sibirien. Göttingen, 1751-1752.

Gobin, C. le, Histoire des Isles Marianes. Paris, 1700.

Godden, Miss G. M., “Naga and other Frontier Tribes of North-Eastern India,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxvii. (1898).

Goeje, Professor M. J. de, in Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie, xvi. (1904).

Goes, Damião de, “Chronicle of the Most Fortunate King Dom Emanuel,” in Records of South-Eastern Africa, collected by G. McCall Theal, vol. iii. (1899).

Goldie, H., Calabar and its Mission. New Edition, with additional chapters by the Rev. John Taylor Dean. Edinburgh and London, 1901. Preface to original edition dated 1890.

Goldie, W. H., “Maori Medical Lore,” in Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute, xxxvii. (1904).

Goldmann, Dr. Emil, Die Einführung der deutschen Herzogsgeschlechter Kärntens in den Slovenischen Stammesverband, ein Beitrag zur Rechts- und Kultur-geschichte. Breslau, 1903.

Goldziher, Ignaz, “Der Dîwân des Garwal b. Aus Al-Hutej' a,” in Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenländischen Gesellschaft, xlvi. (1892).

“Der Seelenvogel im islamischen Volksglauben,” in Globus, lxxxiii. (1903).

Muhammedanische Studien. Halle a. S., 1888-1890.

Golther, W., Handbuch der germanischen Mythologie. Leipsic, 1895.

Gomes, Rev. E. H., Seventeen Years among the Sea Dyaks of Borneo. London, 1911.

“Two Sea Dyak Legends,” in Journal of the Straits Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, No. 41 (January 1904). Singapore.

Gomme, Mrs. A. B., “A Berwickshire Kirn-dolly,” in Folk-lore, xii. (1901).

“Harvest Customs,” in Folk-lore, xiii. (1902).

Gonzenbach, Laura, Silicianische Märchen. Leipsic, 1870.

Goodrich-Freer, Miss A., “More Folk-lore from the Hebrides,” in Folk-lore, xiii. (1902).

“The Powers of Evil in the Outer Hebrides,” in Folk-lore, x. (1899).

Googe, Barnabe, The Popish Kingdom. Reprinted London, 1880.

Gordon, Rev. E. M., in Journal and Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, New Series, i. (1905).

Indian Folk Tales. London, 1908.

“Some Notes concerning the People of Mungelī Tahsīl, Bilaspur District,” in Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, lxxi. Part iii. Calcutta, 1903.

Gordon, W. R., “Words about Spirits,” in (South African) Folk-lore Journal, ii. Cape Town, 1880.

Gore, Captain, cited by Capt. W. C. Robinson (iv. 139 n. 1).

* Gospel to the Hebrews (apocryphal), quoted by Origen.

Gottschling, Rev. E., “The Bawenda, a Sketch of their History and Customs,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxxv. (1905).

Goudie, Gilbert, in letter to Sheriff-Substitute David J. Mackenzie (ix. 169 n. 2).

Goudswaard, A., De Papoewa's van de Geelvinksbaai. Schiedam, 1863.

Gouldsbury, C., and Sheane, H., The Great Plateau of Northern Rhodesia. London, 1911.

Gover, Ch. E., The Folk-songs of Southern India. London, 1872.

“The Pongol Festival in Southern India,” in Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, N.S., v. (1870).

Gowing, L. F., Five Thousand Miles in a Sledge. London, 1889.

Gowland, W., “Dolmens and other Antiquities of Corea,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxiv. (1895).

Graafland, N., De Minahassa. Rotterdam, 1869.

“Eenige aanteekeningen op ethnographisch gebied ten aanzien van het eiland Rote,” in Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendeling-genootschap, xxxiii. (1889).

Grabowsky, F., “Der Bezirk von Hatzfeldthafen und seine Bewohner,” in Petermanns Mitteilungen, xli. (1895).

“Der Distrikt Dusson Timor in Südost-Borneo und seine Bewohner,” in Das Ausland, 1884, No. 24.

“Der Tod, das Begräbnis, etc., bei den Dajaken,” in Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie, ii. (1889).

“Die Theogonie der Dajaken auf Borneo,” in Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie, v. (1892).

“Über verschiedene weniger bekannte Opfer bei den Oloh Ngadju in Borneo,” in Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie, i. (1888).

Graetz, H., Geschichte der Juden. Second Edition. Leipsic, 1866.

Graevius, J. G., Thesaurus Antiquitatum Romanarum. Leyden, 1694-1699.

Grainge, H. W., “Journal of a Visit to Mojanga on the North-West Coast,” in Antananarivo Annual and Madagascar Magazine, No. 1 (Reprint of the First Four Numbers). Antananarivo and London, 1885.

Gramberg, J. S. G., “De Troeboekvisscherij,” in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xxiv. (1887).

“Eene maand in de Binnenlanden van Timor,” in Verhandelingen van het Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen, xxxvi. (1872).

Grandidier, A., “Des rites funéraires chez les Malgaches,” in Revue d'Ethnographie, v. (1886).

“Madagascar,” Bulletin de la Société de Géographie (Paris), Cinquième Série, xvii. (1869); also in Sixième Série, iii. (1872).

Grangeon, Damien, “Les Chams et leurs superstitions,” in Les Missions Catholiques, xxviii. (1896).

Granger, Professor Frank, “A Portrait of the Rex Nemorensis,” in The Classical Review, xxi. (1907), xxii. (1908).

“Early Man,” in The Victoria History of the County of Nottingham, i. Edited by William Page. London, 1906.

The Worship of the Romans. London, 1895.

Grant, Rev. J., in Sir John Sinclair's Statistical Account of Scotland. Edinburgh, 1791-1799.

Grant, J. A., A Walk across Africa. Edinburgh and London, 1864.

Grant, W., “Magato and his Tribe,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxxv. (1905).

Grant, W. Colquhoun, “Description of Vancouver's Island,” in Journal of the Royal Geographical Society, xxvii. (1857).

Grant, W. M., in Journal of American Folk-lore, i. (1888).

Graphic, The.

Gratius Faliscus, Cynegeticon, in Corpus Poetarum Latinorum, ed. J. P. Postgate. London, 1894-1905.

Gray, G. B., Studies in Hebrew Proper Names. London, 1896.

Gray, Archdeacon J. H., China. London, 1878.

Gray, L. H., “The Double Nature of the Iranian Archangels,” in Archiv für Religionswissenschaft, vii. (1904).

Gray, W., “Some Notes on the Tannese,” in Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie, vii. (1894).

Greenidge, A. J. H., Roman Public Life. London, 1901.

Gregor, Rev. Walter, “Notes on Beltane Cakes,” in Folk-lore, vi. (1895).

Notes on the Folk-lore of the North-East of Scotland. London, 1881.

“Preliminary Report on Folklore in Galloway, Scotland,” in Report of the British Association for 1896.

“Quelques coutumes du Nord-est du Comté d'Aberdeen,” in Revue des Traditions populaires, iii. (October 1888). Translated into French by M. Loys Brueyre.

Gregorius Cyprius, Proverbia, in Paroemiographi Graeci. Ed. E. L. Leutsch et F. Schneidewin. Göttingen, 1839-1851.

Gregorovius, F., Corsica. London, 1855.

Gregory, Professor J. W., “Is the Earth drying up?” in The Geographical Journal, xliii. (1914).

Gregory of Tours, De gloria confessorum, in Migne's Patrologia Latina, lxxi.

Historia Francorum, in Migne's Patrologia Latina, lxxi.

Histoire ecclésiastique des Francs. Traduction de M. Guizot. Nouvelle édition. Paris, 1874.

Greig, James S., in letter to the Author (xi. 187 n. 3).

Grenfell, B. P., and Hunt, A. S., in Egyptian Exploration Fund Archaeological Report, 1902-1903.

New Classical and other Greek and Latin Papyri. Oxford, 1897.

* Grenier, Dom, Histoire de la Province de Picardie, quoted by Émile Hublard, Fêtes du Temps Jadis, les Feux du Carême. Mons, 1899.

Gressmann, H., Altorientalische Texte und Bilder zum Alten Testamente. Tübingen, 1909.

Greve, s.vv. “Hyakinthos” and “Linos,” in W. H. Roscher's Lexikon der griechischen und römischen Mythologie.

Grey, (Sir) George, Journals of Two Expeditions of Discovery in North-West and Western Australia. London, 1841.

Grierson, G. A., Bihār Peasant Life. Calcutta, 1885.

Griffis, W. E., Corea, the Hermit Nation. London, 1882.

Grihya Sûtras, The. Translated by H. Oldenberg. Oxford, Part I., 1886, and Part II., 1892. (Sacred Books of the East, vols. xxix. and xxx.)

Grimm, Jacob, Deutsche Mythologie. Fourth Edition. Berlin, 1875-1878.

Deutsche Rechtsalterthümer. Third Edition. Göttingen, 1881.

Deutsche Sagen. Second Edition. Berlin, 1865-1866.

Deutsches Wörterbuch.

Household Tales. Translated by Margaret Hunt. London, 1884.

Kinder- und Hausmärchen. Seventeenth Edition. Berlin, 1880.

“Ueber die Marcellischen Formeln,” in Abhandlungen der Königlichen Akademie der Wissenschaft zu Berlin (1855).

“Ueber Marcellus Burdigalensis,” in Abhandlungen der Königlichen Akademie der Wissenschaft zu Berlin (1847).

Grimme, H., Das israelitische Pfingstfest und der Plejadenkult. Paderborn, 1907.

Grimshaw, Beatrice, From Fiji to the Cannibal Islands. London, 1907.

Grinnell, G. B., Blackfoot Lodge Tales. London, 1893.

“Cheyenne Woman Customs,” in American Anthropologist, New Series, iv. New York, 1902.

Pawnee Hero-Stories and Folk-tales. New York, 1889.

Grohmann, Joseph Virgil, Aberglauben und Gebräuche aus Böhmen und Mähren. Prague and Leipsic, 1864.

Groome, F. H., In Gipsy Tents. Edinburgh, 1880.

Groome, W. Wollaston, “Suffolk Leechcraft,” in Folk-lore, vi. (1895).

Groot, Professor J. J. M. de, “De Weertijger in onze Kolonien en op het oostaziatische Vasteland,” in Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië, xlix. (1898).

Les Fêtes annuellement célébrées à Emoui (Amoy). Paris, 1886.

Sectarianism and Religious Persecution in China. Amsterdam, 1903.

The Religion of the Chinese. New York, 1910.

The Religious System of China. Leyden, 1892- .

Grose, Francis, A Provincial Glossary. New Edition. London, 1811.

Grossman, Captain, cited in Ninth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology. Washington, 1892.

Grout, Rev. Lewis, Zulu-land, or Life among the Zulu Kafirs. Philadelphia, n.d.

Grove, Miss Florence, in letter to the Author (xi. 287 n. 1).

Grove, Mrs. Lilly (Lady Frazer), Dancing. London, 1895.

Grubb, Rev. W. Barbrooke, An Unknown People in an Unknown Land. London, 1911.

Grunau, Simon, Preussische Chronik. Herausgegeben von Dr. M. Perlbach. Leipsic, 1876.

Grundtvig, Svend, Dänische Volksmärchen. Übersetzt von Willibald Leo. Leipsic, 1878.

Dänische Volksmärchen. Übersetzt von A. Strodtmann. Zweite Sammlung. Leipsic, 1879.

Grünwedel, A., “Sinhalesische Masken,” in Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie, vi. (1893).

Gruppe, O., s.v. “Orpheus,” in W. H. Roscher's Lexikon der griechischen und römischen Mythologie, iii.

Grützner, H., “Über die Gebräuche der Basutho,” in Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft für Anthropologie, Ethnologie und Urgeschichte (1877).

Grynaeus, Simon, Novus Orbis regionum ac insularum veteribus incognitarum. Paris, 1532.

* Guagnini, Sarmatiae Europaeae descriptio (1578), quoted by L. Leger, La Mythologie slave. Paris, 1901.

Guagninus, Alexander, “De ducatu Samogitiae,” in Respublica sive status regni Poloniae, Lituaniae, Prussiae, Livoniae, etc. Leyden (Elzevir), 1627.

Gubernatis, Angelo de, La Mythologie des Plantes. Paris, 1878-1882.

Usi Nuziali in Italia e presso gli altri Popoli Indo-Europei. Second Edition. Milan, 1878.

Güdemann, M., Geschichte des Erziehungswesens und der Cultur der abendländischen Juden. Vienna, 1880-1888.

Guerlach, “Chez les sauvages Ba-hnars,” in Les Missions Catholiques, xvi. (1884), xix. (1887).

“Chez les sauvages de la Cochinchine Orientale, Bahnar, Reungao, Sédang,” in Les Missions Catholiques, xxvi. (1894).

“Mœurs et superstitions des sauvages Ba-hnars,” in Les Missions Catholiques, xix. (1887).

Guerry, “Sur les usages et traditions du Poitou,” in Mémoires et dissertations publiées par la Société Royale des Antiquaires de France, viii. (1829).

Guevara, Jose, “Historia del Paraguay, Rio de la Plata, y Tucuman,” in Pedro de Angelis's Coleccion de Obras y Documentos relativos a la Historia antigua y moderna de las Provincias del Rio de la Plata, vol. ii. Buenos-Ayres, 1836.

Guignes, De, Voyages à Peking, Manille et l'Ile de France. Paris, 1808.

Guillain, Documents sur l'histoire, la géographie, et le commerce de l'Afrique Orientale. Paris, n.d.

Guillemé, Father, in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, lx. (1888).

“Au Bengouéolo,” in Les Missions Catholiques, xxxiv. (1902).

“Credenze religiose dei Negri di Kibanga nell' Alto Congo,” in Archivio per lo studio delle tradizioni popolari, vii. (1888).

Guis, Le R. P., “Les Canaques, ce qu'ils font, ce qu'ils disent,” in Les Missions Catholiques, xxx. (1898).

“Les Canaques, Mort-Deuil,” in Les Missions Catholiques, xxxiv. (1902).

“Les Nepu ou Sorciers,” in Les Missions Catholiques, xxxvi. (1904).

“Les Papous,” in Les Missions Catholiques, xxxvi. (1904).

Guise, R. E., “On the Tribes inhabiting the Mouth of the Wanigela River, New Guinea,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxviii. (1899).

Gumilla, J., Histoire naturelle, civile et géographique de l'Orénoque. Avignon, 1758.

Gunkel, H., Genesis übersetzt und erklärt. Göttingen, 1901.

Schöpfung und Chaos in Urzeit und Endzeit. Göttingen, 1895.

“Über die Beschneidung im alten Testament,” in Archiv für Papyrusforschung, ii. (1903).

Gunthorpe, Lieut.-Colonel, “On the Ghosí or Gaddí Gaolís of the Deccan,” in Journal of the Anthropological Society of Bombay, i.

Guppy, H. B., The Solomon Islands and their Natives. London, 1887.

Gupte, B. A., “Harvest Festivals in honour of Gauri and Ganesh,” in Indian Antiquary, xxxv. (1906).

Gurdon, Major P. R. T., The Khasis. London, 1907.

Guthrie, Miss E. J., Old Scottish Customs. London and Glasgow, 1885.

Gutmann, Bruno, “Feldbausitten und Wachstumsbräuche der Wadschagga,” in Zeitschrift für Ethnologie, xlv. (1913).

“Trauer und Begräbnissitten der Wadschagga,” in Globus, lxxxix. (1906).

Gutschmid, A. von, Kleine Schriften. Leipsic, 1889-1894.

H. H., in The Century Magazine, May 1883.

Habakkuk, The Book of the Prophet.

Habbema, J., “Bijgeloof in de Praenger-Regentschappen,” in Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië, li. (1900).

Haddon, A. C., “A Batch of Irish Folk-lore,” in Folk-lore, iv. (1893).

Head-hunters, Black, White, and Brown. London, 1901.

“Legends from Torres Straits,” in Folk-lore, i. (1890).

in Reports of the Cambridge Anthropological Expedition to Torres Straits, v. Cambridge, 1904.

“The Ethnography of the Western Tribe of Torres Straits,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xix. (1890).

“The Religion of the Torres Straits Islanders,” in Anthropological Essays presented to E. B. Tylor. Oxford, 1907.

The Study of Man. London and New York, 1898.

Haddon, A. C., and Browne, C. R., “The Ethnography of the Aran Islands,” in Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy, ii. (1893).

Haddon, Kathleen, Cat's Cradles from Many Lands. London, 1911.

Hagen, B., “Beiträge zur Kenntniss der Battareligion,” in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xxviii. (1883).

Unter den Papuas. Wiesbaden, 1899.

Hager, C., Kaiser Wilhelms-Land und der Bismarck-Archipel. Leipsic, n.d.

Haggard, Lieutenant Vernon H., in Folk-lore, xiv. (1903).

Hahl, A., “Das mittlere Neumecklenburg,” in Globus, xci. (1907).

Hahl, Dr., “Mitteilungen über Sitten und rechtliche Verhältnisse auf Ponape,” in Ethnologisches Notizblatt, ii. Heft 2. Berlin, 1901.

“Über die Rechtsanschauungen der Eingeborenen eines Teiles der Blanchebucht und des Innern der Gazelle Halbinsel,” in Nachrichten über Kaiser Wilhelms-Land und den Bismarck-Archipel (1897).

Hahn, C. v., “Religiöse Anschauungen und Totengedächtnisfeier der Chewsuren,” in Globus, lxxvi. (1899).

Hahn, Dr. C. H., in (South African) Folklore Journal, ii. (1880).

Hahn, Rev. F., “Some Notes on the Religion and Superstitions of the Orāos,” in Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, lxxii. part iii. Calcutta, 1904.

Hahn, J., “Das Land der Herero,” in Zeitschrift der Gesellschaft für Erdkunde zu Berlin, iii. (1868).

Hahn, J. G. von, Albanesische Studien. Jena, 1854.

Griechische und albanesische Märchen. Leipsic, 1864.

Hahn, Josaphat, “Die Ovaherero,” in Zeitschrift der Gesellschaft für Erdkunde zu Berlin, iv. (1869).

Hahn, Theophilus, “Die Buschmänner,” in Globus, xviii.

Tsuni-Goam, the Supreme Being of the Khoi-Khoi. London, 1881.

Haig, Captain Wolseley, “Notes on the Vēlamā Caste in Bārār” in Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, lxx. part iii. (1901).

Haigh, A. E., The Attic Theatre. Oxford, 1889.

Halde, J. B. du, The General History of China. Third Edition. London, 1741.

Hale, A., “On the Sakais,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xv. (1886).

Hale, Horatio, “Iroquois Sacrifice of the White Dog,” in American Antiquarian, vii. (1885).

The United States Exploring Expedition, Ethnography and Philology. Philadelphia, 1846.

Halévy, “Travels in Abyssinia,” in Publications of the Society of Hebrew Literature, Second Series, vol. ii.

Halkin, J., Quelques Peuplades du district de l'Uelé. Liége, 1907.

Hall, Charles F., Life with the Esquimaux. London, 1864.

Narrative of the Second Arctic Expedition made by Charles F. Hall. Edited by Professor J. E. Nourse. Washington, 1879.

* Hall, Dr. C. H. H., in the Sei-I Kwai Medical Journal.

Hall, Rev. G. H., quoted in The Denham Tracts, edited by J. Hardy. London, 1892-1895.

Hallett, H. S., A Thousand Miles on an Elephant in the Shan States. Edinburgh and London, 1890.

Haltrich, Josef, Deutsche Volksmärchen aus dem Sachsenlande in Siebenbürgen. Fourth Edition. Vienna and Hermannstadt, 1885.

Zur Volkskunde der Siebenbürger Sachsen. Vienna, 1885.

Hamberger, P. Alois, in Anthropos, v. (1910).

Hamilton, Alexander, “A New Account of the East Indies,” in J. Pinkerton's Voyages and Travels, viii.

Hamilton, Gavin, “Customs of the New Caledonian Women,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, vii. (1878).

Hamilton, Professor G. L. Private communication (v. 57 n. 1).

Hamilton, Mary, Greek Saints and their Festivals. Edinburgh and London, 1910.

Hamilton, Mr. (British Envoy at the Court of Naples), Letter in Journal of the Royal Geographical Society, ii. (1832).

Hamilton, W. J., Researches in Asia Minor, Pontus, and Armenia. London, 1842.

Hampson, R. T., Medii Aevi Kalendarium. London, 1841.

Handbook of American Indians north of Mexico. Edited by F. W. Hodge. Washington, 1907-1910 (Bureau of American Ethnology, Bulletin 30).

Hanway, Jonas, An Historical Account of the British Trade over the Caspian Sea: with the Author's Journal of Travels. Second Edition. London, 1754.

Hardisty, W. L., “The Loucheux Indians,” in Report of the Smithsonian Institution for 1866.

Hardy, J., “Wart and Wen Cures,” in Folk-lore Record, i. (1878).

Hardy, Thomas, in Folk-lore, viii. (1897).

Harkness, Captain H., Description of a Singular Aboriginal Race inhabiting the Summit of the Neilgherry Hills. London, 1832.

Harland, John, and Wilkinson, T. T., Lancashire Folk-lore. Manchester and London, 1882.

Harmon, D. W., quoted by Rev. Jedidiah Morse, Report to the Secretary of War of the United States on Indian Affairs, Appendix. New-haven, 1822.

Harnack, A., Lehrbuch der Dogmengeschichte. Freiburg i. B., 1886-1890.

Harper, R. F., Assyrian and Babylonian Literature. New York, 1901.

Harpocration, Lexicon. Ed. G. Dindorf. Oxford, 1853.

Harrebomée, G. J., “Een ornamentenfeest van Gantarang (Zuid-Celebes),” in Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap, xix. (1875).

Harris, John, Complete Collection of Voyages and Travels. London, 1744-1748.

Harris, J. Rendel, in letter to the Author (i. 15 n.).

MS. notes of Folk-lore collected in the East.

The Annotators of the Codex Bezae. London, 1901.

The Cult of the Heavenly Twins. Cambridge, 1906.

The Dioscuri in the Christian Legends. London, 1903.

Harris, W. B., “The Berbers of Morocco,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxvii. (1898).

Harris, W. Cornwallis, The Highlands of Aethiopia. London, 1844.

Harrison, Rev. C., “Religion and Family among the Haidas,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxi. (1892).

Harrison, Miss J. E., “Mystica Vannus Iacchi,” in Journal of Hellenic Studies, xxiii. (1903).

Mythology and Monuments of Ancient Athens. London, 1890.

Prolegomena to the Study of Greek Religion. Second Edition. Cambridge, 1908.

Harte, Bret, Complete Poetical Works. London, 1886.

“Friar Pedro's Ride.”

“Relieving Guard.”

“The Angelus, heard at the Mission Dolores, 1868.”

Hartford Seminary Record.

Harthoorn, S. E., “De Zending op Java en meer bepaald die van Malang,” in Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap, iv. (1860).

Hartknoch, Chr., Alt und neues Preussen. Frankfort and Leipsic, 1684.

Selectae dissertationes historicae de variis rebus Prussicis, bound up with his edition of P. de Düsburg's Chronicon Prussiae. Frankfort and Leipsic, 1679.

Hartland, E. S., in Folk-lore, i. (1890), iv. (1893), vii. (1896), viii. (1897).

Primitive Paternity. London, 1909-1910.

The Legend of Perseus. London, 1894-1896.

“The Physicians of Myddfai,” in Archaeological Review, i. (1888).

“The Sin-eater,” in Folk-lore, iii. (1892).

Härtter, G., “Der Fischfang im Evheland,” in Zeitschrift für Ethnologie, xxxviii. (1906).

Hartung, O., “Zur Volkskunde aus Anhalt,” in Zeitschrift des Vereins für Volkskunde, vii. (1897).

Harvard Studies in Classical Philology.

Hasselt, A. L. van, “Nota betreffende de rijstcultuur in de Residentie Tapanoeli,” in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xxxvi. (1893).

Volksbeschrijving van Midden-Sumatra. Leyden, 1882.

Hasselt, J. L. van, “Aanteekeningen aangaande de gewoonten der Papoeas in de Dorebaai, ten opzichte van zwangerschap en geboorte,” in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xliii. (1901).

“Die Papuastämme an der Geelvinkbai, Neu-Guinea,” in Mitteilungen der Geographischen Gesellschaft zu Jena, ix. (1891).

“Eenige Aanteekeningen aangaande de bewoners der N. Westkust van Nieuw Guinea, meer bepaaldelijk den Stam der Noefooreezen,” in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xxxi. (1886), xxxii. (1889).

Hasselt, Th. J. F. van, “Gebruik van vermomde Taal door de Nufooren,” in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xlv. (1902).

in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xlvi. (1903).

Hastings, Dr. J., Encyclopaedia of Religion and Ethics. Edinburgh, 1908- .

Hatton, Frank, North Borneo. 1886.

Haug, Martin, Essays on the Sacred Language, Writings, and Religion of the Parsees. Third Edition. London, 1884.

Haupt, Karl, Sagenbuch der Lausitz. Leipsic, 1862-1863.

Haupt, P., Purim. Leipsic, 1906.

Haussoulier, B., in Recueil d'Inscriptions Juridiques Grecques. Deuxième Série. Paris, 1898.

Havamal, in K. Simrock's Die Edda (Eighth Edition), and K. Müllenhoff's Deutsche Altertumskunde, v.

Havard, Mgr., in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, vii. (1834).

Hawes, Mrs. (Miss Boyd). Private communication (v. 232 n.).

Hawkins, Benjamin, “A Sketch of the Creek Country,” in Collections of the Georgia Historical Society, iii., part i. Savannah, 1848.

Haxthausen, August Freiherr von, Studien über die inneren Zustände, das Volksleben und insbesondere die ländlichen Einrichtungen Russlands. Hanover, 1847.

Transkaukasia. Leipsic, 1856.

* Hay, Sir John Drummond, Western Barbary, its Wild Tribes and Savage Animals (1844), quoted in Folk-lore, vii. (1896).

Hazeu, G. A. J., “Kleine bijdragen tot de ethnografie en folklore van Java,” in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xlvi. (1903).

Hazelwood, in J. E. Erskine's Cruise among the Islands of the Western Pacific. London, 1853.

Head, B. V., Coins of Ephesus. London, 1880.

Historia numorum. Oxford, 1887.

Headlam, W., in Classical Review, xv. (1901).

* Heanley, Rev. R. M., “The Vikings: traces of their Folklore in Marshland.” A Paper read before the Viking Club, London, and printed in its Saga-Book, vol. iii. Part I., Jan. 1902.

Hearn, Captain G. R., “Passing through the Fire at Phalon,” in Man, v. (1905).

Hearn, Lafcadio, Glimpses of Unfamiliar Japan. London, 1894.

Hearn, Dr. W. E., The Aryan Household. London, 1859.

Hearne, Samuel, Journey from the Prince of Wales's Fort in Hudson's Bay to the Northern Ocean. London, 1795.

* Hearne, Thomas, Robert of Gloucester's Chronicles (Oxford, 1724), quoted by (Sir) J. Rhys, Celtic Heathendom.

Heberdey, R., und Wilhelm, A., “Reisen in Kilikien,” in Denkschriften des Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften, Philosophisch-historische Classe, xliv. (Vienna, 1896), No. vi.

Hebrew and English Lexicon. Edited by F. Brown, S. R. Driver, and Ch. A. Briggs. Oxford, 1906.

Hebrews, The Epistle to the.

Heckewelder, Rev. John, “An Account of the History, Manners, and Customs of the Indian Nations who once inhabited Pennsylvania and the neighbouring States,” in Transactions of the Historical and Literary Committee of the American Philosophical Society, vol. i. Philadelphia, 1819.

Hecquard, H., Reise an die Küste und in das Innere von West-Afrika. Leipsic, 1854.

Hegel, G. W. F., Vorlesungen über die Philosophie der Religion. (Vol. xi. of the first collected edition of Hegel's works. Berlin, 1832.)

Lectures on the Philosophy of Religion. Translated by the Rev. E. B. Spiers, D.D., and J. Burdon Sanderson. London, 1895.

Hehn, V., Kulturpflanzen und Haustiere in ihrem Übergang aus Asien. Seventh Edition. Berlin, 1902.

Heiberg, Sigurd K., in letter to Miss Anderson of Barskimming (x. 171 n. 3).

Heijmering, G., “Zeden en gewoonten op het eiland Rottie,” in Tijdschrift für Neêrlands Indië (1843).

“Zeden en gewoonten op het eiland Timor,” Tijdschrift voor Neêrlands Indië (1845).

“Heilige Haine und Bäume der Finnen,” in Globus, lix. (1891).

Heimskringla. Done into English by W. Morris and E. Magnússon. The Saga Library, vol. iii.

Heimskringla, The, or Chronicle of the Kings of Norway. Translated from the Icelandic of Snorri Sturluson, by S. Laing. London, 1844.

Heine, H., The Pilgrimage to Kevlaar (Die Wallfahrt nach Kevlaar, in Buch der Lieder).

“Ich hatte einst ein schönes Vaterland.”

Heinrich, A., Agrarische Sitten und Gebräuche unter den Sachsen Siebenbürgens. Hermannstadt, 1880.

Helbig, W., in Bulletino dell' Instituto di Corrispondenza Archeologica, 1885.

Die Italiker in der Poebene. Leipsic, 1879.

Führer durch die öffentliehen Sammlungen klassischer Altertümer in Rom. Second Edition. Leipsic, 1899.

in Notizie degli Scavi, 1885.

Helderman, W. D., “De tijger en het bijgeloof der Bataks,” in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xxxiv. (1891).

Heliodorus, Aethiopica. Ed. Im. Bekker. Leipsic, 1855.

Helladius, in Photius, Bibliotheca. Ed. Im. Bekker. Berlin, 1824.

Hellanicus, cited by the Scholiast on Apollonius Rhodius, Argonautica. Fragments in Fragmenta Historicorum Graecorum, ed. C. Müller, vol. i.

Hely, B. A., “Notes on Totemism, etc., among the Western Tribes,” in British New Guinea, Annual Report for 1894-1895.

Hemingway, Mr., quoted by E. Thurston, Castes and Tribes of Southern India.

Henderson, J., “The Medicine and Medical Practice of the Chinese,” in Journal of the North China Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, New Series, i. Shanghai, 1865.

Henderson, William, Notes on the Folk-lore of the Northern Counties of England and the Borders. London, 1879.

Hennepin, L., Description de la Louisiane. Paris, 1683.

Nouvelle Découverte d'un très grand pays situé dans l'Amérique. Utrecht, 1697.

Nouveau voyage d'un pais plus grand que l'Europe. Utrecht, 1698.

* Henry, Travels among the Northern and Western Indians, quoted by the Rev. Jedediah Morse, in Report to the Secretary of War of the United States on Indian Affairs. Appendix. Newhaven, 1822.

* Travels, quoted by J. Mooney, “Myths of the Cherokee,” in Nineteenth Annual Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology, Part i. Washington, 1900.

Henry, A., “The Lolos and other Tribes of Western China,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxxiii. (1903).

Henry, Miss Tenira, in * Journal of the Polynesian Society, vol. ii. No. 2, quoted by Andrew Lang, Modern Mythology.

Henry, W. A., “Bijdrage tot de Kennis der Bataklanden,” in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xvii.

Henshaw, Richard, Agent for Native Affairs at Calabar, quoted by Mr. John Parkinson, in Man, vi. 1906.

Henzen, in Annali dell' Instituto, 1856.

Henzen, G. [W.], Acta Fratrum Arvalium. Berlin, 1874.

Henzen, W., in Hermes, vi. (1872).

Hepding, H., Attis, seine Mythen and sein Kult. Giessen, 1903.

Heraclides Cumanus, in Athenaeus.

Heraclides Ponticus, in Fragmenta Historicorum Graecorum, ed. C. Müller, vol. ii.

Heraclitus, griechisch und deutsch, von H. Diels. Second Edition, Berlin, 1909; also in Die Fragmente der Vorsokratiker, ed. H. Diels, vol. i.

Héricourt, C. E. X. d', Voyage sur la côte orientale de la Mer Rouge dans le pays d'Adel et le royaume de Choa. Paris, 1841.

Hermann, K. F., Lehrbuch der gottesdienstlichen Alterthümer der Griechen. Second Edition. Heidelberg, 1858.

Lehrbuch der griechischen Privatalterthümer. Ed. H. Blümner. Freiburg i. Baden und Tübingen, 1882.

“Über griechische Monatskunde,” in Abhandlungen der historisch-philologischen Classe der Königlichen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Göttingen, ii. (1843-44).

Hermann, P., Nordische Mythologie. Leipsic, 1903.

Hermes.

Herndon, W. Lewis, Exploration of the Valley of the Amazon. Washington, 1854.

Herodas, Mimes. Ed. J. Arbuthnot Nairn. Oxford, 1904.

Herodian. Ed. Im. Bekker. Leipsic, 1855.

Herodotus. Ed. J. C. F. Baehr. Editio Altera. Leipsic, 1856-1861.

Erklärt von H. Stein. Berlin, 1877-1883.

Zweites Buch mit sachlichen Erläuterungen herausgegeben von Alfred Wiedemann. Leipsic, 1890.

Herold, Lieutenant, “Bericht betreffend religiöse Anschauungen und Gebräuche der deutschen Ewe-Neger,” in Mittheilungen von Forschungsreisenden und Gelehrten aus den deutschen Schutzgebieten, v. Berlin, 1892.

Herrera, Antonio de, quoted by A. Bastian, in Die Culturländer des alten Amerika. Berlin, 1878.

The General History of the Vast Continent and Islands called America. Translated by Captain John Stevens. London, 1725-1726.

Herrick, Robert, Works. Edinburgh, 1823.

“Hesperides.”

“The Hock-cart or Harvest Home.”

“Twelfth Night, or King and Queene.”

Herrmann, E., “Über Lieder und Brauche bei Hochzeiten in Kärnten,” in Archiv für Anthropologie, xix. (1891).

Herrmann, P., Deutsche Mythologie. Leipsic, 1906.

Nordische Mythologie. Leipsic, 1903.

Hertz, W., Der Werwolf. Stuttgart, 1862.

“Die Sage vom Giftmädchen,” in Gesammelte Abhandlungen. Stuttgart and Berlin, 1905.

Herve, G., “Quelques superstitions de Morvan,” in Bulletins de la Société d' Anthropologie de Paris, 4ème série, iii. (1892).

Hervey, D. F. A., in Indian Notes and Queries (December, 1886).

“The Mentra Traditions,” in Journal of the Straits Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, No. 10. Singapore, 1883.

Herzog, H., Schweizerische Volksfeste, Sitten und Gebräuche. Aarau, 1884.

Herzog, J. J., und Plitt, G. F., Real-Encyclopädie für protestantische Theologie und Kirche. Second Edition. Leipsic, 1877.

Hesiod. Ed. F. A. Paley. Second Edition. London, 1883.

Theogony.

Works and Days.

Hesychius, Lexicon. Ed. M. Schmidt. Editio Altera. Jena, 1867.

Hesychius Milesius, in Fragmenta Historicorum Graecorum, ed. C. Müller, vol. iv.

Hetherwick, Rev. A., “Some Animistic Beliefs among the Yaos of British Central Africa,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxxii. (1902).

Heuzey, L., Le Mont Olympe et l'Acarnanie. Paris, 1860.

Hewitt, J. B. N., “New Fire among the Iroquois,” in The American Anthropologist, ii. (1889).

Hewitt, Mrs., “Some Sea-Dyak Tabus,” in Man, viii. (1908).

Heyting, Th. A. L., “Beschrijving der onderafdeeling Groot Mandeling en Batang-Natal,” in Tijdschrift van het Nederlandsch Aardrijkskundig Genootschap, Tweede Serie, xiv. (1897).

Hibbert Journal, The.

Hibeh Papyri, Part I. Edited by B. P. Grenfell and A. S. Hunt. London, 1906.

* Hibernian Magazine, July 1817, quoted by T. F. Thiselton Dyer, British Popular Customs. London, 1876.

Hicks, E. L., “Inscriptions from Western Cilicia,” in Journal of Hellenic Studies, xii. (1891).

Hickson, S. J., A Naturalist in North Celebes. London, 1889.

Higgins, Rev. J. C., Notes furnished to the Author (x. 207 n. 2).

High History of the Holy Graal. Translated from the French by Sebastian Evans. London, 1898.

Hildebrandt, J. M., “Ethnographische Notizen über Wakamba und ihre Nachbarn,” in Zeitschrift für Ethnologie, x. (1878).

Hill, G. F., Catalogue of the Greek Coins of Cyprus. London, 1904.

Catalogue of the Greek Coins of Lycaonia, Isauria, and Cilicia. London, 1900.

Catalogue of the Greek Coins of Lycia, Pamphylia, and Pisidia. London, 1897.

in letters to the Author (v. 35 n. 2, 126 n. 2, 162 n. 1, 165 n. 6).

Hill, Miss Nina, in letter to the Author (ii. 95 n.).

Hillebrandt, A., Ritual-Litteratur, Vedische Opfer und Zauber. Strasburg, 1897.

Hillner, Johann, Volksthümlicher Brauch und Glaube bei Geburt und Taufe im Siebenbürger Sachsenlande. Apparently a programme of the High School (Gymnasium) at Schässburg in Transylvania for the year 1876-1877.

Hill-Tout, C., “Ethnological Report on the Stseelis and Skaulits Tribes of the Halokmelem Division of the Salish of British Columbia,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxxiv. (1904).

in “Report of the Committee on the Ethnological Survey of Canada,” Report of the British Association for the Advancement of Science. Bradford, 1900.

“Report on the Ethnology of the Stlatlum Indians of British Columbia,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxxv. (1905).

The Far West, the Home of the Salish and Déné. London, 1907.

Himerius, Orationes. Ed. Fr. Dübner. Paris (Didot), 1878.

Hinde, S. L., and Hinde, H., The Last of the Masai. London, 1901.

Hippocrates, Opera. Ed. C. G. Kühn. Leipsic, 1825-1827.

De aere, locis et aquis.

De morbo sacro (quoted by E. Rohde, Psyche, Third Edition).

Hippolytus, Commentary on Daniel. Ed. G. N. Bonwetsch and H. Achelis. Leipsic, 1897.

Refutatio omnium haeresium. Ed. L. Duncker and F. G. Schneidewin. Göttingen, 1859.

Hipponax, cited by Strabo.

quoted by Athenaeus.

quoted by J. Tzetzes, Chiliades. Ed. Th. Kiesseling. Leipsic, 1826.

Hirn, Y., Origins of Art. London, 1900.

Hirt, H., Die Indogermanen. Strasburg, 1905-1907.

“Die Urheimat der Indogermanen,” in Indogermanische Forschungen, i. (1892).

Hislop, Rev. Alexander, The Two Babylons. Edinburgh, 1853.

“Histoire des rois de l'Hindoustan après les Pandaras, traduite du texte hindoustani de Mîr Cher-i Alî Afsos, par M. l'abbé Bertrand,” in Journal Asiatique, 4ème Série, iii. Paris, 1844.

History of the Sect of the Maharajas or Vallabhacharyas. Published by Trübner. London, 1865.

* Hitchin, History of Cornwall, quoted by William Hone, Every-Day Book. London, preface dated 1827.

Hoare, Sir Richard Colt, The Itinerary of Archbishop Baldwin through Wales a.d. mclxxxviii., by Giraldus de Barri. London, 1806.

See also s.v. [Giraldus Cambrensis].

Hobley, C. W., “British East Africa, Anthropological Studies in Kavirondo and Nandi,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxxiii. (1903).

Eastern Uganda. London, 1902.

“Further Researches into Kikuyu and Kamba Religious Beliefs and Customs,” in Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute, xli. (1911).

The Ethnology of A-Kamba and other East African Tribes. Cambridge, 1910.

in letter to the Author (ii. 316 n. 3).

Hocker, N., Des Mosellandes Geschichten, Sagen und Legenden. Trier, 1852.

in Zeitschrift für deutsche Mythologie und Sittenkunde, i. (1853).

Hodgson, Adam, Letters from North America. London, 1824.

Hodson, T. C., “The genna amongst the Tribes of Assam,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxxvi. (1906).

The Meitheis. London, 1908.

The Naga Tribes of Manipur. London, 1911.

“The Native Tribes of Manipur,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxxi. (1901).

Hoeck, K., Kreta. Göttingen, 1828.

Hoensbroech, Graf von Paul, 14 Jahre Jesuit. Leipsic, 1909-1910.

Hoëvell, G. W. W. C. Baron van, Ambon en meer bepaaldelijk de Oeliasers. Dordrecht, 1875.

“Iets over 't oorlogvoeren der Batta's,” in Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië, N.S., vii. (1878).

in Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie, viii. (1895).

“Leti-eilanden,” in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xxxiii. (1890).

Hoëvell, W. R. van, “Sjaïr Bidasari, een oorspronkelijk Maleisch Gedicht, uitgegeven en van eene Vertaling en Anteekeningen voorzien,” in Verhandelingen van het Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen, xix. Batavia, 1843.

Hoffman, G., Auszüge aus Syrischen Akten persisischer Martyrer übersetzt. Leipsic, 1880.

Hoffman, W. J., “The Menomini Indians,” in Fourteenth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology. Washington, 1896.

“The Midewiwin or Grand Medicine Society of the Ojibwa,” in Seventh Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology. Washington, 1891.

Hoffmann, E., in Rheinisches Museum für Philologie, N.F., l. (1895).

Hoffmann, H., Sale Catalogue. Paris, 1888.

Hoffmann-Krayer, E., Feste and Bräuche des Schweizervolkes. Zürich, 1913.

“Fruchtbarkeitsriten im schweizerischen Volksbrauch,” in Schweizerisches Archiv für Volkskunde, xi. (1907).

Hofmayr, P. W., “Religion der Schilluk,” in Anthropos, vi. (1911).

Hogarth, D. G., A Wandering Scholar in the Levant. London, 1896.

Devia Cypria. London, 1889.

“Recent Hittite Research,” in Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute, xxxix. (1909).

Hogarth, D. G., and Munro, J. A. R., “Modern and Ancient Roads in Eastern Asia Minor,” in Royal Geographical Society Supplementary Papers, vol. iii. part 5. London, 1893.

Hoggan, Frances, M.D., “The Neck Feast,” in Folk-lore, iv. (1893).

Holland, Lieutenant S. C., “The Ainos,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, iii. (1874).

Hollander, J. J. de, Handleiding bij de Beoffening der Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch Oost-Indië. Breda, 1882-1884.

Holle, K. F., “Snippers van den Regent van Galoeh,” in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xxvii. (1882).

Holley, Missionary, in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, liv. (1882).

“Etude sur les Egbas,” in Les Missions Catholiques, xiii. (1881).

Hollis, A. C., in letter to the Author (xi. 262 n. 2).

MS. notes sent to the Author (v. 68 n. 1).

The Masai. Oxford, 1905.

The Nandi, their Language and Folklore. Oxford, 1909.

Holm, A., Geschichte Siciliens im Alterthum. Leipsic, 1870-1874.

Holmberg, H. J., “Ethnographische Skizzen über die Völker des russischen Amerika,” in Acta Societatis Scientiarum Fennicae, iv. Helsingfors, 1856.

Holmes, Rev. J., “Initiation Ceremonies of Natives of the Papuan Gulf,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxxii. (1902).

Holtzmann, A., Das Mahābharata und seine Theile. Kiel, 1895.

Holub, E., Sieben Jahre in Süd Afrika. Vienna, 1881.

Holzmayer, J. B., “Osiliana,” in Verhandlungen der Gelehrten Estnischen Gesellschaft zu Dorpat, vii. No. 2. Dorpat, 1872.

Homer, Hymni. Ed. Aug. Baumeister. Leipsic, 1860.

Homeric Hymns. Edited by T. W. Allen and E. E. Sikes. London, 1904.

Hymn to Aphrodite.

Hymn to Apollo.

Hymn to Demeter.

Hymn to Earth.

Hymn to Mercury (Hermes).

Odyssey. Ed. W. W. Merry. Oxford, 1870-1878.

Homeward Mail.

Hommel, Fritz, Grundriss der Geographie und Geschichte des alten Orients. Second Edition. Munich, 1904. In Iwan von Müller's Handbuch der klassischen Altertumswissenschaft, vol. iii.

Hone, William, Every-Day Book. London, n.d., preface dated 1827.

Year Book. London, n.d., preface dated January 1832.

Hope, R. C., The Legendary Lore of the Holy Wells of England. London, 1893.

Horace. Ed. A. J. Macleane. Second Edition. London, 1869.

Ars poetica.

Carmen Saeculare.

Epodes.

Horrack, P. J. de, “Lamentations of Isis and Nephthys,” in Records of the Past. London, n.d.

Horst, D. W., “Rapport van eene reis naar de Noordkust van Nieuw Guinea,” in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xxxii. (1889).

Horton, J. Africanus B., West African Countries and Peoples. London, 1868.

Hose, Bishop, “The Contents of a Dyak Medicine Chest,” in Journal of the Straits Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, No. 39, June 1903.

Hose, Dr. Charles, “In the Heart of Borneo,” in The Geographical Journal, xvi. (1900).

Notes on the Natives of British Borneo. (In manuscript.)

“The Natives of Borneo,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxiii. (1894).

“Various Modes of computing the Time for Planting among the Races of Borneo,” in Journal of the Straits Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, No. 42. Singapore, 1905.

Hose, Ch., and McDougall, W., The Pagan Tribes of Borneo. London, 1912.

“The Relations between Men and Animals in Sarawak,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxxi. (1901).

Hose, C., and Shelford, R., “Materials for a Study of Tatu in Borneo,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxxvi. (1906).

Hosea, The Book of the Prophet.

Houghton, B., in Indian Antiquary, xxv. (1896).

Houghton, E. P., “On the Land Dayaks of Upper Sarawak,” in Memoirs of the Anthropological Society of London, iii. (1870).

Housman, Professor A. E., in letter to the Author (x. 221).

Howitt, A. W., “Further Notes on the Australian Class Systems,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xviii. (1889).

“On Australian Medicine-Men,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xvi. (1887).

“On some Australian Beliefs,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xiii. (1884).

“On some Australian Ceremonies of Initiation,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xiii. (1884).

“On the Migration of the Kurnai Ancestors,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xv. (1886).

“The Dieri and other Kindred Tribes of Central Australia,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xx. (1891).

“The Jeraeil, or Initiation Ceremonies of the Kurnai Tribe,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xiv. (1885).

The Native Tribes of South-East Australia. London, 1904.

Howitt, Mary E. B., Folklore and Legends of some Victorian Tribes. (In manuscript.)

Hubert, H., and Mauss, M., “Esquisse d'une théorie générale de la magie,” in L'Année Sociologique, vii. Paris, 1904.

“Essai sur le sacrifice,” in L'Année Sociologique, ii. Paris, 1899.

Hublard, Émile, Fêtes du Temps Jadis, les Feux du Carême. Mons, 1899.

Hubner, quoted by W. H. Dall, “On Masks, Labrets, and certain Aboriginal Customs,” in Third Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology. Washington, 1884.

Huc, L'Empire chinois. Fourth Edition. Paris, 1862.

Fifth Edition. Paris, 1879.

Souvenirs d'un voyage dans la Tartarie et le Thibet. Sixième Edition. Paris, 1878.

Hueber, “A travers l'Australie,” in Bulletin de la Société de Géographie (Paris), 5ème Série, ix. (1865).

Huelsen, Ch., Die Ausgrabungen auf dem Forum Romanum. Second Edition. Rome, 1903.

Hügel, Baron Charles, Travels in Kashmir and the Panjab. London, 1845.

Hughes, Miss E. P. Private communication (xi. 10 n. 1).

Humann, K., und Puchstein, O., Reisen in Kleinasien und Nordsyrien. Berlin, 1890.

Humbert, A., Le Japon illustré. Paris, 1870.

Humboldt, A. de, Voyage aux régions équinoxiales du Nouveau Continent. Paris, 1819.

Humboldt, Alex. von, Researches concerning the Institutions and Monuments of the Ancient Inhabitants of America. London, 1814.

Kosmos. Stuttgart and Tübingen, 1845.

English version. Edited by E. Sabine.

Hunt, Robert, Popular Romances of the West of England. Third Edition. London, 1881.

Hunter, W. W., Annals of Rural Bengal. Fifth Edition. London, 1872.

Orissa. London, 1872.

Hupe, C., “Korte Verhandeling over de Godsdienst, Zeden enz. der Dajakkers,” in Tijdschrift voor Neêrlands Indië. Batavia, 1846.

Hurgronje, C. Snouck, De Atjéhers. Batavia and Leyden, 1893-1894.

Het Gajöland en zijne Bewoners. Batavia, 1903.

Hutchinson, Thomas J., Impressions of Western Africa. London, 1858.

“On the Chaco and other Indians of South America,” in Transactions of the Ethnological Society of London, N.S., iii. (1865).

* Hutchinson, W., History of Northumberland, quoted by J. Brand, Popular Antiquities of Great Britain, ii., Bohn's Edition.

View of Northumberland. Newcastle, 1778.

Hyde, Douglas, A Literary History of Ireland. London, 1899.

Beside the Fire, a Collection of Irish Gaelic Folk Stories. London, 1890.

Hyde, Thomas, Historia religionis veterum Persarum. Oxford, 1700.

Hyginus, Astronomica. Ed. Bern. Bunte. Leipsic, 1874.

Fabulae. Ed. Bern. Bunte. Leipsic, n.d.

Hylten-Cavallius, quoted by F. Liebrecht, Zur Volkskunde.

Hymns of the Atharva-Veda. Translated by Maurice Bloomfield. Oxford, 1897. (Sacred Books of the East, vol. xlii.)

Hymns of the Rigveda. Translated by R. T. H. Griffith, Benares, 1889-1892.

Hyperides, Orationes. Ed. Fr. Blass. Second Edition. Leipsic, 1881.

Ibbetson, D. C. J., Outlines of Panjáb Ethnography. Calcutta, 1883.

Report on the Revision of Settlement of the Panipat, Tahsil, and Karnal Parganah of the Karnal District. Allahabad, 1883.

Ibn Batoutah, Voyages. Texte Arabe, accompagné d'une traduction par C. Défrémery et B. R. Sanguinetti. Paris, 1853-1858.

Ideler, L., Handbuch der mathematischen und technischen Chronologie. Berlin, 1825-1826.

“Ieso-Ki, ou description de l'île d'Iesso, avec une notice sur la révolte de Samsay-in, composée par l'interprète Kannemon,” printed in Malte-Brun's Annales des Voyages, xxiv. Paris, 1814.

“Iets over het bijgeloof in de Minahasa,” in Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië, 3ème Série, iv. (1870).

Ihering, R. von, Vorgeschichte der Indoeuropäer. Leipsic, 1894.

Ihm, s.vv. “Abnoba” and “Arduinna,” in Pauly-Wissowa's Real-Encyclopädie der classischen Altertumswissenschaft.

Il Fetha Nagast o legislazione dei re, codice ecclesiastico e civile di Abissinia. Tradotto e annotato da Ignazio Guidi. Rome, 1899.

Illustrated Missionary News, The.

Im Thurn, (Sir) Everard F., Among the Indians of Guiana. London, 1883.

Imhoof-Blumer, F., “Coin-types of some Kilikian Cities,” in Journal of Hellenic Studies, xviii. (1898).

Kleinasiatische Münzen. Vienna, 1901-1902.

s.v. “Kronos,” in W. H. Roscher's Lexikon der griechischen und römischen Mythologie, ii.

Monnaies Grecques. Amsterdam, 1883. (Verhandelingen der Koninklijke Akademie von Wetenschappen, Afdeeling Letterkunde, xiv.)

“Zur Münzkunde Kilikiens,” in Zeitschrift für Numismatik, x. (1883).

Imhoof-Blumer, F., and Gardner, P., Numismatic Commentary on Pausanias.

Imhoof-Blumer, F., und Keller, O., Tier- und Pflanzenbilder auf Münzen und Gemmen des klassischen Altertums. Leipsic, 1889.

Immerwahr, W., Die Kulte und Mythen Arkadiens. Leipsic, 1891.

Immisch, O., in W. H. Roscher's Lexikon der griechischen und römischen Mythologie, ii.

Independent Review, The.

India in the Fifteenth Century, being a Collection of Voyages to India in the Century preceding the Portuguese Discovery of the Cape of Good Hope. Edited by R. H. Major. Hakluyt Society. London, 1857.

Indian Antiquary, The.

Indian Museum Notes, issued by the Trustees, vol. i. No. 3. Calcutta, 1890.

Indian Notes and Queries.

Indiculus Superstitionum et Paganiarum. Published with a Commentary by H. A. Saupe. Leipsic, 1891.

Indogermanische Forschungen.

Ingulfus, Historia, quoted in G. H. Pertz's Monumenta Germaniae historica, i.

Inscriptiones Graecae Siliciae et Italiae. Ed. G. Kaibel. Berlin, 1890.

Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie.

International Folk-lore Congress, 1891, Papers and Transactions. Edited by J. Jacobs and A. Nutt. London, 1892.

Ipolyi, A. von, “Beiträge zur deutschen Mythologie aus Ungarn,” in Zeitschrift für deutsche Mythologie und Sittenkunde, i. (1853).

Irby, C. L., and Mangles, J., Travels in Egypt and Nubia, Syria and the Holy Land. London, 1844.

Irenaeus, quoted by H. Usener, Das Weinachtsfest.

* Irish Times, The.

Irle, Missionar J., Die Herero, ein Beitrag zur Landes- Volks- und Missions-kunde. Gütersloh, 1906.

Irving, Washington, Sketch-Book. Bohn's Edition.

Isaacs, Nathaniel, Travels and Adventures in Eastern Africa. London, 1836.

Isaeus, Speeches. Ed. William Wyse. Cambridge, 1904.

Isaiah, The Book of the Prophet.

Isocrates, Orationes. Ed. G. E. Benseler. Leipsic, 1867-1871.

Evagoras.

Panegyricus.

Iyer, L. K. Anantha Krishna, The Cochin Tribes and Castes. Madras, 1909-1912.

* J. W., in The Gentleman's Magazine, vol. lxi., February 1791, quoted by J. Brand, Popular Antiquities of Great Britain, i., and by (Mrs.) E. M. Leather, The Folk-lore of Herefordshire.

Jablonski, P. E., Pantheon Aegyptiorum. Frankfort, 1750-1752.

Jackson, A. V. Williams, “Notes from India, Second Series,” in Journal of the American Oriental Society, xxiii. (1902).

Jackson, F. Arthur, “A Fijian Legend of the Origin of the Vilavilairevo or Fire Ceremony,” in Journal of the Polynesian Society, vol. iii. No. 2 (June 1894)

Jackson, J., in J. E. Erskine's Journal of a Cruise among the Islands of the Western Pacific. London, 1853.

Jackson, Rev. Sheldon, “Alaska and its Inhabitants,” in The American Antiquarian, ii. Chicago, 1879-1880.

* Jacob, Mœurs et Coutumes du moyen âge, quoted by L. J. B. Bérenger-Feraud, Superstitions et Survivances, iv. Paris, 1896.

Jacob, G., Altarabisches Beduinenleben. Second Edition. Berlin, 1897.

Jacob's von Edessa, Canones, übersetzt und erläutert von C. Kayser. Leipsic, 1886.

Jacobs, Julius, Eenigen tijd onder de Baliërs. Batavia, 1883.

Jacobsen, Captain, cited in Internationales Archiv für Ethnologie, i. (1888).

Jacobsen, J. Adrian, “Geheimbünde der Küstenbewohner Nordwest-America's,” in Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft für Anthropologie, Ethnologie und Urgeschichte (1891).

Reisen in die Inselwelt des Banda-Meeres. Berlin, 1896.

Jacottet, É., Études sur les Langues du Haut-Zambèze, Troisième Partie. Paris, 1901.

Jagor, “Über die Badagas im Nilgiri-Gebirge,” in Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft für Anthropologie (1876).

in Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft für Anthropologie, 1877 (bound with Zeitschrift für Ethnologie, ix.).

Jagor, F., “Bericht über verschiedene Volksstämme in Vorderindien,” in Zeitschrift für Ethnologie, xxvi. (1894).

Jahn, Otto, Archäologische Beiträge. Berlin, 1847.

in Archäologische Zeitung, vii. (1849).

Jahn, Ulrich, Die deutschen Opfergebräuche bei Ackerbau und Viehzucht. Breslau, 1884.

Hexenwesen und Zauberei in Pommern. Breslau, 1886.

Volkssagen aus Pommern und Rügen. Stettin, 1886.

Jahrbuch des kaiserlichen deutschen Archäologischen Instituts.

Jahresbericht der geographischen Gesellschaft von Bern. Bern, 1900.

Jamblichus, Adhortatio ad philosophiam. Ed. M. Theophilus Kiessling. Leipsic, 1813.

De mysteriis. Ed. G. Parthey. Berlin, 1857.

De vita Pythagorae. Ed. Ant. Westermann. Paris (Didot), 1878.

James, Edwin, Account of an Expedition from Pittsburgh to the Rocky Mountains. London, 1823.

James, M. E., “The Tide,” in Folklore, ix. (1898).

James, Dr. M. R., in The Classical Review, vi. (1892).

Jamieson, John, Etymological Dictionary of the Scottish Language. New Edition. Edited by J. Longmuir and D. Donaldson. Paisley, 1879-1882.

Jastrow, M., Die Religion Babyloniens und Assyriens. Giessen, 1905-1912.

s.v. “Hittites,” in Encyclopaedia Biblica, ii.

The Religion of Babylonia and Assyria. Boston, U.S.A., 1898.

Jatakas, The, or Stories of the Buddha's former Births. Translated into English by the late Professor E. B. Cowell, Dr. W. H. D. Rouse, and other scholars. 6 vols. Cambridge, 1895-1907.

Jaussen, Antonin, Coutumes des Arabes au pays de Moab. Paris, 1908.

“Coutumes Arabes,” in Revue Biblique, 1er avril 1903.

Jelínek, Br., “Materialien zur Vorgeschichte und Volkskunde Böhmens,” in Mittheilungen der anthropologischen Gesellschaft in Wien, xxi. (1891).

Jenks, A. E., The Bontoc Igorot. Manila, 1905.

Jensen, P., Assyrisch-Babylonische Mythen und Epen. Berlin, 1900.

Die Kosmologie der Babylonier. Strasburg, 1890.

“Elamitische Eigennamen,” in Wiener Zeitschrift für die Kunde des Morgenlandes, vi. (1892).

Hittiter und Armenier. Strasburg, 1898.

quoted by Th. Nöldeke, in Encyclopaedia Biblica, s.v. “Esther,” vol. ii. London, 1901.

Jeremiah, The Book of the Prophet.

Jeremias, A., Das Alte Testament im Lichte des Alten Orients. Second Edition. Leipsic, 1906.

Die babylonisch-assyrischen Vorstellungen vom Leben nach dem Tode. Leipsic, 1887.

Izdubar-Nimrod. Leipsic, 1891.

s.vv. “Marduk” and “Nergal,” in W. H. Roscher's Lexikon der griechischen und römischen Mythologie.

Jerome, Commentarium in Epistolam ad Galatas, in Migne's Patrologia Latina, vol. xxvi.

Commentarium in Ezechielem, in Migne's Patrologia Latina, xxv.

Epistolae, in Migne's Patrologia Latina, xxii.

on Jeremiah vii. 31, quoted in Winer's Biblisches Realwörterbuch, s.v. “Thopeth.” Second Edition.

quoted by E. Meyer, in Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenländischen Gesellschaft, xxxi.

quoted by F. C. Movers, in Die Phoenizier. Bonn, 1841.

Jerome of Prague, quoted by Aeneas Sylvius, Opera. Bâle, 1571.

Jessen, s.v. “Marsyas,” in W. H. Roscher's Lexikon der griechischen und römischen Mythologie, ii.

Jessen, E. J., De Finnorum Lapponumque Norvegicorum religione pagana tractatus singularis. (Bound up with C. Leemius's De Lapponibus Finmarchiae eorumque lingua, vita, et religione pristina commentatio. Copenhagen, 1767.)

Jessopp, A., and James, M. R., Life and Miracles of St. William of Norwich. Cambridge, 1896.

Jesup North Pacific Expedition, Memoir of the American Museum of Natural History. New York.

Jetté, Fr. Julius, S. J., “On the Medicine-Men of the Ten'a,” in Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute, xxxvii. (1907).

“On the Superstitions of the Ten'a Indians,” in Anthropos, vi. (1911).

Jevons, Dr. F. B., “Greek Law and Folklore,” in The Classical Review, ix. (1895).

Introduction to the History of Religion. London, 1896.

Plutarch's Romane Questions. London, 1892.

Jewitt, John R. See s.v. [Narrative].

Joannes Lydus. Ed. I. Bekker. Bonn, 1837.

De magistratibus.

De mensibus.

Job, The Book of.

Jochelson, W., “Die Jukagiren im äussersten Nordosten Asiens,” in Jahresbericht der Geographischen Gesellschaft von Bern, xvii. Bern, 1900.

“The Koryak, Religion and Myths,” in Memoir of the American Museum of Natural History, The Jesup North Pacific Expedition, vol. vi. part i. Leyden and New York, 1908.

Jochim, E. F., “Beschrijving van den Sapoedi Archipel,” in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xxxvi. (1893).

Joest, W., “Bei den Barolong,” in Das Ausland, 16th June 1884.

“Beiträge zur Kenntniss der Eingebornen der Insel Formosa und Ceram,” in Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft für Anthropologie, Ethnologie, und Urgeschichte (1882).

in B. Scheube's Die Ainos.

Johanni Apostoli de transitu Beatae Mariae Virginis Liber: ex recensione et cum interpretatione Maximiliani Engeri. Elberfeldae, 1854.

John, Alois, Sitte, Brauch und Volksglaube im deutschen Westböhmen. Prague, 1905.

John of Antioch, in Fragmenta Historicorum Graecorum, ed. C. Müller, vol. iv.

Johns, Rev. C. H. W., Babylonian and Assyrian Laws, Contracts, and Letters. Edinburgh, 1904.

in private communications to the Author (ix. 357 n. 2, 367 nn. 2 and 3).

“Notes on the Code of Hammurabi,” in The American Journal of Semitic Languages and Literatures, xix. (January, 1903).

“Purim,” in Encyclopaedia Biblica, iii. London, 1902.

* Johnson, Bishop James, “Yoruba Heathenism,” quoted by R. E. Dennett, At the Back of the Black Man's Mind. London, 1906.

Johnson, Dr. Samuel, A Journey to the Western Islands of Scotland. (The Works of Samuel Johnson, LL.D., vol. vi. Edited by the Rev. R. Lynam. London, 1825).

Journey to the Western Islands of Scotland. Baltimore, 1810.

Johnston, C., in Journal of the American Oriental Society, xviii., First Half (1897).

Johnston, (Sir) Harry H., “A Visit to Mr. Stanley's Stations on the River Congo,” in Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society, N.S., v. (1883).

British Central Africa. London, 1897.

Liberia. London, 1906.

“On the Races of the Congo,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xiii. (1884).

The River Congo. London, 1884.

The Uganda Protectorate. Second Edition. London, 1904.

Johnston, R. F., Lion and Dragon in Northern China. London, 1910.

Johnstone, Rev. A., in Sir John Sinclair's Statistical Account of Scotland, xxi. Edinburgh, 1791-1799.

Johnstone, H. B., “Notes on the Customs of the Tribes occupying Mombasa Sub-district, British East Africa,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxxii. (1902).

Jolly, J., Recht und Sitte, in G. Bühler's Grundriss der indoarischen Philologie.

Jones, Bryan J., in Folk-lore, vi. (1895).

Jones, Peter, History of the Ojebway Indians. London, n.d.

Jones, W., Finger-ring Lore. London, 1877.

Jones, W. H., and Kropf, L. L., The Folk-tales of the Magyar. London, 1889.

Jonghe, Ed. de, Les Sociétés Secrètes au Bas-Congo. Brussels, 1907. (Extract from the * Revue des Questions Scientifiques, October 1907.)

Jordan, H., Die Könige im alten Italien. Berlin, 1884.

Topographie der Stadt Rom im Altertum. Berlin, 1878-1907.

Jordanus, Friar, The Wonders of the East. Translated by Colonel Henry Yule. Hakluyt Society. London, 1863.

Jornandes, Romana et Getica. Ed. Th. Mommsen. Berlin, 1882.

Josephus, Opera. Ed. Im. Bekker. Leipsic, 1855-1856.

Antiquitates Judaicae.

Bellum Judaicum.

Contra Apionem.

Joshi, Pandit Janardan, in North Indian Notes and Queries, iii. (September 1893).

Joshua, The Book of.

Joske, A. B., “The Nanga of Viti-levu,” in Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie, ii. (1889).

Joubert, quoted by Matthew Arnold, Essays in Criticism. First Series, London, 1898.

Journal and Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal.

Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society of New South Wales.

Journal Asiatique.

Journal des Savants.

Journal of American Folk-lore.

Journal of Hellenic Studies.

Journal of Philology.

Journal of Roman Studies.

Journal of Sacred Literature and Biblical Record. New Series, London, 1865.

Journal of the African Society.

Journal of the American Oriental Society.

Journal of the Anthropological Society of Bombay.

Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal.

Journal of the China Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society for the Year 1891-92. N.S.

Journal of the Eastern Archipelago and Eastern Asia.

Journal of the Ethnological Society of London.

Journal of the Indian Archipelago.

Journal of the North China Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society. New Series.

Journal of the Polynesian Society.

Journal of the (Royal) Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and Ireland.

Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland.

Journal of the Royal Geographical Society.

Journal of the Straits Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society.

Joustra, M., “De Zending onder de Karo-Batak's,” in Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap, xli. (1897).

“Het leven, de zeden en gewoonten der Bataks,” in Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap, xlvi. (1902).

“Naar het landschap Goenoeng,” in Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap, xlv. (1901).

Joyce, P. W., A Social History of Ancient Ireland. London, 1903.

Joyce, T. A., “The Weeping God,” in Essays and Studies presented to William Ridgeway. Cambridge, 1913.

See also s.v. [Torday, E.]

Juan de la Concepcion, Historia general de Philipinas. Manilla, 1788-1792.

Jubainville, H. d'Arbois de, Cours de la littérature celtique. Paris, 1883-1902.

Les Druides et les Dieux Celtiques à forme d'animaux. Paris, 1906.

Judges, The Book of.

Jülg, B., Kalmückische Märchen. Leipsic, 1866.

Mongolische Märchen-Sammlung, die neun Märchen des Siddhi-Kür. Innsbruck, 1868.

Julian, Opera. Ed. F. C. Hertlein. Leipsic, 1875-1876.

Convivium.

Epistola ad Themistium.

Julian, C., in Daremberg et Saglio's Dictionnaire des antiquités grecques et romaines, ii.

Julien, Stanislas, Le Livre des Récompenses et des Peines, traduit du Chinois. Paris, 1835.

Julius Capitolinus, Gordiani tres, in Scriptores Historiae Augustae. Ed. H. Peter. Leipsic, 1884.

Junghuhn, Fr., Die Battaländer auf Sumatra. Berlin, 1847.

Junod, Henri A., Les Ba-ronga. Neuchâtel, 1898.

Les Chants et les Contes des Ba-ronga. Lausanne, n.d.

“Les Conceptions physiologiques des Bantou Sud-Africains et leurs tabous,” in Revue d'Ethnographie et de Sociologie, i. (1910).

The Life of a South African Tribe. Neuchâtel, 1912-1913.

Justin, Historiarum Philippicarum Epitoma. Ed. J. Jeep. Leipsic, 1862.

Justin Martyr, Apologiae. Ed. G. Krüger. Tübingen and Leipsic, 1904.

Cohortatio ad Graecos. Ed. P. Maran. The Hague and Paris, 1742.

Dialogus cum Tryphone, in Migne's Patrologia Graeca, vi.

Juvenal, Satires. Ed. A. J. Macleane. London, 1867.

Thirteen Satires. With a Commentary by John E. B. Mayor.

Second Edition. London and Cambridge, 1869-1878.

Kaempfer, Engelbert, History of Japan. Translated from the original Dutch manuscript by J. G. Scheuchzer. London, 1728.

“History of Japan,” in John Pinkerton's Voyages and Travels, vii.

Kaindl, Dr. R. F., “Aus dem Volksglauben der Rutenen in Galizien,” in Globus, lxiv. (1893).

“Aus der Volksüberlieferung der Bojken,” in Globus, lxxix. (1901).

Die Huzulen. Vienna, 1894.

“Neue Beiträge zur Ethnologie und Volkeskunde der Huzulen,” in Globus, lxix. (1896).

“Viehzucht und Viehzauber in den Ostkarpaten,” in Globus, lxix. (1896).

“Volksüberlieferungen der Pidhireane,” in Globus, lxxiii. (1898).

“Zauberglaube bei den Huzulen,” in Globus, lxxvi. (1899).

“Zauberglaube bei den Rutenen in der Bukowina und Galizien,” in Globus, lxi. (1892).

“Zur Volkskunde der Rumänen in der Bukowina,” in Globus, xcii. (1907).

* Kamp, Jens, Danske Folkeminder. Odense, 1877. (Referred to in * Feilberg's Bidrag til en Ordbog over Jyske Almuesmål. Ferdje hefte. Copenhagen, 1888.)

Karadschitsch, W. S., Volksmärchen der Serben. Berlin, 1854.

Karaka, D. J., History of the Modern Parsis. London, 1884.

Karasek, A., “Beiträge zur Kenntnis der Waschambaa,” in Baessler-Archiv, i. Leipsic and Berlin, 1911.

Karppe, referred to in Encyclopaedia Biblica, s.v. “Creation.”

Kate, H. Ten, “Notes ethnographiques sur les Comanches,” in Revue d'Ethnographie, iv. (1885).

Katha Sarit Ságara. Translated by C. H. Tawney. Calcutta, 1880.

Kauffmann, Fr., Balder, Mythus und Sage. Strasburg, 1902.

Kaul, Pandit Harikishan, Report, in Census of India, 1911, vol. xiv. Punjab, Part I. Lahore, 1912.

Kausika Sutra. (W. Caland, Altindisches Zauberritual. Amsterdam, 1900.)

Kay, Stephen, Travels and Researches in Caffraria. London, 1833.

Kazarow, G., “Karnevalbräuche in Bulgarien,” in Archiv für Religionswissenschaft, xi. (1908).

Keating, Geoffrey, D.D., The History of Ireland. Translated from the original Gaelic and copiously annotated, by John O'Mahony. New York, 1857.

Keating, William H., Narrative of an Expedition to the Source of St. Peter's River. London, 1825.

Keats, John. Last Sonnet.

Keller, Ferdinand, The Lake Dwellings of Switzerland and other Parts of Europe. Second Edition. London, 1878.

Keller, Franz, The Amazon and Madeira Rivers. London, 1874.

Keller, J., “Über das Land und Volk der Balong,” in Deutsches Kolonialblatt, 1 Oktober 1895.

Keller, O., Thiere des classischen Alterthums. Innsbruck, 1887.

* Kelly, John, LL.D., English and Manx Dictionary. Douglas, 1866. (Referred to by J. A. MacCulloch, s.v. “Calendar,” in Dr. James Hastings's Encyclopaedia of Religion and Ethics, iii. Edinburgh, 1910.)

Kelly, Walter K., Curiosities of Indo-European Tradition and Folk-lore. London, 1863.

Kemble, John Mitchell, The Saxons in England. London, 1849.

New Edition. London, 1876.

* Kennan, G., Tent Life in Siberia (1870). (Referred to by J. F. McLennan, Studies in Ancient History. London, 1886.)

Kennedy, A. R. S., Leviticus and Numbers, Edinburgh, n.d. (in the Century Bible).

Kennedy, Patrick, Legendary Fictions of the Irish Celts. London, 1866.

Kennett, R. H., The Composition of the Book of Isaiah in the Light of History and Archaeology. London, 1910.

K[ern], H., “Bijgeloof onder de inlanders in den Oosthoek van Java,” in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xxvi. (1880).

Kern, H., “Een Spanisch schrijver over den godsdienst der heidensche Bikollers,” in Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indie, xlvii. (1897).

Kern, O., in Aus der Anomia, Archäologische Beiträge Carl Robert zur Erinnerung an Berlin dargebracht. Berlin, 1890.

Die Inschriften von Magnesia am Maeander. Berlin, 1900.

s.v. “Dionysus,” in Pauly-Wissowa's Real-Encyclopädie der classischen Altertumswissenschaft, v.

* Keysler, Antiquitates Septentrionales. (Referred to by A. Kuhn, Die Herabkunft des Feuers und des Göttertranks. Second Edition. Gütersloh, 1886.)

Keysser, Ch., “Aus dem Leben der Kaileute,” in R. Neuhauss's Deutsch Neu-Guinea, iii. Berlin, 1911.

Kidd, Dudley, Savage Childhood, a Study of Kafir Children. London, 1906.

The Essential Kafir. London, 1904.

Kielhorn, Professor F., “The Sixty-Year Cycle of Jupiter,” in The Indian Antiquary, xviii. (1889).

Kinahan, G. H., “Notes on Irish Folk-lore,” in Folk-lore Record, iv. (1881).

King, C. W., The Gnostics and their Remains. Second Edition. London, 1887.

King, J. E., “Infant Burial,” in The Classical Review, xvii. (1903).

King, Captain J. S., “Notes on the Folk-lore and some Social Customs of the Western Somali Tribes,” in The Folk-lore Journal, vi. (1888).

King, L. W., A History of Sumer and Akkad. London, 1910.

Babylonian Religion and Mythology. London, 1899.

Kinglake, A. W., Eothen. Temple Classics Edition.

Kings, The First Book of the.

Kings, The Second Book of the.

Kingsley, Mary H., in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxix. (1899).

Travels in West Africa. London, 1897.

Kirchmeyer, Thomas, Regnum Papisticum. Translated into English by Barnabe Googe.

See above, s.v. [Googe].

Kirkland, Rev. Mr., quoted by W. M. Beauchamp, “The Iroquois White Dog Feast,” in American Antiquarian, vii. (1885).

Kirkpatrick, A. F., The First Book of Samuel, Cambridge, 1891; The Second Book of Samuel, Cambridge, 1893 (in Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges).

Kitching, Rev. A. L., On the Backwaters of the Nile. London, 1912.

Kittel, R., Biblia Hebraica. Leipsic, 1905-1906.

Klausen, R. H., Aeneas und die Penaten. Hamburg and Gotha, 1839-1840.

Kleintitschen, P. A., Die Küstenbewohner der Gazellehalbinsel. Hiltrup bei Münster, n.d., preface dated Christmas, 1906.

Klerks, E. A., “Geographisch en ethnographisch opstel over de landschappen Korintje, Sĕrampas en Soengai Tĕnang,” in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xxxix. (1897).

Klose, H., Togo unter deutscher Flagge. Berlin, 1899.

Klunzinger, C. B., Bilder aus Oberägypten, der Wüste und dem Rothen Meere. Stuttgart, 1877.

Upper Egypt, its People and Products. London, 1878.

Knaack, G., “Zur Meleagersage,” in Rheinisches Museum, N.F., xlix. (1894).

Knebel, J., “Amulettes javanaises,” in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xl. (1898).

“De Weertijger op Midden-Java, der Javaan naverteld,” in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xli. (1899).

“Varia Javanica,” in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xliv. (1901).

Knight-Bruce, G. W. H., Memories of Mashonaland. London and New York, 1895.

in Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society, 1890.

Knoop, O., Volkssagen, Erzählungen, Aberglauben, Gebräuche und Märchen aus dem östlichen Hinterpommern. Posen, 1885.

Knowles, J. H., Folk-tales of Kashmir. Second Edition. London, 1893.

Koch, Theodor, “Die Anthropophagie der südamerikanischen Indianer,” in Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie, xii. (1899).

Koch-Grünberg, Th., “Frauenarbeit bei den Indianern Nordwest-Brasiliens,” in Mitteilungen der Anthropologischen Gesellschaft in Wien, xxxviii. (1908).

Zwei Jahre unter den Indianern. Berlin, 1909-1910.

Ködding, W., “Die batakschen Götter und ihr Verhältniss zum Brahmanismus,” in Allgemeine Missions-Zeitschrift, xii. (1885).

Kohl, J. G., Die deutsch-russischen Ostseeprovinzen. Dresden and Leipsic, 1841.

Kitschi-Gami. Bremen, 1859.

Kohlbrugge, J. H. F., “Die Tĕnggĕresen, ein alter Javanischen Volksstamm,” in Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië, liii. (1901).

“Naamgeving in Insulinde,” in Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië, li. (1900), lii. (1901).

Kohler, J., “Das Banturecht in Ostafrika,” in Zeitschrift für vergleichende Rechtswissenschaft, xv. (1902).

“Das Recht der Herero,” in Zeitschrift für vergleichende Rechtswissenschaft, xiv. (1900).

Köhler, J. A. E., Volksbrauch, Aberglauben, Sagen und andre alte Überlieferungen im Voigtlande. Leipsic, 1867.

Köhler, Dr. Reinhold, Kleinere Schriften. Weimar, 1898.

in Orient und Occident, ii. Göttingen, 1864.

in L. Gonzenbach's Sicilianische Märchen. Leipsic, 1870.

“Sage von Landerwerbung durch zerschnittene Häute,” in Orient und Occident, iii.

Koike, Masanao, “Zwei Jahren in Korea,” in Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie, iv. (1891).

Kolbe, W., Hessische Volks-Sitten und Gebräuche im Lichte der heidnischen Vorzeit. Second Edition. Marburg, 1888.

Kolben, Peter, The Present State of the Cape of Good Hope. Second Edition. London, 1738.

* Kolberg, Oskar, in Mazowsze, vol. iv., quoted by F. S. Krauss, “Altslavische Feuergewinnung,” in Globus, lix. (1891).

Koldewey, R., “Das sogenannte Grab des Sardanapal zu Tarsus,” in Aus der Anomia. Berlin, 1890.

Die Hettitische Inschrift gefunden in der Königsburg von Babylon. Leipsic, 1900. (Wissenschaftliche Veröffentlichungen der Deutschen Orient-Gesellschaft, Heft 1.)

Kollmann, P., The Victoria Nyanza. London, 1899.

Kostromitonow, “Bemerkungen über die Indianer in Ober-Kalifornien,” in K. F. v. Baer and Gr. v. Helmersen's Beiträge zur Kenntniss des russischen Reiches, i. St. Petersburg, 1839.

Kotzebue, O. von, Entdeckungs-Reise in die Süd-See und nach der Berings-Strasse. Weimar, 1821.

Reise um die Welt. Weimar, 1830.

Kowalewsky, M., in Folk-lore, i. (1890).

Krahmer, “Der Anadyr-Bezirk nach A. W. Olssufjew,” in Petermann's Mittheilungen, xlv. (1899).

Kramer, Fr., “Der Götzendienst der Niasser,” in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xxxiii. (1890).

Kranz, A., Natur- und Kulturleben der Zulus. Wiesbaden, 1880.

Krapf, J. L., Travels, Researches, and Missionary Labours during an Eighteen Years' Residence in Eastern Africa. London, 1860.

Krascheninnikow, S., Beschreibung des Landes Kamtschatka. Lemgo, 1766.

Krause, Aurel, Die Tlinkit-Indianer. Jena, 1885.

Krause, E., “Abergläubische Kuren und songstiger Aberglaube in Berlin und nächster Umgebung,” in Zeitschrift für Ethnologie, xv. (1883).

“Das Sommertags-Fest in Heidelberg,” in Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft für Anthropologie, 1895.

Krause, G. A., “Merkwürdige Sitten der Haussa,” in Globus, lxix. (1896).

Krause, R., Sitten, Gebräuche und Aberglauben in Westpreussen. Berlin, preface dated March 1904.

Krauss, Friedrich S., “Altslavische Feuergewinnung,” in Globus, lix. (1891).

“Der Bauopfer bei den Südslaven,” in Mittheilungen der Anthropologischen Gesellschaft in Wien, xvii. (1887).

“Haarschurgodschaft bei den Südslaven,” in Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie, vii. (1894).

Kroatien und Slavonien. Vienna, 1889.

Sagen und Märchen der Südslaven. Leipsic, 1883-1884.

Sitte und Brauch der Südslaven. Vienna, 1885.

“Slavische Feuerbohrer,” in Globus, lix. (1891)

“Vampyre im südslavischen Volksglauben,” in Globus, lxi. (1892).

Volksglaube und religiöser Brauch der Südslaven. Münster i. W., 1890.

Kreemer, J., “De Loeboes in Mandailing,” in Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië, lxvi. (1912).

“Hoe de Javaan zijne zieken verzorgt,” in Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap, xxxvi. (1892).

“Regenmaken, Oedjoeng, Tooverij onder de Javanen,” in Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap, xxx. (1886).

“Tiang-dèrès,” in Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap, xxvi. (1882).

Krefft, Gerard, “On the Manners and Customs of the Aborigines of the Lower Murray and Darling,” in Transactions of the Philosophical Society of New South Wales, 1862-1865. Sydney, 1866.

Kretschmer, P., Einleitung in die Geschichte der griechischen Sprache. Göttingen, 1896.

Kreutzwald, Fr., und Neus, H., Mythische und magische Lieder der Ehsten. St. Petersburg, 1854.

Krick, Missionary, in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, xxvi. (1854).

Krieger, Max, Neu-Guinea. Berlin, n.d., preface dated 1899.

* Kristensen, E. T., Iydske Folkeminder. (Referred to in * Feilberg's Bidrag til en Ordbog over Jyske Almuesmål. Fjerde hefte. Copenhagen, 1888.)

Kroeber, A. L., “The Religion of the Indians of California,” in University of California Publications in American Archaeology and Ethnology, vol. iv. No. 6. Berkeley, September 1907.

* Krohn, J., Suomen suvun pakanillinen jumalen palvelus. Helsingfors, 1894.

Kropf, A., “Die religiösen Anschauungen der Kaffern,” in Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft für Anthropologie, Ethnologie und Urgeschichte (1888).

Kruijt (Kruyt), A. C., “De Rijstmoeder in den Indischen Archipel,” in Verslagen en Mededeelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen, Afdeeling Letterkunde, Vierde Reeks, v. Amsterdam, 1903.

“De weerwolf bij de Toradja's van Midden-Celebes,” in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xli. (1899).

“Een en ander aangaande het geestelijk en maatschappelijk leven van den Poso-Alfoer,” in Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap, xxxix. (1895), xl. (1896), xli. (1897), xliv. (1900).

“Eenige ethnografische aanteekeningen omtrent de Toboengkoe en de Tomori,” in Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap, xliv. (1900).

“Gebruiken bij den rijstoogst in enkele streken op Oost-Java,” in Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap, xlvii. (1903).

Het Animisme in den Indischen Archipel. The Hague, 1906.

“Het ijzer in Midden-Celebes,” in Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië, liii. (1901).

“Het koppensnellen der Toradja's van Midden-Celebes, en zijne Beteekenis,” in Verslagen en Mededeelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen, Afdeeling Letterkunde, IV. Reeks, III. Deel. Amsterdam, 1899.

“Het rijk Mori,” in Tijdschrift van het Koninklijk Nederlandsch Aardrijkskundig Genootschap, II. Serie, xvii. (1900).

“Het wezen van het Heidendom te Posso,” in Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap, xlvii. (1903).

“Mijne eerste ervaringen te Poso,” in Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap, xxxvi. (1892).

“Regen lokken en regen verdrijven bij de Toradja's van Midden Celebes,” in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xliv. (1901).

“Van Paloppo naar Posso,” in Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap, xlii. (1898).

See also s.v. [Adriani, N.]

Kubary, J. [S.], “Die Bewohner der Mortlock-Inseln,” in Mittheilungen der Geographischen Gesellschaft in Hamburg (1878-1879).

“Die Religion der Pelauer,” in A. Bastian's Allerlei aus Volks- und Menschenkunde. Berlin, 1888.

Die socialen Einrichtungen der Pelauer. Berlin, 1885.

“Die Todtenbestattung auf den Pelau-Inseln,” in Original-Mittheilungen aus der ethnologischen Abtheilung der königlichen Museen zu Berlin, i. Berlin, 1885.

Ethnographische Beiträge zur Kenntniss des Karolinen Archipels. Leyden, 1895.

Kuhn, Adalbert, Die Herabkunft des Feuers und des Göttertranks. Second Edition. Gütersloh, 1886.

Märkische Sagen und Märchen. Berlin, 1843.

Mythologische Studien, vol. ii. Gütersloh, 1912.

Sagen, Gebräuche und Märchen aus Westfalen. Leipsic, 1859.

“Wodan,” in Zeitschrift für deutsches Alterthum, v. (1845).

Kuhn, A., und Schwartz, W., Norddeutsche Sagen, Märchen und Gebräuche. Leipsic, 1848.

Kühnau, R., Schlesische Sagen. Berlin, 1910-1913.

Kühner-Blass, Grammatik der griechischen Sprache.

Kühr, E. L. M., in Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie, ii. (1889).

“Schetsen uit Borneo's Westerafdeeling,” in Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië, xlvii. (1897).

Kükenthal, W., Forschungsreise in den Molukken und in Borneo. Frankfort, 1896.

Kunstmann, Fr., “Valentin Ferdinand's Beschreibung der Serra Leoa,” in Abhandlungen der historischen Classe der Königlichen Bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaften, ix. Munich, 1866.

Kurze, G., “Sitten und Gebräuche der Lengua-Indianer,” in Mitteilungen der Geographischen Gesellschaft zu Jena, xxiii. (1905).

La Bresse Louhannaise, Bulletin Mensuel, Organe de la Société d'Agriculture et d'Horticulture de l'Arrondissement de Louhans. 1906.

La Mission lyonnaise d'exploration commerciale en Chine 1895-97. Lyons, 1898.

La Nature.

Labat, J. B., Nouveau Voyage aux isles de l'Amerique. Paris, 1713.

Relation historique de l'Éthiopie Occidentale. Paris, 1732.

Voyage du Chevalier des Marchais en Guinée, Isles voisines, et à Cayenne. Paris, 1730. Amsterdam, 1731.

Labbé, P., Un Bagne Russe, l'Île de Sakhaline. Paris, 1903.

Labuan, The Bishop of, “Wild Tribes of Borneo,” in Transactions of the Ethnological Society of London, New Series, ii. (1863).

Lacombe, Father, in Missions Catholiques, ii. (1869).

* Lacombe, Leguével de, Voyage à Madagascar (Paris, 1840), quoted by A. van Gennep, Tabou et Totémisme à Madagascar. Paris, 1904.

Lactantius, Opera. Ed. J. G. Walchius. Leipsic, 1715.

De mortibus persecutorum.

Divinae Institutiones.

Divinarum Institutionum Epitome.

Lactantius Placidus, Commentatio in Statii Thebaida. Ed. R. Jahnke. Leipsic, 1898.

Narrationes Fabulae, in Auctores Mythographi Latini, ed. Aug. van Staveren. Leyden and Amsterdam, 1742.

Lafaye, G., Histoire du culte des divinités d'Alexandrie. Paris, 1884.

Lafitau, J. F., Mœurs des sauvages Ameriquains. Paris, 1724.

Lafond, G., in Bulletin de la Société de Géographie (Paris), 2ème série, ix. (1838).

Lagarde, P. A. de, “Purim,” in Abhandlungen der Königlichen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Göttingen, xxxiv. (1887).

* Reliquiae juris ecclesiastici antiquissimae.

Lagrange, M. J., Études sur les Religions Sémitiques. Second Edition. Paris, 1905.

Lake, H., and Kelsall, H. J., “The Camphor-tree and Camphor Language of Johore,” in Journal of the Straits Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, No. 26 (January 1894).

Lambert, Father, in Les Missions Catholiques, xi. (1879), xxv. (1893).

“Mœurs et superstitions de la tribu Bélep,” in Les Missions Catholiques, xii. (1880).

Mœurs et superstitions des Néo-Calédoniens. Nouméa, 1900.

Lamberti, “Relation de la Colchide ou Mingrélie,” in Voyages au Nord, vii. Amsterdam, 1725.

Lammert, G., Volksmedizin und medizinischer Aberglaube aus Bayern. Würzburg, 1869.

Lampridius, in Scriptores Historiae Augustae. Ed. H. Peter. Leipsic, 1884.

Alexander Severus.

Commodus.

Lampson, M. W., in letter to Lord Avebury (iv. 273).

Lanciani, R., in the Athenaeum, Oct. 10, 1885.

New Tales of Old Rome. London, 1901.

Ruins and Excavations of Ancient Rome. London, 1897.

Landa, Diego de, Relation des choses de Yucatan. Texte espagnol et traduction française par l'Abbé Brasseur de Bourbourg. Paris, 1864.

Landes, A., “Contes et légendes annamites,” in Cochinchine française: excursions et reconnaissances, Nos. 20, 23, and 25. Saigon, 1885-1886.

“Contes Tjames,” in Cochinchine française, excursions et reconnaissances, No. 29. Saigon, 1887.

Lane, E. W., Arabic-English Lexicon. London and Edinburgh, 1863-1885.

Manners and Customs of the Modern Egyptians. Paisley and London, 1895.

Lang, Andrew, in Athenaeum, 26th August and 14th October 1899.

Custom and Myth. London, 1884.

in Folk-lore, xii. (1901), xiv. (1903).

Modern Mythology. London, 1897.

Myth, Ritual, and Religion. London, 1887.

Lang, J. D., Queensland. London, 1861.

Lange, R., “Bitten um Regen in Japan,” in Zeitschrift des Vereins für Volkskunde, iii. (1893).

Langley, S. P., in Folk-lore, xiv. (1901).

“The Fire-walk Ceremony in Tahiti,” in Report of the Smithsonian Institution for 1901. Washington, 1902.

Langsdorff, G. H. von, Reise um die Welt. Frankfort, 1812.

L'Année Sociologique.

L'Anthropologie.

Lanzone, R. V., Dizionario di Mitologia Egizia. Turin, 1881-1884.

Lasch, R., “Die Ursache und Bedeutung der Erdbeben im Volksglauben und Volksbrauch,” in Archiv für Religionswissenschaft, v. (1902).

“Rache als Selbstmordmotiv,” in Globus, lxxiv. (1898).

Lasicius (Lasiczki), Johan, “De diis Samagitarum caeterorumque Sarmatarum,” in Respublica sive Status regni Poloniae, Lituaniae, Prussiae, Livoniae, etc. Leyden (Elzevir), 1627.

“De diis Samagitarum caeterorumque Sarmatarum,” ed. W. Mannhardt, in Magazin herausgegeben von der Lettisch-Literarischen Gesellschaft, xiv. Mitau, 1868.

Lassen, Christian, Indische Alterthumskunde. First and Second Editions. Leipsic, 1858-1874.

Latcham, R. E., “Ethnology of the Araucanos,” in Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute, xxxix. (1909).

Latham, Charlotte, “Some West Sussex Superstitions lingering in 1868, collected at Fittleworth,” in Folklore Record, i. (1878).

Latham, R. G., Descriptive Ethnology. London, 1859.

Lauth, “Über den ägyptischen Maneros,” in Sitzungsberichte der Königlichen Bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu München (1869).

Lavallée, A., “Notes ethnographiques sur diverses tribus du Sud-Est de l'Inde-Chine,” in Bulletin de l'École Française d'Extrême-Orient, i. Hanoi, 1901.

Lawes, W. G., “Ethnological Notes on the Motu, Koitapu, and Koiari Tribes of New Guinea,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, viii. (1879).

“Notes on New Guinea and its Inhabitants,” in Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society (1880).

Lawrie, Rev. Dr. George, in Sir John Sinclair's Statistical Account of Scotland, iii. Edinburgh, 1792.

Laws of Manu. Translated by G. Bühler. Oxford, 1886. (Sacred Books of the East, vol. xxv.)

Lawson, J. C., Modern Greek Folklore and Ancient Greek Religion. Cambridge, 1910.

Lay of the Nibelungs. Translated by Alice Horton. London, 1898.

Le Braz, A., La Légende de la Mort en Basse-Bretagne. Paris, 1893.

Le Brun, Histoire critique des pratiques superstitieuses. Amsterdam, 1733.

Le Gentil, Voyage dans les Mers de l'Inde. Paris, 1781.

Le Mesurier, C. J. R., “Customs and Superstitions connected with the Cultivation of Rice in the Southern Province of Ceylon,” in Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, N.S., xvii. (1885).

Le Muséon, N.S.

Le Petit, “Relation des Natchez,” in Recueil de voyages au Nord, ix.

Le Roy, Mgr., “Les Pygmées,” in Les Missions Catholiques, xxix. (1897).

Le Temps.

Le Tour du Monde.

Nouvelle Série.

Leake, W. M., Journal of a Tour in Asia Minor. London, 1824.

Travels in Northern Greece. London, 1835.

Leared, A., Morocco and the Moors. London, 1876.

Leather, Mrs. Ella Mary, in Folk-lore, xxiv. (1913).

The Folk-lore of Herefordshire. Hereford and London, 1912.

Lechaptois, Mgr., Aux Rives du Tanganika. Algiers, 1913.

Lecky, W. E. H., History of England in the Eighteenth Century. London, 1892.

History of European Morals from Augustus to Charlemagne. Third Edition. London, 1877.

History of the Rise and Influence of the Spirit of Rationalism in Europe. New Edition. London, 1882.

Leclère, A., Le Buddhisme au Cambodge. Paris, 1899.

Lecœur, Jules, Esquisses du Bocage Normand. Condé-sur-Noireau, 1883-1887.

Lederbogen, W., “Duala Märchen,” in Mitteilungen des Seminars für Orientalische Sprachen zu Berlin, v. (1902), Dritte Abteilung.

Leemius, C., De Lapponibus Finmarchiae eorumque lingua, vita et religione pristina commentatio. Copenhagen, 1767.

Lefébure, E., “La Vertu et la vie du nom en Égypte,” in Mélusine, viii. (1897).

Le mythe Osirien. Paris, 1874-1875.

“Le Paradis Égyptien,” in Sphinx, iii. Upsala, 1900.

Lefebvre, Th., Voyage en Abyssinie. Paris, n.d. (preface dated June, 1845).

Leger, L., La Mythologie slave. Paris, 1901.

Leges Graecorum sacrae. Ed. J. de Prott et L. Ziehen. Leipsic, 1896-1906.

Leggat, F. W., quoted by H. Ling Roth, in The Natives of Sarawak and British North Borneo. London, 1896.

Legrand, Émile, Contes populaires grecs. Paris, 1881.

Lehmann-Haupt, Professor C. F. Private communications (ix. 415 n. 1).

Die historische Semiramis und ihre Zeit. Tübingen, 1910.

in the English Historical Review, April 1913.

Israel, seine Entwicklung im Rahmen der Weltgeschichte. Tübingen, 1911.

Šamaššsumukîn, König von Babylonien, 668-648 v. Chr. Leipsic, 1892.

s.v. “Semiramis,” in W. H. Roscher's Lexikon der griechischen und römischen Mythologie, iv.

Lehner, Stefan, “Bukaua,” in R. Neuhauss's Deutsch Neu-Guinea, iii. Berlin, 1911.

Leipziger Studien für classischen Philologie. Leipsic, 1884.

Leitch, Archie. Private communication (vii. 158 n. 1).

Leitner, G. W., The Languages and Races of Dardistan. Third Edition. Lahore, 1878.

Lejeune, Father, “Dans la forêt,” in Les Missions Catholiques, xxvii. (1895).

Lekkerkerker, C., “Enkele opmerkingen over sporen van Shamanisme bij Madoereezen en Javanen,” in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xlv. (1902).

* Leland, Collectanea, Bagford's letter quoted by J. Brand, Popular Antiquities, ii. Bohn's Edition. London, 1882-1883.

Lemke, E., Volksthümliches in Ostpreussen. Mohrungen, 1884-1887.

Lenormant, François, s.vv. “Bacchus” and “Ceres,” in Daremberg et Saglio, Dictionnaire des Antiquités Grecques et Romaines.

“Il mito di Adone-Tammuz nei documenti cuneiformi,” in Atti del IV. Congresso Internazionale degli Orientalisti. Florence, 1880.

Lenormant, F., and Pottier, E., s.v. “Eleusinia,” in Daremberg et Saglio, Dictionnaire des Antiquités Grecques et Romaines, ii.

Lentner and Dahn, in Bavaria, Landes- und Volkskunde der Königreichs Bayern, i. Munich, 1860.

Lenz, H. O., Botanik der alten Griechen und Römer. Gotha, 1859.

Lenz, O., Skizzen aus Westafrika. Berlin, 1878.

Leo the Great, Sermones, in Migne's Patrologia Latina, liv.

Leonard, Major A. G., The Lower Niger and its Tribes. London, 1906.

Leoprechting, Karl Freiherr von, Aus dem Lechrain. Munich, 1855.

Lepsius, R., Die Chronologie der Aegypter. Berlin, 1849.

Letters from Egypt, Ethiopia, and the Peninsula of Sinai. London, 1853.

“Über den ersten ägyptischen Götterkreis und seine geschichtlich-mythologische Entstehung,” in Abhandlungen der königlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin (1851).

Lerius (Lery), J., Historia Navigationis in Brasiliam, quae et America dicitur, 1586.

Lerouze, in Mémoires de l'Académie Celtique, iii. (1809).

Leskien, A., und Brugmann, K., Litauische Volkslieder und Märchen. Strasburg, 1882.

Leslie, David, Among the Zulus and Amatongas. Second Edition. Edinburgh, 1875.

Leslie, Lieut.-Colonel Forbes, The Early Races of Scotland and their Monuments. Edinburgh, 1866.

Lett, H. W., “Winning the Churn (Ulster),” in Folk-lore, xvi. (1905).

Letteboer, J. H., “Eenige aanteekeningen omtrent de gebruiken bij zwangerschap en geboorte onder de Savuneezen,” in Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap, xlvi. (1902).

“Lettre de Mgr. Bruguière, évêque de Capse, à M. Bousquet, vicaire-général d'Aire,” in Annales de l'Association de la Propagation de la Foi, v. Paris and Lyons, 1831.

“Lettre du curé de Santiago Tepehuacan à son évêque sur les mœurs et coutumes des Indiens soumis à ses soins,” in Bulletin de la Société de Géographie (Paris), Deuxième Série, ii. (1834).

Lettres édifiantes et curieuses. Nouvelle Édition. Paris, 1780-1783.

Levchine, A. de, Description des hommes et des steppes des Kirghiz-Kazaks ou Kirghiz-Kaisaks. Paris, 1840.

Lévi, Sylvain, La Doctrine du sacrifice dans les Brâhmanas. Paris, 1898.

Leviticus, The Book of.

Levrault, “Rapport sur les provinces de Canélos et du Napo,” in Bulletin de la Société de Géographie (Paris), Deuxième Série, xi. (1839).

Lew, H., “Der Tod und die Beerdigungs-gebräuche bei den polnischen Juden,” in Mittheilungen der Anthropologischen Gesellschaft in Wien, xxxii. (1902).

Lewin, Captain T. H., Wild Races of South-Eastern India. London, 1870.

Lewis, E. W., in letter to the Author (iii. 106 n. 2).

Lewis, Rev. Thomas, “The Ancient Kingdom of Kongo,” in The Geographical Journal, xix. (1902).

Lewis and Clarke, Captains, Expedition to the Sources of the Missouri, etc. London, 1814.

Reprinted at London, 1905.

Travels to the Source of the Missouri River. London, 1815.

Lexer, M., “Volksüberlieferungen aus dem Lesachtal in Kärnten,” in Zeitschrift für deutsche Mythologie und Sittenkunde, iii. (1855).

“Lexicon Mythologicum,” appended to the Edda Rhythmica seu Antiquior, vulgo Saemundina dicta, Pars iii. Copenhagen, 1828.

L'Heureux, Jean, “Ethnological Notes on the Astronomical Customs and Religious Ideas of the Chokitapia or Blackfeet Indians,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xv. (1886).

Lhwyd, Edward, in a letter quoted by W. Borlase, in Antiquities, Historical and Monumental, of the County of Cornwall. London, 1769.

Libanius. Ed. J. J. Reiske. Altenburg, 1791-1797.

Lichtenstein, H., Reisen im südlichen Afrika. Berlin, 1811-1812.

Licinius Imbrex, quoted by Aulus Gellius, xiii. 23 (22). 16.

Liebrecht, F., Des Gervasius von Tilbury Otia Imperialia. Hanover, 1856.

“Lappländische Märchen,” in Germania, N.R., iii. (1870).

in Philologus, xxii.

Zur Volkskunde. Heilbronn, 1879.

* Liebstadt, Marcgrav de, Historia rerum naturalium Brasiliensium. Amsterdam, 1648. (Referred to by Th. Waitz, in Anthropologie der Naturvölker, iii. Leipsic, 1862.)

Liefrinck, F. A., “Bijdrage tot de Kennis van het eiland Bali,” in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xxxiii. (1890).

* Ligertwood, Miss J., MS. notes, quoted by Rev. J. Macdonald, Religion and Myth. London, 1893.

Lî-Kî. Translated by James Legge. Oxford, 1885. (Sacred Books of the East, vol. xxvii.)

Linde, S., De Jano summo Romanorum deo. Lund, 1891.

* Lindenbrog, Glossary on the Capitularies, quoted by J. Grimm, Deutsche Mythologie, Fourth Edition.

Lindley, J., and Moore, T., The Treasury of Botany. New Edition. London, 1874.

Lindsay, W. M., The Latin Language. Oxford, 1894.

Liorel, J., Kabylie du Jurjura. Paris, n.d.

Lisiansky, Ury, A Voyage Round the World in the Years 1803, 4, 5, and 6. London, 1814.

Little, H. W., Madagascar, its History and People. London, 1884.

* Littmann, E., Publications of the Princeton Expedition to Abyssinia. Leyden, 1910. (Referred to by Th. Nöldeke, “Tigre-Texte,” in Zeitschrift für Assyriologie, xxiv. 1910.)

* Liverpool Mercury, of June 29th, 1867, quoted by T. F. Thiselton Dyer, British Popular Customs. London, 1876.

Livingstone, David, Missionary Travels and Researches in South Africa. London, 1857.

Narrative of Expedition to the Zambesi. London, 1865.

Last Journals in Central Africa. London, 1874.

Livinhac, Mgr., in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, liii. (1881), lx. (1888).

Livy. Ed. J. N. Madvig et J. L. Ussing. Copenhagen, 1863-1880.

Ed. W. Weissenborn. Berlin, 1873-1900.

* Ljibenov, P., Baba Ega. Trnovo, 1887. (Quoted by F. S. Krauss, “Altslavische Feuergewinnung,” in Globus, lix., 1891.)

Lloyd, L., Peasant Life in Sweden. London, 1870.

“Lo Scoppio del Carro,” in Resurrezione, Numero Unico del Sabato Santo. Florence, April 1906.

Lobeck, Chr. Aug., Aglaophamus. Königsberg, 1829.

Lockhart, J. G., Memoirs of the Life of Sir Walter Scott. First Edition. Edinburgh, 1837-1838.

Second Edition. Edinburgh, 1839.

Loftus-Tottenham, A. R., quoted by E. Thurston in Castes and Tribes of Southern India. Madras, 1909.

Logan, James, The Scottish Gael or Celtic Manners. Edited by the Rev. Alex. Stewart. Inverness, n.d.

Logan, J. R., “The Orang Binua of Johore,” in Journal of the Eastern Archipelago and Eastern Asia, i. (1847).

Logan, W., Malabar. Madras, 1887.

Longus, Pastoralia de Daphnide et Chloë, in Erotici Scriptores, ed. G. A. Hirschig. Paris (Didot), 1885.

Lord, John Keast, The Naturalist in Vancouver Island and British Columbia. London, 1866.

Loret, Victor, “L'Égypte au temps du totémisme,” in Conférences faites au Musée Guimet, Bibliothèque de Vulgarisation, xix. Paris, 1906.

“Les fêtes d'Osiris au mois de Khoiak,” in Recueil de Travaux relatifs à la Philologie et à l'Archéologie Égyptiennes et Assyriennes, iii. (1882), iv. (1883), v. (1884).

Loria, Dr. L., “Notes on the Ancient War Customs of the Natives of Logea and Neighbourhood,” in British New Guinea, Annual Report for 1894-1895. London, 1896.

Loskiel, G. H., History of the Mission of the United Brethren among the Indians in North America. London, 1794.

Loth, J., “L'Année celtique,” in Revue Celtique, xxv. (1904).

“Les douze jours supplémentaires (gourdeziou) des Bretons et les douze jours des Germains et des Indous,” in Revue Celtique, xxiv. (1903).

Loubère, De la, Du royaume de Siam. Amsterdam, 1691.

Louis, J. A. H., The Gates of Thibet, a Bird's Eye View of Independent Sikkhim, British Bhootan, and the Dooars. Second Edition. Calcutta, 1894.

Louvet, L. E., La Cochinchine religieuse. Paris, 1885.

Louwerier, D., “Bijgeloovige gebruiken, die door de Javanen worden in acht genomen bij het bouwen hunner huizen,” Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap, xlviii. (1904).

“Bijgeloovige gebruiken, die door de Javanen worden in acht genomen bij de verzorging en opvoeding hunner kinderen,” in Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap, xlix. (1905).

Low, H., in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxv. (1896).

Low, Hugh, Sarawak. London, 1848.

Low, Lieut.-Colonel James, “On the Laws of Muung Thai or Siam,” in Journal of the Indian Archipelago, i. Singapore, 1847.

Löw, L., Die Lebensalter in der jüdischen Literatur. Szedegin, 1875.

Lowell, P., Chosön, the Land of the Morning Calm, a Sketch of Korea. London, preface dated 1885.

Loyer, G., “Voyage to Issini on the Gold Coast,” in T. Astley's New General Collection of Voyages and Travels, ii. London, 1745.

Lozano, Pedro, Descripcion chorographica del terreno, rios, arboles, y animales de las dilatadissimas Provincias del Gran Chaco, Gualamba, etc. Cordova, 1733.

Luard, Captain C. Eckford, in Census of India, 1901, vol. i., Ethnographic Appendices. Calcutta, 1903.

in Census of India, 1901, vol. xix. Central India. Lucknow, 1902.

Lucan, Pharsalia. Ed. C. E. Haskins. London, 1887.

Lucian, Opera. Ed. C. Jacobitz. Leipsic, 1866-1881.

Alexander.

Amores.

Anacharsis.

Bacchus.

Bis accusatus.

Calumniae non temere credendum.

Charidemus.

De astrologia.

De dea Syria.

De morte Peregrini.

De saltatione.

Dialogi deorum.

Dialogi meretricii.

Hermotimus.

Jupiter Tragoedus.

Lexiphanes.

Muscae encomium.

Necyomanteia.

Philopatris.

Philopseudes.

Rhetorum praeceptor.

Saturnalia.

Somnium.

Tragodopodagra.

Lucius, Prof. E., Die Anfänge des Heiligenkultes in der christlichen Kirche. Tübingen, 1904.

Lucretius, De rerum natura. Ed. H. A. J. Munro. Third Edition. Cambridge, 1873.

Luders, O., Die dionysischen Künstler. Berlin, 1873.

Lumholtz, C., Among Cannibals. London, 1889.

“Symbolism of the Huichol Indians,” in Memoirs of the American Museum of Natural History, vol. iii. May 1900.

Unknown Mexico. London, 1903.

Luschan, F. von, “Einiges über Sitten und Gebräuche der Eingeborenen Neu-Guineas,” in Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft für Anthropologie, Ethnologie, und Urgeschichte (1900).

Luzel, F. M., Contes populaires de Basse-Bretagne. Paris, 1887.

Veillées Bretonnes. Morlaix, 1879.

Lyall, Sir Alfred C., Asiatic Studies. First Series. London, 1899.

Lyall, Sir Charles J., in his Introduction to The Khasis, by Major P. R. T. Gurdon.

Lycophron, Alexandra (Cassandra). Griechisch und deutsch von C. von Holzinger. Leipsic, 1895.

Lyell, Sir Charles, Principles of Geology. Twelfth Edition. London, 1875.

The Geological Evidence of the Antiquity of Man. Fourth Edition. London, 1873.

Lynker, Karl, Deutsche Sagen und Sitten in hessischen Gauen. Second Edition. Cassel and Göttingen, 1860.

Lyon, G. F., Private Journal. London, 1824.

Lysias, Orationes. Ed. C. Scheibe. Leipsic, 1852.

Contra Andocidem.

Lyttelton, Dr., Bishop of Carlisle, quoted by William Borlase, Antiquities, Historical and Monumental, of the County of Cornwall. London, 1769.

Maan, G., “Enige mededeelingen omtrent de zeden en gewoonten der Toerateya ten opzichte van den rijstbouw,” in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xlvi. (1903).

Maass, A., Bei liebenswürdigen Wilden, ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Mentawai-Insulaner. Berlin, 1902.

Maass, Ernst, Die Tagesgötter. Berlin, 1902.

Orpheus. Munich, 1895.

Macalister, Mrs. Alexander. Private communication (vii. 157 n. 3).

Macalister, Professor R. A. Stewart, Bible Side-lights from the Mound of Gezer. London, 1906.

Reports on the Excavations of Gezer. London, n.d. Reprinted from the Quarterly Statement of the Palestine Exploration Fund.

The Philistines, their History and Civilization. London, 1913.

M'Alpine, N., Gaelic Dictionary. Seventh Edition. Edinburgh and London, 1877.

Macarius, Proverbia, in Paroemiographi Graeci. Ed. E. L. Leutsch et F. G. Schneidewin. Göttingen, 1839-1851.

Macaulay, T. B., History of England. First Edition. London, 1855.

Macbain, A., Etymological Dictionary of the Gaelic Language. Inverness, 1896.

Maccabees, The Second Book of.

MacCauley, C., “Seminole Indians of Florida,” in Fifth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology. Washington, 1887.

M'Caw, S. R., “Mortuary Customs of the Puyallups,” in The American Antiquarian and Oriental Journal, viii. (1886).

McClintock, Walter, The Old North Trail. London, 1910.

McCullagh, J. B., in The Church Missionary Gleaner, xiv. No. 164 (August 1887).

MacCulloch, J. A., “Calendar,” in Dr. James Hastings's Encyclopaedia of Religion and Ethics, iii. Edinburgh, 1910.

The Religion of the Ancient Celts. Edinburgh, 1911.

M'Culloch, Colonel W. J., quoted by G. Watt, “The Aboriginal Tribes of Manipur,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xvi. (1887).

Macdonald, A., “Midsummer Bonfires,” in Folk-lore, xv. (1904).

“Some former Customs of the Royal Parish of Crathie, Scotland,” in Folk-lore, xviii. (1907).

Macdonald, George, Catalogue of Greek Coins in the Hunterian Collection. Glasgow, 1899-1905.

Macdonald, Rev. James, “East Central African Customs,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxii. (1893).

Light in Africa. Second Edition. London, 1890.

“Manners, Customs, Superstitions, and Religions of South African Tribes,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xix. (1890), xx. (1891).

MS. notes sent to the Author (iv. 183 n. 2).

Religion and Myth. London, 1893.

Macdonell, A. A., Vedic Mythology. Strasburg, 1897.

Macdonell, Lady Agnes, in letter to the Author (ix. 164 n. 1).

in The Times, May 3rd, 1913.

Macdougall, Rev. J., Folk and Hero Tales. London, 1891. (Waifs and Strays of Celtic Tradition, No. III.)

MacFarlane, Dr., quoted by A. C. Haddon, in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xix. (1890).

Macfarlane, Mr., of Faslane, Gareloch. Private communication (viii. 158 n. 2).

M'Gillivray, A. A., in H. R. Schoolcraft's Indian Tribes of the United States. Philadelphia, 1853-1856.

Macgillivray, J., Narrative of the Voyage of H.M.S. Rattlesnake. London, 1852.

Macgowan, D. S., M.D., “Self-immolation by Fire in China,” in The Chinese Recorder and Missionary Journal, xix. (1888).

McGregor, A. W., quoted by W. S. Routledge and K. Routledge, With a Prehistoric People, the Akikuyu of British East Africa. London, 1910.

MacGregor, Sir William, British New Guinea. London, 1897.

“Lagos, Abeokuta, and the Alake,” in Journal of the African Society, No. 12 (July 1904).

MacInnes, Rev. D., Folk and Hero Tales. London, 1890.

Mackay, Alexander, quoted by Alexander Carmichael, Carmina Gadelica. Edinburgh, 1900.

McKellar, Mr., quoted by the Rev. W. Ridley, in “Report on Australian Languages and Traditions,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, ii. (1873).

Mackenzie, A., “Descriptive Notes on Certain Implements, Weapons, etc., from Graham Island, Queen Charlotte Islands, B.C.,” in Transactions of the Royal Society of Canada, ix. (1891).

Mackenzie, Alexander, Voyages from Montreal through the Continent of North America. London, 1801.

Mackenzie, Sheriff-Substitute David J. Private communications (ix. 169:n. 2).

* Mackenzie, E., An Historical, Topographical, and Descriptive View of the County of Northumberland. Second Edition. Newcastle, 1825. (Quoted in County Folk-lore, vol. iv. Northumberland. Collected by M. C. Balfour. London, 1904.)

Mackenzie, Captain J. S. F., “The Village Feast,” in Indian Antiquary, iii. (1874).

Mackenzie, John, Ten Years North of the Orange River. Edinburgh, 1871.

Mackinlay, J. M., Folk-lore of Scottish Lochs and Springs. Glasgow, 1893.

Maclagan, R. C., M.D., “Corn-maiden in Argyleshire,” in Folk-lore, vii. (1896).

“Notes on Folk-lore Objects collected in Argyleshire,” in Folk-lore, vi. (1895).

“Sacred Fire,” in Folk-lore, ix. (1898).

Maclean, Colonel, A Compendium of Kafir Laws and Customs. Cape Town, 1866.

McLennan, J. F., Studies in Ancient History. London, 1886.

The Patriarchal Theory. Edited and completed by D. McLennan. London, 1885.

M'Mahon, A. R., The Karens of the Golden Chersonese. London, 1876.

MacPhail, Rev. M., “Folk-lore from the Hebrides,” in Folk-lore, xi. (1900).

“Traditions, Customs, and Superstitions of the Lewis,” in Folk-lore, vi. (1895).

Macpherson, Captain, in North Indian Notes and Queries, ii.

Macpherson, W., Memorials of Service in India from the Correspondence of the late Major S. C. Macpherson. London, 1865.

Macridy-Bey, Th., La Porte des Sphinx à Eyuk. (Mitteilungen der Vorderasiatischen Gesellschaft, 1908, No. 3, Berlin.)

Macrobius, Opera. Ed. L. Jan. Quedlinburg and Leipsic, 1848-1852.

Commentarium in Somnium Scipionis.

Saturnalia.

McTaggart, J. McT. Ellis, Some Dogmas of Religion. London, 1906.

Madras Government Museum Bulletin.

Maeletius (Maletius, Meletius, Menecius, Ian Malecki), Jo., “De religione et sacrificiis et idolatria veterum Borussorum, Livonum, aliarumque vicinarum gentium,” in De Russorum Muscovitarum et Tartarorum religione, sacrificiis, nuptiarum, funerum ritu. Spires, 1582.

Reprinted in Scriptores rerum Livonicarum, vol. ii. (Riga and Leipsic, 1848), and in Mitteilungen der Litterarischen Gesellschaft Masovia, viii. (Lötzen, 1902).

Magazin herausgegeben von der Lettisch-Literarischen Gesellschaft. Mitau, 1868.

* Magazin pittoresque. Paris, 1840.

Magoun, H. W., “The Asuri-Kalpa; a Witchcraft Practice of the Atharva Veda,” in American Journal of Philology, x. (1889).

Magyar, Ladislaus, Reisen in Süd-Afrika in den Jahren 1849-1857. Buda Pesth and Leipsic, 1859.

Mahabharata. Condensed into English by Romesch Dutt. London, 1898.

Mahaffy, J. P., The Empire of the Ptolemies. London, 1895.

Maimonides, quoted and translated by D. Chwolsohn, Die Ssabier und der Ssabismus. St. Petersburg, 1856.

Makrîzî, quoted by Lagarde, “Purim,” in Abhandlungen der Königlichen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Göttingen, xxxiv. (1887).

Malalas, Joannes, Chronographia. Ed. L. Dindorf. Bonn, 1831.

Malcolm, Sir John, History of Persia. London, 1815.

Maler, T., “Mémoire sur l'état de Chiapa (Mexique),” in Revue d'Ethnographie, iii. (1885).

Mallat, J., Les Philippines. Paris, 1846.

Malte-Brun, Annales des Voyages. Paris, 1814.

Man, a Monthly Record of Anthropological Science.

Man, E. H., “Notes on the Nicobarese,” in Indian Antiquary, xxviii. (1899).

On the Aboriginal Inhabitants of the Andaman Islands. London, n.d.

Mandlesloe, J. A. de, in J. Harris's Voyages and Travels, i. London, 1744.

Manilius, Astronomica. Ed. M. Bechert, in Corpus Poetarum Latinorum, ed. J. P. Postgate. London, 1894-1905.

Mann, J. F., “Notes on the Aborigines of Australia,” in Proceedings of the Geographical Society of Australasia, i. (1885).

Manners and Customs of the Japanese in the Nineteenth Century: from recent Dutch Visitors to Japan, and the German of Dr. Ph. Fr. von Siebold. London, 1841.

Mannhardt, W., Antike Wald- und Feldkulte. Berlin, 1877.

“Das älteste Märchen,” in Zeitschrift für deutsche Mythologie und Sittenkunde, iv. (1859).

Der Baumkultus der Germanen und ihrer Nachbarstämme. Berlin, 1875.

Die Götter der deutschen und nordischen Völker. Berlin, 1860.

Die Korndämonen. Berlin, 1868.

Germanische Mythen. Berlin, 1858.

in Magazin herausgegeben von der Lettisch-Literarischen Gesellschaft, xiv. (1868).

Mythologische Forschungen. Strasburg, 1884.

Roggenwolf und Roggenhund. Second Edition. Danzig, 1866.

Manning, J., “Notes on the Aborigines of New Holland,” in Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society of New South Wales, xvi. Sydney, 1883.

Manning, Percy, in Folk-lore, iv. (1893), viii. (1897).

Manning, Thomas. See s.v. [Narratives].

Mansfeld, Alfred, Urwald Dokumente, vier Jahre unter den Crossflussnegern Kameruns. Berlin, 1908.

Mansveld, G. (Kontroleur van Nias), “Iets over de namen en Galars onder de Maleijers in de Padangsche Bovenlanden, bepaaldelijk in noordelijk Agam,” in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xxiii. (1876).

Manuscrit Ramirez: Histoire de l'origine des Indiens qui habitent la Nouvelle Espagne selon leurs traditions. Publié par D. Charnay. Paris, 1903.

Marcellinus on Hermogenes, in Rhetores Graeci. Ed. Chr. Walz. Stuttgart and Tübingen, 1832-1836.

Marcellus, De medicamentis. Ed. G. Helmreich. Leipsic, 1889.

Marchoux, “Ethnographie, Porto-Novo,” in Revue Scientifique, Quatrième Série, iii. (1895).

Marcus Antoninus, Commentarii. Ed. J. Stich. Leipsic, 1882.

Marett, R. R., The Threshold of Religion. London, n.d.

Margoliouth, D. S., Mohammed and the Rise of Islam. New York, 1905.

Mariette-Bey (Pacha), A., Dendérah. Paris, 1873-1880.

* Marilaun, Anton Kerner von, Pflanzenleben. 1888.

The Natural History of Plants. Translated and edited by F. W. Oliver. London, 1894-1895.

Marindin, G. E. M., s.v. “Oscilla,” in W. Smith's Dictionary of Greek and Roman Antiquities. Third Edition. London, 1890-1891.

Mariner, W., An Account of the Natives of the Tonga Islands. Edited by John Martin. Second Edition. London, 1818.

Tonga Islands, Vocabulary (appended to the preceding).

Marini, Gio. Filippo de, Historia et relatione del Tunchino et del Giappone. Rome, 1665.

Mariny, Relation nouvelle et curieuse des royaumes de Tunquin et de Lao. Traduite de l'Italien du P. Mariny (sic) Romain. Paris, 1666.

Marmor Parium, in Fragmenta Historicorum Graecorum, vol. i. Paris (Didot), 1874. Ed. C. Müller.

Marno, Ernst, Reisen im Gebiete des blauen und weissen Nil. Vienna, 1874.

Marquardt, Joachim, Privatleben der Römer. Second Edition. Leipsic, 1886.

Römische Staatsverwaltung. Second Edition. Leipsic, 1885.

Marriott, H. P. Fitzgerald, The Secret Tribal Societies of West Africa. Reprinted from Ars quatuor Coronatorum, the Transactions of a Masonic Lodge of London.

Marsden, W., History of Sumatra. Third Edition. London, 1811.

Marshall, A. S. F., in letter to Professor A. C. Seward (vi. 136 n. 3).

Marshall, W. E., Travels amongst the Todas. London, 1873.

Marston, Major M., in Rev. Jedidiah Morse's Report to the Secretary of War of the United States on Indian Affairs, Appendix. Newhaven, 1822.

Marti, D. K., Kurzer Hand-Commentar zum alten Testament. Freiburg i. B.

Martial, Epigrammata. Ed. L. Friedlaender. Leipsic, 1886.

Martianus Capella. Ed. Franciscus Eyssenhardt. Leipsic, 1866.

Martin, C., “Über die Eingeborenen von Chiloe,” in Zeitschrift für Ethnologie, ix. (1877).

Martin, Father, in Lettres édifiantes et curieuses, Nouvelle Edition, xi. Paris, 1781.

Martin, K., “Bericht über eine Reise ins Gebiet des Oberen-Surinam,” in Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië, xxxv. (1886).

Bericht über eine Reise nach Nederlandsch West-Indien, Erster Theil. Leyden, 1887.

Martin, M., “A Description of the Western Islands of Scotland,” in John Pinkerton's Voyages and Travels, iii.

Description of the Western Islands of Scotland. London, 1673 [1703].

Martin, Th. Henry, in Revue Archéologique, N.S., xiii. (1866).

Martinengo-Cesaresco, E., in The Academy, No. 671, March 14, 1885.

Martius, C. F. Phil. von, Beiträge zur Ethnographie und Sprachenkunde Amerika's, zumal Brasiliens. Leipsic, 1867.

* Martyrologium Romanum Vetus, quoted by W. Smith and S. Cheetham, Dictionary of Christian Antiquities, i.

Mason, Rev. F., D.D., “On Dwellings, Works of Art, Law, etc., of the Karens,” in Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, xxxvii. (1868).

“Physical Character of the Karens,” in Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, New Series, No. cxxxi. Calcutta, 1866.

Mason, quoted in A. Bastian's Die Völker des östlichen Asien.

Maspero, Sir Gaston, Études de Mythologie et d'Archéologie Égyptiennes. Paris, 1893-1912.

Histoire ancienne. Fourth Edition. Paris, 1886.

Histoire ancienne des peuples de l'Orient classique: les origines. Paris, 1895.

Histoire ancienne des peuples de l'Orient classique: les premières mêlées des peuples. Paris, 1897.

Histoire ancienne des peuples de l'Orient classique: les Empires. Paris, 1899.

in Journal des Savants, année 1899.

“Le rituel du sacrifice funéraire,” in Études de Mythologie et d'Archéologie Égyptiennes, i.

Les Contes populaires de l'Égypte ancienne. Third Edition. Paris, n.d.

quoted by Miss R. E. White, in Journal of Hellenic Studies, xviii. (1898).

Massaja, F. G., in Bulletin de la Société de Géographie (Paris), 5ème Série, i. (1861).

Massaja, G., I miei trentacinque anni di missione nell' alta Etiopia. Rome and Milan, 1885-1893.

Massaja, Mgr., in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, xxx. (1858).

Masson, Bishop, in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, xxiv. (1852).

Masui, Th., Guide de la Section de l'État Indépendant du Congo à l'Exposition de Bruxelles-Tervueren en 1897. Brussels, 1897.

Mateer, Rev. S., Native Life in Travancore. London, 1883.

The Land of Charity. London, 1871.

Matheson, R., in The Folk-lore Journal, vii. (1889).

Mathew, J., Eaglehawk and Crow. London and Melbourne, 1899.

Mattei, Le Commandant, Bas-Niger, Bénoué, Dahomey. Paris, 1895.

Matthes, Dr. B. F., Beknopt Verslag miiner reizen in de Binnenlanden van Celebes, in de jaren 1857 en 1861. (Verzameling van Berigten betreffende de Bijbelverspreiding, Nos. 96-99.)

Bijdragen tot de Ethnologie van Zuid-Celebes. The Hague, 1875.

Einige Eigenthümlichkeiten in den Festen und Gewohnheiten der Makassaren und Büginesen. Leyden, 1884. Separate reprint from Travaux de la 6ème Session du Congrès Internationale des Orientalistes à Leide, vol. ii.

Makassaarsch-Hollandsch Woordenboek. Amsterdam, 1859.

“Over de âdá's of gewoonten der Makassaren en Boegineezen,” in Verslagen en Mededeelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen, Afdeeling Letterkunde, Derde Reeks, ii. Amsterdam, 1885.

Over de Bissoes of heidensche priesters en priesteressen der Boeginezen. Amsterdam, 1872. Reprinted from the Verhandelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen, Afdeeling Letterkunde, Deel vii.

Matthews, John, A Voyage to the River Sierra-Leone. London, 1791.

Matthews, Washington, Ethnography and Philology of the Hidatsa Indians. Washington, 1877.

“Myths of Gestation and Parturition,” in American Anthropologist, New Series, iv. New York, 1902.

“The Mountain Chant: a Navajo Ceremony,” in Fifth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology. Washington, 1887.

Mauch, C., Reisen im Inneren von Süd-Afrika. Gotha, 1874. (Petermanns Mittheilungen, Ergänzungsheft, No. 37.)

Maud, Captain Philip, “Exploration in the Southern Borderland of Abyssinia,” in The Geographical Journal, xxiii. (1904).

Maund, E. A., “Zambesi, the new British Possession in Central South Africa,” in Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society, 1890.

Maundrell, Henry, A Journey from Aleppo to Jerusalem at Easter, A.D. 1697. Fourth Edition. Perth, 1800.

“A Journey from Aleppo to Jerusalem at Easter, A.D. 1697,” in Bohn's Early Travellers in Palestine. Edited by Thomas Wright. London, 1848.

Maurer, Konrad, Isländische Volkssagen der Gegenwart. Leipsic, 1860.

Vorlesungen über altnordische Rechtsgeschichte. Leipsic, 1907.

Maury, A., Histoire des Religions de la Grèce Antique. Paris, 1857-1859.

Maury, L. F. Alfred, “Les Populations primitives du nord de l'Hindoustan,” in Bulletin de la Société de Géographie (Paris), 4ème Série, vii. (1854).

Maximilian, Prinz zu Wied, Reise in das Innere Nord-America. Coblenz, 1839-41.

Reise nach Brasilien. Frankfort, 1820-1821.

Maximus Tyrius, Dissertationes. Ed. Fr. Dübner. Paris (Didot), 1877.

Maxwell, W. E., “The Folk-lore of the Malays,” in Journal of the Straits Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, No. 7 (June 1881).

Mayer, M., s.v. “Kronos,” in W. H. Roscher's Lexikon der griechischen und römischen Mythologie, ii. Leipsic, 1890-1897.

Mayne, J. D., A Treatise on Hindu Law and Usage. Third Edition. Madras and London, 1883.

Mayne, Commander R. C., Four Years in British Columbia and Vancouver Island. London, 1862.

Mazzuconi, Father, in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, xxvii. (1855).

Meakin, Budgett, The Moors. London, 1902.

Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap.

Meerburg, J. W., “Proeve einer beschrijving van land en volk van Midden-Manggarai (West-Flores), Afdeeling Bima,” in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xxxiv. (1891).

Meerwaldt, J. H., “Gebruiken der Bataks in het maatschappelijk leven,” in Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap, xlix. (1905), li. (1907).

Meier, Ernst, Deutsche Sagen, Sitten und Gebräuche aus Schwaben. Stuttgart, 1852.

“Über Pflanzen und Kräuter,” in Zeitschrift für deutsche Mythologie und Sittenkunde, i. Göttingen, 1853.

Meier, Josef, “Mythen und Sagen der Admiralitäts-insulaner,” in Anthropos, iii. (1908).

Meiners, C., Geschichte der Religionen. Hanover, 1806-1807.

Meissner, Bruno, “Zur Entstehungsgeschichte des Purimfestes,” in Zeitschrift der deutschen morgenländischen Gesellschaft, l. (1896).

Mela, Pomponius, Chorographia. Ed. G. Parthey. Berlin, 1867.

Meldon, Major J. A., “Notes on the Bahima of Ankole,” in Journal of the African Society, No. xxii. (January 1907).

Melito, “Oration to Antoninus Caesar,” in W. Cureton's Spicilegium Syriacum. London, 1855.

Meltzer, s.v. “Dido,” in W. H. Roscher's Lexikon der griechischen und römischen Mythologie, i.

Mélusine.

* Melville, H., Van Diemen's Land (Hobart Town, 1833), quoted by H. Ling Roth, The Aborigines of Tasmania. London, 1890.

Memoir of the American Museum of Natural History, The Jesup North Pacific Expedition.

Mémoires de l'Académie Celtique.

Mémoires de l'Académie des Inscriptions et Belles-Lettres.

Mémoires de la Société des Antiquaires de Picardie.

Mémoires de la Société de Linguistique de Paris.

Mémoires de la Société Finno-Ougrienne.

Mémoires et dissertations publiées par la Société Royale des Antiquaires de France.

Memoirs of the Anthropological Society of London.

Memoirs of the Asiatic Society of Bengal.

Memorials of the Empire of Japon in the XVI. and XVII. Centuries. Edited by T. Rundall. Hakluyt Society. London, 1850.

Menander of Ephesus, in Fragmenta Historicorum Graecorum, ed. C. Müller, vol. iv.

Quoted by Eusebius, Chronicorum liber prior. Ed. A. Schoene.

Quoted by Josephus, Contra Apionem.

Menander Protector, in Fragmenta Historicorum Graecorum, ed. C. Müller, vol. iv.

Menecius, J., in Scriptores rerum Livonicarum, ii. Riga and Leipsic, 1848.

See above, s.v. [Maeletius].

Mensignac, C. de, Recherches ethnographiques sur la Salive et le Crachat. Bordeaux, 1892.

Merensky, A., Beiträge zur Kenntnis Süd-Afrikas. Berlin, 1875.

“Das Konde-volk im deutschen Gebiet am Nyassa-See,” in Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft für Anthropologie, Ethnologie und Urgeschichte (1893).

Mergel, J., Die Medizin der Talmudisten. Leipsic and Berlin, 1885.

Merker, Captain M., Die Masai. Berlin, 1904.

Rechtsverhältnisse und Sitten der Wadschagga. Gotha, 1902. (Petermanns Mitteilungen, Ergänzungsheft, No. 138.)

Merolla, G., Relazione del viaggio nel regno di Congo. Naples, 1726.

Merolla, J., “Voyage to Congo,” in John Pinkerton's Voyages and Travels, xvi.

Merz, Dr., “Bericht über seine erste Reise von Amoy nach Kui-kiang,” in Zeitschrift der Gesellschaft für Erdkunde zu Berlin, xxiii. (1888).

Messerschmidt, L., Corpus Inscriptionum Hettiticarum. Berlin, 1900.

The Hittites. London, 1903.

* Metlahkatlah, quoted by Sir John Lubbock, Origin of Civilisation. Fourth Edition. London, 1882.

Metz, F., The Tribes inhabiting the Neilgherry Hills. Second Edition. Mangalore, 1864.

Meyer, C., Der Aberglaube des Mittelalters. Bâle, 1884.

Meyer, Eduard, “Ägyptische Chronologie,” in Abhandlungen der Königlichen Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften, 1904.

s.vv. “Anaitis,” “Astarte,” “Dolichenus,” “Isis,” and “Melqart,” in W. H. Roscher's Lexicon der griechischen und römischen Mythologie.

s.v. “Atys,” in Pauly-Wissowa's Real-Encyclopädie der classischen Altertumswissenschaft, ii.

Geschichte des Altertums, vol. i. Stuttgart, 1884.

Vol. i. 2. Second Edition. Stuttgart and Berlin, 1909.

“Nachträge zur ägyptischen Chronologie,” in Abhandlungen der Königlichen Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften vom Jahre 1907. Berlin, 1908.

quoted by J. Kohler, “Das Recht der Herero,” in Zeitschrift für vergleichende Rechtswissenschaft, xiv. (1900).

“Uber einige semitische Götter,” in Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenländischen Gesellschaft, xxxi.

Meyer, Elard Hugo, Badisches Volksleben im neunzehnten Jahrhundert. Strasburg, 1900.

Indogermanische Mythen, ii. Achilleis. Berlin, 1877.

Mythologie der Germanen. Strasburg, 1903.

Meyer, H. E. A., “Manners and Customs of the Aborigines of the Encounter Bay Tribe, South Australia,” in The Native Tribes of South Australia. Adelaide, 1879.

* Meyer, Kuno, Hibernia Minora and Glossary, referred to by P. W. Joyce, A Social History of Ancient Ireland. London, 1903.

Meyer, W., “Ein Labyrinth mit Versen,” in Sitzungsberichte der philosophischen philologischen und historischen Classe der Königlichen Bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu München (1882).

Meyrac, Albert, Traditions, coutumes, légendes et contes des Ardennes. Charleville, 1890.

Micah, The Book of the Prophet.

Michel, Ch., Recueil d'Inscriptions Grecques. Brussels, 1900.

Supplément. Paris, 1912.

Michov, Matthias A., “De Sarmatia Asiana atque Europea,” in Simon Grynaeus's Novis Orbis regionum ac insularum veteribus incognitarum. Paris, 1532.

in J. Pistorius's Polonicae historiae corpus. Bâle, 1582.

Middleton, John Henry, in Journal of Hellenic Studies, ix. (1888).

The Remains of Ancient Rome. London and Edinburgh, 1892.

Miesen, J. H. W. van der, “Een en ander over Boeroe,” in Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap, xlvi. (1902).

Migne, J. P., Patrologia Graeca. Paris, 1857-1866.

Patrologia Latina. Paris, 1844-1864.

Mijatovich, Chedo, Servia and the Servians. London, 1908.

Mijatovies, Madam Csedomille, Serbian Folk-lore. Edited by the Rev. W. Denton. London, 1874.

Mikhailoviskij, Professor V. M., “Shamanism in Siberia and European Russia,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxiv. (1895).

Miklucho-Maclay, N. von, “Ethnologische Bemerkungen über die Papuas der Maclay-Küste in Neu-Guinea,” in Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch Indie, xxxv. (1875), xxxvi. (1876).

in Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft für Anthropologie, Ethnologie und Urgeschichte, 1880.

in Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft für Anthropologie, 1882. Bound with Zeitschrift für Ethnologie, xiv.

Miller, Hugh, My Schools and Schoolmasters. Edinburgh, 1854.

Scenes and Legends of the North of Scotland. Edinburgh, 1889.

Millin, Aubin-Louis, Voyage dans les Départmens du Midi de la France. Paris, 1807-1811.

Milman, H. H., History of Latin Christianity. Fourth Edition. London, 1883-1905.

Milne, J., Earthquakes. London, 1886.

Milne, Mrs. Leslie, Shans at Home. London, 1910.

Milner, Annie, in William Hone's Year Book. London, preface dated January, 1832.

Milner, John, The History, Civil and Ecclesiastical, and Survey of the Antiquities of Winchester. Winchester, n.d.

Milton, John, “Apology for Smectymnuus,” in Complete Collection of the Historical, Political, and Miscellaneous Works of John Milton. London, 1738.

Paradise Lost.

Mindeleff, C., in Seventeenth Annual Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology, part 2. Washington, 1898.

Minucius Felix, Octavius. Ed. C. Halm. Vienna, 1867.

* Mirror, The.

* Mission Evangelica al reyno de Congo por la serafica religion de los Capuchinos. Madrid, 1649.

Mission Pavie, Indo-Chine 1879-95, Géographie et Voyages. Paris, 1900.

Mission scientifique du Cap Horn, 1882-83. Paris, 1891.

“Mission Voulet-Chanoine,” in Bulletin de la Société de Géographie (Paris), 8ème Série, xx. (1899).

Missions Catholiques, Les.

Mitchell, (Sir) Arthur, A.M., M.D., On various Superstitions in the North-West Highlands and Islands of Scotland. Edinburgh, 1862. (Reprinted from the Proceedings of the Society of Antiquaries of Scotland, vol. iv.)

Mitchell, T. L., Three Expeditions into the Interior of Eastern Australia. London, 1838.

Mitra, Sarat Chandra, in Journal of the Anthropological Society of Bombay, iv. No. 7 (1898).

in North Indian Notes and Queries, v.

“Notes on two Behari Pastimes,” in Journal of the Anthropological Society of Bombay, iii.

“On some Ceremonies for producing Rain,” in Journal of the Anthropological Society of Bombay, iii. (1893).

“On the Har Paraurī, or the Behari Women's Ceremony for producing Rain,” in Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland, N.S. xxix. (1897).

“On Vestiges of Moon-Worship in Behar and Bengal,” in Journal of the Anthropological Society of Bombay, ii.

Mittheilungen der Afrikanischen Gesellschaft in Deutschland.

Mittheilungen der Anthropologischen Gesellschaft in Wien.

Mittheilungen der Deutschen Gesellschaft bei Sud und Sud-Ostasiens. Yokohama.

Mitteilungen der Deutschen Orient-Gesellschaft zu Berlin.

Mittheilungen der Geographischen Gesellschaft in Hamburg.

Mitteilungen der Geographischen Gesellschaft zu Jena.

Mittheilungen des Kaiserlich Deutschen Archaeologischen Instituts, Athenische Abtheilung.

Mittheilungen der Kaiserlichen Königlichen Geographischen Gesellschaft in Wien.

Mitteilungen der Literarischen Gesellschaft Masovia. Lötzen, 1902.

Mitteilungen des Seminars für orientalische Sprachen zu Berlin.

Mitteilungen der Vorderasiatischen Gesellschaft.

Mitteilungen von Forschungsreisenden und Gelehrten aus den deutschen Schutzgebieten.

Mockler-Ferryman, A. F., British Nigeria. London, 1902.

Up the Niger. London, 1892.

Modi, Jivangi Jimshedji, B.A., “On the Chariot of the Goddess, a Supposed Remedy for driving out an Epidemic,” in Journal of the Anthropological Society of Bombay, vol. iv. No. 8. Bombay, 1899.

Modigliani, E., L' Isola delle Donne. Milan, 1894.

Un Viaggio a Nías. Milan, 1890.

Moerenhout, J. A., Voyages aux Îles du Grand Océan. Paris, 1837.

Moffat, Dr. R., Missionary Labours and Scenes in Southern Africa. London, 1842.

Mofras, Duflos de, “Fragment d'un Voyage en Californie,” in Bulletin de la Société de Géographie (Paris), 2ème Série, xix. (1843).

Moggridge, Mr., reported in Archaeologia Cambrensis, Second Series, iii., and in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, v. (1876).

Mogk, Eugen, “Mythologie,” in H. Paul's Grundriss der germanischen Philologie, iii. Second Edition. Strasburg, 1900.

“Sitten und Gebräuche im Kreislauf des Jahres,” in R. Wuttke's Sächsische Volkskunde. Second Edition. Dresden, 1901.

Molina, “Fables and Rites of the Yncas,” in Rites and Laws of the Yncas, translated and edited by (Sir) Clements R. Markham. Hakluyt Society, London, 1873.

Molina, J. I., Geographical, Natural, and Civil History of Chili. London, 1809.

Mommsen, August, Chronologie. Leipsic, 1883.

Delphika. Leipsic, 1878.

Feste der Stadt Athen im Altertum. Leipsic, 1898.

Heortologie. Leipsic, 1864.

Über die Zeit der Olympien. Leipsic, 1891.

Mommsen, Theodor, in Corpus Inscriptionum Latinarum, vol. i. Pars prior. Editio Altera. Berlin, 1893.

History of Rome. New Edition. London, 1894.

Römisches Staatsrecht. Third Edition. Leipsic, 1887.

Römisches Strafrecht. Leipsic, 1899.

Monatsberichte der Königlichen Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften.

Moncelon, L., in Bulletins de la Société d'Anthropologie de Paris, 3ème Série, ix. (1886).

Monckton, W., “Some Recollections of New Guinea Customs,” in Journal of the Polynesian Society, v. (1896).

Mone, F. J., Geschichte des Heidenthums im nördlichen Europa. Leipsic and Darmstadt, 1822-23.

Monk, James Henry, D.D., Life of Bentley. Second Edition. London, 1833.

Monnier, Désiré, Traditions populaires comparées. Paris, 1854.

Monseur, E., in Bulletin de Folklore, 1903.

Le Folklore Wallon. Brussels, n.d.

in Revue de l'Histoire des Religions, xxxi. (1895).

Montaigne, Essais. Paris (Charpentier), n.d.

Montanus, Die deutschen Volksfeste, Volksbräuche und deutscher Volksglaube. Iserlohn, n.d.

Monteiro, J. J., Angola and the River Congo. London, 1875.

Montet, E., “Religion et Superstition dans l'Amérique du Sud,” in Revue de l'Histoire des Religions, xxxii. (1895).

Monumenti ed Annali pubblicati dall' Instituto di Corrispondenza Archeologica.

Monumenti inediti, pubblicati dall' Instituto di Corrispondenza Archeologica.

Mooney, James, “Calendar History of the Kiowa Indians,” in Seventeenth Annual Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology, Part I. Washington, 1898.

“Cherokee Theory and Practice of Medicine,” in American Journal of Folk-lore, iii. (1890).

“Myths of the Cherokee,” in Nineteenth Annual Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology, Part I. Washington, 1900.

“Sacred Formulas of the Cherokees,” in Seventh Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology. Washington, 1891.

“The Indian Navel Cord,” in Journal of American Folk-lore, xvii. (1904).

Moor, Captain Edward, “Account of an Hereditary Living Deity,” in Asiatic Researches, vii. London, 1803.

* Moorcroft and Trebeck, Travels in the Himalayan Provinces of Hindustan and the Panjáb, quoted in North Indian Notes and Queries, i. 57, No. 428.

* Moore, Manx Surnames, quoted by (Sir) John Rhys, “Manx Folk-lore and Superstitions,” in Folk-lore, ii. (1891).

* Moore, Edward, Hindu Infanticide, cited by H. A. Rose, in Indian Antiquary, xxxi. (1902).

Moore, Dr. G. F., s.vv. “Asherah,” “Massebah,” and “Molech, Moloch,” in Encyclopaedia Biblica.

Moore, George Fletcher, Descriptive Vocabulary of the Language in Common Use amongst the Aborigines of Western Australia. Published along with the Author's Diary of Ten Years' Eventful Life of an Early Settler in Western Australia, but paged separately. London, 1884.

Moore, Father H. S., in The Cowley Evangelist, May 1908.

Moore, Thomas, Life of Lord Byron, prefixed to the collected edition of Byron's works. London, 1832-1833.

“More about Fire-walking,” in Journal of the Polynesian Society, vol. x. No. 1 (March 1901).

Moresby, Captain John, Discoveries and Surveys in New Guinea. London, 1876.

Moresinus, Thomas, Papatus seu Depravatae Religionis Origo et Incrementum. Edinburgh, 1594.

Moret, Alexandre, Du Caractère religieux de la Royauté Pharaonique. Paris, 1902.

“Du sacrifice en Égypte,” in Revue de l'Histoire des Religions, lvii. (1908).

Kings and Gods of Egypt. New York and London, 1912.

Le Rituel du culte divin journalier en Égypte. Paris, 1902.

Mystères Égyptiens. Paris, 1913.

Morga, A. de, The Philippine Islands, Moluccas, Siam, Cambodia, Japan, and China. Hakluyt Society. London, 1868.

Morgan, A., in Journal of American Folk-lore, x. (1897).

Morgan, E. Delmar, “Notes on the Lower Congo,” in Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society, N.S., vi. (1884).

Morgan, L. H., Ancient Society. London, 1877.

League of the Iroquois. Rochester, U.S. America, 1851.

Morgan, Professor M. H., “De ignis eliciendi modis apud antiquos,” in Harvard Studies in Classical Philology, i. (1890).

Morice, Rev. Father A. G., Au pays de l'Ours Noir: chez les sauvages de la Colombie Britannique. Paris and Lyons, 1897.

“Notes, archaeological, industrial, and sociological, on the Western Dénés,” in Transactions of the Canadian Institute, iv. (1892-1893).

“The Canadian Dénés,” in Annual Archaeological Report, 1905. Toronto, 1906.

“The Western Dénés, their Manners and Customs,” in Proceedings of the Canadian Institute, Toronto, Third Series, vii. (1888-1889).

Morley, H., Ireland under Elizabeth and James the First. London, 1890.

Morning Post, The.

Morris, D. F. van Braam, in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xxxiv. (1891).

Morris, M. C. F., Yorkshire Folk-talk. London, 1892.

Morrison, Rev. C. W., cited by Dr. Frodsham, in letter to the Author (v. 103 n. 3).

Morritt, in Robert Walpole's Memoirs relating to European and Asiatic Turkey. Second Edition. London, 1818.

Morse, Rev. Jedidiah, Report to the Secretary of War of the United States on Indian Affairs. Newhaven, 1822.

Moschus, Carmina. Ed. Chr. Ziegler. Tübingen, 1868.

Mosheim, J. L., Ecclesiastical History, translated by Archibald Maclaine, D.D. London, 1819.

Mouhot, H., Travels in the Central Parts of Indo-China. London, 1864.

Moulton, Professor J. H., in letters to the Author (vii. 131 n. 4, ix. 373 n. 1).

Early Religious Poetry of Persia. Cambridge, 1911.

Early Zoroastrianism. London, 1913.

Two Lectures on the Science of Language. Cambridge, 1903.

Moura, J., Le Royaume du Cambodge. Paris, 1883.

Mourenhout, J. A., Voyages aux îles du Grand Océan. Paris, 1837.

“Mourning for the Dead among the Digger Indians,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, iii. (1874).

Movers, F. C., Die Phoenizier. Bonn, 1841-1856.

Much, M., Die Heimat der Indogermanen. Jena and Berlin, 1904.

Muir, John, Original Sanscrit Texts. London, 1858-1872.

Mullen, B. H., “Fetishes from Landana, South-West Africa,” in Man, v. (1905).

Müllenhoff, Karl, Deutsche Altertumskunde. Berlin, 1870-1900.

Sagen, Märchen und Lieder der Herzogthümer Schleswig, Holstein und Lauenburg. Kiel, 1845.

“Über den Schwerttanz,” in Festgaben für Gustav Homeyer. Berlin, 1871.

Müller, C., Fragmenta Historicorum Graecorum. Paris, 1868-1883.

Geographi Graeci Minores. Paris, 1882.

Müller, F. Max, Lectures on the Science of Language. Sixth Edition. London, 1871.

Selected Essays on Language, Religion, and Mythology. London, 1881.

Müller, Iwan von, Handbuch der klassischen Altertumswissenschaft.

Müller, J. B., “Les Mœurs et usages des Ostiackes,” in Recueil de voiages au Nord, viii. Amsterdam, 1727.

Müller, J. G., Geschichte der amerikanischen Urreligionen. Bâle, 1867.

Müller, K. O., Aeschylos Eumeniden. Göttingen, 1833.

Denkmäler der alten Kunst. Second Edition. Ed. Fr. Wieseler. Göttingen, 1854.

Die Dorier. Second Edition. Breslau, 1844.

Die Etrusker. Ed. W. Deecke. Stuttgart, 1877.

Kunstarchaeologische Werke. Berlin, 1873.

Orchomenus und die Minyer. Second Edition. Breslau, 1844.

Prolegomena zu einer wissenschaftlichen Mythologie. Göttingen, 1825.

“Sandon und Sardanapal,” in Kunstarchaeologische Werke, iii.

Müller, P. E., on Saxo Grammaticus, Historia Danica. Copenhagen, 1839-1858.

Müller, S., Reizen en Onderzoekingen in den Indischen Archipel. Amsterdam, 1857.

Müller, W. “Über die Wildenstämme der Insel Formosa,” in Zeitschrift für Ethnologie, xlii. (1910).

Müller, Willibald, Beiträge zur Volkskunde der Deutschen in Mähren. Vienna and Olmütz, 1893.

Müller, W. Max, Asien und Europa. Leipsic, 1893.

“Der Bündnisvortrag Ramses' II. und des Chetitirkönigs,” in Mitteilungen der Vorderasiatischen Gesellschaft, No. 5. Berlin, 1902.

in Mitteilungen der Vorderasiatischen Gesellschaft, 1900, No. 1.

Müller-Wieseler, Denkmäler der alten Kunst. See [Müller, K. O.]

* Münchener Neuesten Nachrichten, No. 235, May 21st, 1909, quoted by L. Curtius, “Christi Himmelfahrt,” in Archiv für Religionswissenschaft, xiv. (1911).

Mundy, Captain Rodney, Narrative of Events in Borneo and Celebes, from the Journal of James Brooke, Esq., Rajah of Sarawak. London, 1848.

Munro, R., Ancient Scottish Lake Dwellings or Crannogs. Edinburgh, 1882.

The Lake Dwellings of Europe. London, Paris, and Melbourne, 1890.

Münzer, s.v. “ Cincius,” in Pauly-Wissowa's Real-encyclopädie der classischen Altertumswissenschaft, iii.

Munzinger, W., Ostafrikanische Studien. Schaffhausen, 1864.

Sitten und Recht der Bogos. Winterthur, 1859.

Murdoch, J., “Ethnological Results of the Point Barrow Expedition,” in Ninth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology. Washington, 1892.

Murr, J., Die Pflanzenwelt in der griechischen Mythologie. Innsbruck, 1890.

Murray, Handbook for Essex, Suffolk, etc.

Murray, Sir James A. H. Private communication (vii. 151 n. 3).

See also s.v. [New English Dictionary].

Murray, Margaret A., The Osireion at Abydos. London, 1904.

Murray-Aynsley, H. G. M., in Folk-lore, iv. (1893).

Murray-Aynsley, Mrs. J. C., “Secular and Religious Dances,” in Folk-lore Journal, v. (1887).

Museo Italiano di Antichità Classica.

Musters, G. C., in Journal of the Royal Geographical Society, xli. (1871).

At Home with the Patagonians. London, 1871.

“Notes on Bolivia,” in Journal of the Royal Geographical Society, xlvii. (1877).

“On the Races of Patagonia,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, i. (1872).

Mutch, Captain J. S., quoted by Fr. Boas, in Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History, xv. (1901).

Myres, Professor J. L. Private communication (vii. 62 n. 5).

Mythographi Graeci. Ed. A. Westermann. Brunswick, 1843. (The full title of this work is Μυθογράφοι. Scriptores Poeticae Historiae Graeci.)

Mythographi Vaticani. Ed. G. H. Bode. Cellis, 1834. See s.v. [Scriptores rerum mythicarum].

Nachrichten über Kaiser-Wilhelmsland und den Bismarck-Archipel.

Nachtigal, G., “Die Tibbu,” in Zeitschrift für Erdkunde zu Berlin, v. (1870).

Sahărâ und Sûdân. Leipsic, 1879-1889.

Nadaillac, Marquis de, L'Amérique Préhistorique. Paris, 1883.

Nanjundayya, H. V., The Ethnographical Survey of Mysore, vi. Komati Caste. Bangalore, 1906.

Napier, James, Folk Lore, or Superstitious Beliefs in the West of Scotland within this Century. Paisley, 1879.

Narrative of Captain James Fawckner's Travels on the Coast of Benin, West Africa. London, 1837.

Narrative of the Adventures and Sufferings of John R. Jewitt. Middletown, 1820. Edinburgh, 1824.

“Narrative of the Adventures of Four Russian Sailors, who were cast in a storm upon the uncultivated island of East Spitzbergen.” Translated from the German of P. L. Le Roy, in John Pinkerton's Voyages and Travels, vol. i.

Narrative of the Captivity and Adventures of John Tanner, during Thirty Years' Residence among the Indians. Prepared for the Press by Edwin James, M.D. London, 1830.

* Narrative of Travels in Europe, Asia, and Africa in the Seventeenth Century by Evliyā Efendī. Translated from the Turkish by the Ritter Joseph von Hammer. Oriental Translation Fund.

Narratives of the Mission of George Bogle to Tibet and of the Journey of Thomas Manning to Lhasa. Edited by (Sir) Clements R. Markham. London, 1876.

Nassau, R. H., Fetichism in West Africa. London, 1904.

Nath, Rai Bahadur Lala Baij, B.A., Hinduism Ancient and Modern. Meerut, 1905.

“Native Stories from Santa Cruz and Reef Islands.” Translated by the Rev. W. O'Ferrall, in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxxiv. (1904).

Native Tribes of South Australia, with an introductory chapter by J. D. Woods. Adelaide, 1879.

Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch Indie.

Naville, E., La Religion des anciens Egyptiens. Paris, 1906.

Negelein, J. von, “Die volksthümliche Bedeutung der weissen Farbe,” in Zeitschrift für Ethnologie, xxxiii. (1901).

“Eine Quelle der indische Seelenwanderungvorstellung,” in Archiv für Religionswissenschaft, vi. (1903).

“Seele als Vogel,” in Globus, lxxix. (1901).

Neil, R. A., of Pembroke College, Cambridge. Private communications (viii. 22 n. 4, xi. 82 n. 5).

* Nelson, A. E., Central Provinces Gazetteer, Bilaspur District, 1910.

Nelson, E. W., “The Eskimo about Bering Strait,” in Eighteenth Annual Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology, Part I. Washington, 1899.

Nery, F. J. de Santa-Anna, Folklore Brésilien. Paris, 1889.

Nesfield, J. C., in Panjab Notes and Queries, ii.

Neuhauss, R., Deutsch Neu-Guinea. Berlin, 1911.

Neumann, C., und Partsch, J., Physikalische Geographie von Griechenland. Breslau, 1885.

Neumann, J. B., “Het Pane- en Bila-Stroomgebied op het eiland Sumatra,” Tijdschrift van het Nederlandsch Aardrijkskundig Genootschap, Tweede Serie, deel iii. meer uitgebreide artikelen, No. 2 (Amsterdam, 1886); deel iv. No. 1 (1887).

Neumann, J. E., “Kemali, Pantang, en Rèboe bij de Karo-Bataks,” in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xlviii. (1906).

Neumann, J. H., “De begoe in de godsdienstige begrippen der Karo-Bataks in de Doesoen,” in Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap, xlvi. (1902).

“De tĕndi in verband met Si Dajang,” in Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap, xlviii. (1904).

“Iets over den landbouw bij de Karo-Bataks,” in Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap, xlvi. (1902).

Neumann, K., Die Hellenen im Skythenlande. Berlin, 1855.

New, Charles, Life, Wanderings, and Labours in Eastern Africa. London, 1873.

New English Dictionary. Edited by Sir James A. H, Murray, etc. Oxford, 1888- .

Newberry, Professor P. E., in letter to the Author (vi. 109 n. 1).

Newbold, T. J., Political and Statistical Account of the British Settlements in the Straits of Malacca. London, 1839.

Newell, J. E., “Chief's Language in Samoa,” in Transactions of the Ninth International Congress of Orientalists. London, 1893.

Newman, Ch. L. Norris, Matabeleland and how we got it. London, 1895.

Newman, J. H., Sermons preached before the University of Oxford. Third Edition. London, 1872.

Newman, W. L., in his edition of Aristotle, Politics. Oxford, 1887-1902.

Newton, Alfred, Dictionary of Birds. New Edition. London, 1893-1896.

Neyret, Mgr., Bishop of Vizagapatam, in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, xxiii. (1851).

Nicander. Ed. F. S. Lehrs, in Poetae Bucolici et Didactici. Paris (Didot), 1862.

Alexipharmaca.

Theriaca.

Nicholas, Francis C., “The Aborigines of Santa Maria, Colombia,” in American Anthropologist, N.S., iii. New York, 1901.

Nicholson, Mrs. C., quoted by R. C. Maclagan, in “Notes on Folk-lore Objects collected in Argyleshire,” Folk-lore, vi. (1895).

Nicholson, J., Folk-lore of East Yorkshire. London, Hull, and Driffield, 1890. Supplemented by a letter addressed to Mr. E. S. Hartland, and dated 33 Leicester Street, Hull, 11th September 1890.

Nicolaus Damascenus, in Fragmenta Historicorum Graecorum, ed. C. Müller, vol. iii.

quoted by Athenaeus, iv. 39.

quoted by Stobaeus, Florilegium. Ed. Meineke.

Nicolson, Alexander, A Collection of Gaelic Proverbs and Familiar Phrases, based on Macintosh's Collection. London and Edinburgh, 1881.

Nicolson, F. W., “The Saliva Superstition in Classical Literature,” in Harvard Studies in Classical Philology, viii. (1897).

Nicolson, J., in The World's Work and Play (February 1906).

Niebuhr, B. G., History of Rome. Third Edition. London, 1837-1838.

Niemann, G. K., “De Boeginezen en Makassaren,” in Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië, xxxviii. (1889).

Nietzold, J., Die Ehe in Ägypten zur ptolemäisch-römischen Zeit. Leipsic, 1903.

Nieuw Guinea, ethnographisch en natuurkundig onderzocht en beschreven. Amsterdam, 1862.

Nieuwenhuis, Dr. A. W., In Centraal Borneo. Leyden, 1900.

Quer durch Borneo. Leyden, 1904-1907.

“Tweede Reis van Pontianak naar Samarinda,” in Tijdschrift van het Koninklijke Nederlandsch Aardrijkskundig Genootschap, II. Serie, xvii. (1900).

Nieuwenhuisen, J. T., en Rosenberg, H. C. B. von, “Verslag omtrent het Eiland Nias en deszelfs Bewoners,” in Verhandelingen van het Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen, xxx. Batavia, 1863.

Nigmann, E., Die Wahehe. Berlin, 1908.

Nilles, N., Kalendarium Manuale utriusque Ecclesiae Orientalis et Occidentalis. Second Edition. Innsbruck, 1896-97.

Nilsson, Professor Martin P., Griechische Feste von religiöser Bedeutung. Leipsic, 1906.

Studia de Dionysiis Atticis. Lund, 1900.

Nind, Scott, “Description of the Natives of King George's Sound (Swan River Colony),” in Journal of the Royal Geographical Society, i. (1832).

Nineteenth Century, The.

Nino, Antonio de, Usi e Costumi Abruzzesi. Florence, 1879-1883.

Nissen, H., Italische Landeskunde. Berlin, 1883-1902.

Noel, V., “Île de Madagascar: recherches sur les Sakkalava,” in Bulletin de la Société de Géographie (Paris), Deuxième Série, xx. (1843).

Noguès, J. L. M., Les Mœurs d'autrefois en Saintonge et en Aunis. Saintes, 1891.

Nöldeke, Professor Theodor, in letter to the Author (ix. 373 n. 1).

“Die Selbstentmannung bei den Syrern,” in Archiv für Religionswissenschaft, x. (1907).

s.vv. “Esther,” and “Names” in Encyclopaedia Biblica.

Geschichte der Perser und Araber zur Zeit der Sassaniden, aus der arabischen Chronik des Tabari übersetzt. Leyden, 1879.

“Tigre-Texte,” in Zeitschrift für Assyriologie, xxiv. (1910).

Nonius Marcellus, De compendiosa doctrina. Ed. L. Quicherat. Paris, 1872.

Nonnus, Les Dionysiaques. Grec et Français par le Comte de Marcellus. Paris (Didot), 1856.

Nonnus Abbas, Ad S. Gregorii orationes ii. contra Julianum, in Migne's Patrologia Graeca, xxxvi.

Norden, E., P. Vergilius Maro, Aeneis Buch VI. Leipsic, 1903.

Nordenskiöld, Baron E., “Travels on the Boundaries of Bolivia and Argentina,” in The Geographical Journal, xxi. (1903).

Nore, Alfred de, Coutumes, Mythes et Traditions des provinces de France. Paris and Lyons, 1846.

Norman, H., The Peoples and Politics of the Far East. London, 1905.

North China Herald.

North Indian Notes and Queries.

* North Star (Sitka, Alaska, December 1888), quoted in Journal of American Folk-lore, ii. (1889).

Noskowÿj, P. B., Maqrizii de valle Hadhramaut libellus arabice editus et illustratus. Bonn, 1866.

Notes analytiques sur les collections ethnographiques du Musée du Congo. Brussels, 1902-1906.

Notes and Queries.

“Notes on the River Amur and the Adjacent Districts.” Translated from the Russian, in Journal of the Royal Geographical Society, xxviii. (1858).

Notizie degli Scavi.

Nova Acta, Abhandlungen der kaiserlichen Leop.-Carol. Deutschen Akademie der Naturforscher.

Novus Orbis regionum ac insulartum veteribus incognitarum. Paris, 1532.

Nowack, W., Lehrbuch der hebräischen Archäologie. Freiburg i. B. and Leipsic, 1894.

Numbers, The Book of.

Numismatic Chronicle.

Nuova Antologia.

Nusselein, A. H. F. J., “Beschrijving van het landschap Pasir,” in Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië, lviii. (1905).

Nutt, D., The Voyage of Bran. London, 1895-1897.

Nuttall, Zelia, “The Periodical Adjustments of the Ancient Mexican Calendar,” in American Anthropologist, N.S. vi. (1904).

* Nyrop, in Dania, i. No. 1 (Copenhagen, 1890), referred to by H. Gaidoz, Un Vieux Rite médical. Paris, 1892.

Nyuak, Leo, “Religious Rites and Customs of the Iban or Dyaks of Sarawak.” Translated from the Dyak by the Very Rev. Edm. Dunn, in Anthropos, i. (1906).

Oberhummer, E., Die Insel Cypern. Munich, 1903.

Obsequens, Julius, Prodigiorum liber, appended to W. Weissenborn's edition of Livy, vol. x. 2. (Berlin, 1881).

“Observations on the Creek and Cherokee Indians, by William Bartram, 1789, with prefatory and supplementary notes by E. G. Squier,” in Transactions of the American Ethnological Society, iii. Part i. (1853).

O'Donovan, E., The Merv Oasis. London, 1882.

O'Ferrall, Rev. W., “Native Stories from Santa Cruz and Reef Islands,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxxiv. (1904).

Ogilby, J., Africa. London, 1670.

O'Grady, Standish H., Sylva Gadelica. Translation. London, 1892.

Olaus Magnus, Historia de gentium septentrionalium variis conditionibus. Bâle, 1567.

“Old Harvest Customs in Devon and Cornwall,” in Folk-lore, i. (1890).

Old New Zealand. By a Pakeha Maori. London, 1884.

Oldenberg, H., Buddha. Fifth Edition. Stuttgart and Berlin, 1906.

Die Literatur des alten Indien. Stuttgart and Berlin, 1903.

Die Religion des Veda. Berlin, 1894.

Oldfield, A., “On the Aborigines of Australia,” in Transactions of the Ethnological Society of London, N.S. iii. (1865).

Oldfield, H. A., Sketches from Nipal. London, 1880.

Oldham, C. F., “The Nagas,” in Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society for 1901. London, 1901.

“Old-Time Survivals in Remote Norwegian Dales,” in Folk-lore, xx. (1909). Translated from * Pastor Chr. Glükstad's Sundalen og Öksendalens Beskrivelse, published at Christiania.

Oman, J. C., The Great Indian Epics. London, 1894.

“On a Far-off Island,” in Blackwood's Magazine, February 1886.

On the Passing of the Blessed Virgin Mary. Apocryphal work attributed to the Apostle John. See s.v. Johanni Apostoli.

Opigez, O., “Aperçu général sur la Nouvelle-Calédonie,” in Bulletin de la Société de Géographie (Paris), 7ème Série, vii. (1886).

Oppert, G., “Note sur les Sālagrāmas,” in Comptes rendus de l'Académie des Inscriptions et Belles-Lettres. Paris, 1900.

On the Original Inhabitants of Bharatavarsa or India. Westminster and Leipsic, 1893.

Oppianus, Halieutica. Ed. F. S. Lehrs, in Poetae Bucolici et Didactici. Paris (Didot), 1862.

Ordish, T. Fairman, “English Folk-Drama,” in Folk-lore, iv. (1893).

Orelli, J. C., Inscriptionum Latinarum selectarum amplissima collectio. Zürich, 1828-1856.

Orient und Occident.

Origen, Commentarium in Joannem II., in Migne's Patrologia Graeca, xiv.

Contra Celsum, in Migne's Patrologia Graeca, xi.

In Jeremiam Hom. XV. 4, in Migne's Patrologia Graeca, xiii.

Selecta in Ezechielem, in Migne's Patrologia Graeca, xiii.

Original-Mittheilungen aus der ethnologischen Abtheilung der königlichen Museen zu Berlin.

Orphica. Ed. E. Abel. Leipsic and Prague, 1885.

Orphica. Ed. G. Hermann. Leipsic, 1805.

* Ortiz, Padre Tomas, La Pratica del ministerio. Manila, 1713.

Osculati, G., Esplorazione delle regioni equatorali lungo il Napo ed il fiume delle Amazzoni. Milan, 1850.

* Ostasiatischer Lloyd, March 14, 1890, quoted by J. E. D. Schmeltz, “Das Pflugfest in China,” in Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie, xi. (1898).

Otto, W., “Juno,” in Philologus, lxiv. (1905).

Overbeck, J., Griechische Kunstmythologie. Leipsic, 1873-1878.

Ovid, Opera, in Corpus Poetarum Latinorum, ed. J. P. Postgate. London, 1894-1905.

Amores.

Ars amatoria.

Ex Ponto.

Fasti. Ed. R. Merkel. Berlin, 1841. Ed. F. A. Paley, London, n.d.

Heroides.

Ibis.

Metamorphoses.

Tristia.

Oviedo y Valdés, Fernandez de, Historia General y Natural de las Indias. Madrid, 1851-1855.

Oviedo y Valdes, G. F., Histoire de Nicaragua. Published in Ternaux-Compans's Voyages, relations et mémoires originaux, pour servir à l'histoire de la découverte de l'Amérique. Paris, 1840.

Owen, Rev. Elias, Welsh Folk-lore. Oswestry and Wrexham, n.d., preface dated 1896.

Owen, Mary Alicia, Folk-lore of the Musquakie Indians of North America. London, 1904.

Owen, Captain W. F. W., Narrative of Voyages to explore the Shores of Africa, Arabia, and Madagascar. London, 1833.

Oxyrhynchus Papyri. Ed. B. P. Grenfell and A. S. Hunt. Part iii. London, 1903.

“Padstow ‘Hobby Hoss,’ ” in Folk-lore, xvi. (1905).

Pahlavi Texts. Translated by E. W. West. Oxford, 1892. (The Sacred Books of the East, vol. xxxvii.)

Pais, Ettore, Ancient Legends of Roman History. London, 1906.

Palaephatus, De incredibilibus, in Mythographi Graeci, ed. Ant. Westermann. Brunswick, 1843.

Palestine Exploration Fund Quarterly Statement for 1884.

Palladius, De re rustica, in Scriptores Rei Rusticae Veteres Latini, ed. J. G. Schneider, vol. iii.

Pallas, P. S., Reise durch verschiedene Provinzen des russischen Reichs. St. Petersburg, 1771-1776.

Pallegoix, Mgr., Description du royaume Thai ou Siam. Paris, 1854.

Palmer, E., “Notes on some Australian Tribes,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xiii. (1884).

“On Plants used by the Natives of North Queensland,” in Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society of New South Wales for 1883, xvii.

Palmer, J., quoted by R. H. Codrington, The Melanesians.

Palmer, L. Linton, “A Visit to Easter Island,” in Journal of the Royal Geographical Society, xl. (1870).

Pander, Professor E., “Das lamaische Pantheon,” in Zeitschrift für Ethnologie, xxi. (1889).

“Geschichte des Lamaismus,” in Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft für Anthropologie, Ethnologie und Urgeschichte, 1889.

Panikkar, T. K. Gopal, Malabar and its Folk. Madras, n.d. Preface dated Chowghaut, 8th October 1900.

Panjab Notes and Queries.

Pantschatantra. Übersetzt von Th. Benfey. Leipsic, 1859.

Panyasis, cited by Apollodorus, Bibliotheca.

Panzer, Fr., Beitrag zur deutschen Mythologie. Munich, 1848-1855.

* Papon, Histoire générale de la Provence, quoted by L. J. B. Bérenger-Feraud, Superstitions et Survivances, iv. Paris, 1896.

Park, Mungo, Travels in the Interior Districts of Africa. Fifth Edition. London, 1807.

Parker, E. H., China Past and Present. London, 1903.

Parker, Joseph, in Brough Smyth's Aborigines of Victoria, ii.

Parkinson, John, “Note on the Asaba People (Ibos) of the Niger,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxxvi. (1906).

“Notes on the Efik Belief in ‘Bush-soul,’ ” in Man, vi. (1906).

“Southern Nigeria, the Lagos Province,” in The Empire Review, vol. xv. (May 1908).

Parkinson, R., “Beiträge zur Ethnologie der Gilbertinsulaner,” in Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie, ii. (1889).

“Die Berlinhafen Section, ein Beitrag zur Ethnographie der Neu-Guinea Küste,” in Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie, xiii. (1900).

Dreissig Jahre in der Südsee. Stuttgart, 1907.

Im Bismarck Archipel. Leipsic, 1887.

Zur Ethnographie der Nordwestlichen Salomo Inseln. Berlin, 1899.

“Zur Ethnographie der Ontong Java- und Tasman-Inseln,” in Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie, x. (1897).

Parkinson, Th., Yorkshire Legends and Traditions. Second Series. London, 1889.

Parkyns, Mansfield, Life in Abyssinia. Second Edition. London, 1868.

Parmentier, L., and Cumont, Fr., “Le Roi des Saturnales,” in Revue de Philologie, xxi. (1897).

Paroemiographi Graeci. Ed. E. L. Leutsch et F. G. Schneidewin. Göttingen, 1839-1851.

Parsons, Harold G., in letter to Mr. Theodore A. Cooke (iv. 203 n. 5).

Parthenius, Narrationes Amatoriae, in Mythographi Graeci, ed. Ant. Westermann.

Partridge, Charles, Cross River Natives. London, 1905.

“The Burial of the Atta of Igaraland and the ‘Coronation’ of his Successor,” in Blackwood's Magazine (September 1904).

In letter to the Author (ii. 294 n. 2).

Paschal Chronicle, in Migne's Patrologia Graeca, xcii.

Pasquier, E., Recherches de la France. Paris, 1633.

Passarini, L., “Il Comparatico e la Festa di S. Giovanni nelle Marche e in Roma,” in Archivio per lo Studio delle Tradizioni Popolari, i. (1882).

“Passio Sancti Symphoriani,” in Migne's Patrologia Graeca, v.

Paton, L. B., s.v. “Atargatis,” in J. Hastings's Encyclopaedia of Religion and Ethics, ii.

Critical and Exegetical Commentary on the Book of Esther. Edinburgh, 1908.

The Early History of Syria and Palestine. London, 1902.

Paton, W. R., “Die Kreuzigung Jesu,” in Zeitschrift für die neutestamentliche Wissenschaft, ii. (1901).

in Folk-lore, i. (1890), ii. (1891), vi. (1895), xii. (1901).

in letters to the Author (vi. 78 n. 1, xi. 319).

“The Holy Names of the Eleusinian Priests,” in International Folk-lore Congress, 1891, Papers and Transactions.

“The Pharmakoi and the Story of the Fall,” in Revue archéologique, 4ème Série, ix. (1907).

Paton, W. R., and Hicks, E. L., The Inscriptions of Cos. Oxford, 1891.

Paul, H., Grundriss der germanischen Philologie. Second Edition, vol. iii. Strasburg, 1900.

Paulitschke, Ph., Ethnographie Nordost-Afrikas: die geistige Cultur der Danâkil, Galla und Somâl. Berlin, 1896.

Ethnographie Nordost-Afrikas: die materielle Cultur der Danâkil, Galla und Somâl. Berlin, 1893.

Paulus Diaconus, Historia Langobardorum. Ed. G. Waitz. Hanover, 1878.

Paulus Fagius, quoted by J. Selden, De dis Syris. Leipsic, 1668.

Pauly, A., Real-Encyclopädie der classischen Alterthumswissenschaft. Stuttgart, 1842-1866 (vol. i. Second Edition; vols. ii.-vi. First Edition).

Pauly, T. de, Description ethnographique des Peuples de la Russie: Peuples de l'Amérique Russe. St. Petersburg, 1862.

Peuples ouralo-altaïques. St. Petersburg, 1862.

Peuples de la Sibérie orientale. St. Petersburg, 1862.

Pauly-Wissowa, Real-Encyclopädie der classischen Altertumswissenschaft. Stuttgart, 1894- .

Pausanias, Graeciae Descriptio. Ed. Fr. Spiro. Leipsic, 1903.

Payne, Bishop, quoted by Sir Harry Johnston, Liberia. London, 1906.

Payne, E. J., History of the New World called America, vol. i. Oxford, 1892.

Payne, J. H., quoted in “Observations on the Creek and Cherokee Indians, by William Bartram, 1789, with Prefatory and Supplementary Notes by E. G. Squier,” in Transactions of the American Ethnological Society, vol. iii. part i. (1853).

Peacock, Miss Mabel, in letter to the Author (ii. 231 n. 3).

“The Folk-lore of Lincolnshire,” in Folk-lore, xii. (1901).

Peake, Professor A. S., on Job xxxviii. 31, in The Century Bible.

Peale, Titian R., in The American Naturalist, xviii. (1884).

Pearse, J., “Customs connected with Death and Burial among the Sihanaka,” in The Antananarivo Annual and Madagascar Magazine, vol. ii., Reprint of the Second Four Numbers, 1881-1884. Antananarivo, 1896.

Pechuel-Loesche, “Indiscretes aus Loango,” in Zeitschrift für Ethnologie, x. (1878).

Pedlow, M. R., in Indian Antiquary, xxix. (1900).

Peet, T. E., The Stone and Bronze Ages in Italy and Sicily. Oxford, 1909.

* Peking Gazette, quoted in Lettres édifiantes et curieuses, xxi. Nouvelle Edition.

Pelleschi, G., Eight Months on the Gran Chaco of the Argentine Republic. London, 1886.

Pelleschi, J., Los Indios Matacos. Buenos Ayres, 1897.

Pembroke County Guardian.

* “Penitential of Theodore,” quoted by J. M. Kemble, Saxons in England, i.

Pennant, Thomas, “A Tour in Scotland, 1769,” in John Pinkerton's Voyages and Travels, iii.

“A Tour in Scotland and Voyage to the Hebrides in 1772,” in John Pinkerton's Voyages and Travels, iii.

MS., quoted by J. Brand, Popular Antiquities of Great Britain. London, 1882-1883.

People of Turkey, The. By a Consul's Daughter and Wife. London, 1878.

People's Weekly Journal for Norfolk.

Pepys, Samuel, Memoirs. Edited by Lord Braybrooke. Second Edition. London, 1828.

Percival, Major C., “Tropical Africa, on the Border Line of Mohamedan Civilization,” in The Geographical Journal, xlii. (1913).

Percival, R., Account of the Island of Ceylon. Second Edition. London, 1805.

Perdrizet, P., “Terres-cuites de Lycosoura, et mythologie arcadienne,” in Bulletin de Correspondance hellénique, xxiii. (1899).

Perelaer, M. T. H., Ethnographische Beschrijving der Dajaks. Zalt-Bommel, 1870.

Perera, Arthur A., “Glimpses of Singhalese Social Life,” in Indian Antiquary, xxxi. (1902), xxxii. (1903), xxxiii. (1904).

Perham, Rev. J., in H. Ling Roth's Natives of Sarawak and British North Borneo. London, 1896.

“Manangism in Borneo,” in Journal of the Straits Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, No. 19. Singapore, 1887.

“Mengap, the Song of the Dyak Sea Feast,” in Journal of the Straits Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, No. 2. Singapore, December 1878.

“Petara, or Sea Dyak Gods,” in Journal of the Straits Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, No. 8, December 1881.

“Sea Dyak Religion,” in Journal of the Straits Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, No. 10 (December 1882), No. 14 (December 1884).

Pérot, Francis, “Prières, Invocations, Formules Sacrées, Incantations en Bourbonnais,” in Revue des Traditions Populaires, xviii. (1903).

Perregaux, E., Chez les Achanti. Neuchâtel, 1906.

Perrot, G., et Chipiez, Ch., Histoire de l'Art dans l'Antiquité. Paris, 1882- .

Persian Tales, quoted in The Spectator, No. 578. August 9, 1714.

Persius, Satires. Ed. J. Conington. Second Edition. Oxford, 1874.

Pertz, Georg Heinrich, Monumenta Germaniae historica.

Peschel, Oscar, Völkerkunde. Sixth Edition. Leipsic, 1885.

Peter, Anton, Volksthümliches aus Österreichisch-Schlesien. Troppau, 1865-1867.

Peter, R., s.vv. “Fortuna,” “Mefitis,” and “Orcus,” in W. H. Roscher's Lexikon der griechischen und römischen Mythologie.

Peter of Dusburg, Chronicon Prussiae. Ed. Chr. Hartknoch. Frankfort and Leipsic, 1679.

Petermanns Mitteilungen.

Ergänzungshefte.

Petersen, Ch., “Das Grab und die Todtenfeier des Dionysos,” in Philologus, xv. 1860.

Petersen, E., Vom alten Rom. Leipsic, 1900.

Petit, Dr. Antoine, in Th. Lefebvre's Voyage en Abyssinie.

Petitot, Émile, Monographie des Dènè-Dindjié. Paris, 1876.

Monographie des Esquimaux Tchiglit. Paris, 1876.

Traditions indiennes du Canada Nord-ouest. Paris, 1886.

Petrarch, Epistolae de rebus familiaribus. Ed. J. Fracassetti. Florence, 1859-1862.

Petrie, Professor W. M. Flinders, in letters to the Author (v. 231 n. 3, vi. 216 n. 1).

Egyptian Tales. Second Series. London, 1895.

Researches in Sinai. London, 1906.

The Religion of Ancient Egypt. London, 1906.

The Royal Tombs of the Earliest Dynasties. London, 1901.

Petroff, Ivan, Report on the Population, Industries, and Resources of Alaska. Preface dated August 7, 1882.

Petronius, Satyricon. Ed. Fr. Buecheler. Third Edition. Berlin, 1882.

* Petrus, Martyr, De nuper sub D. Carolo repertis insulis. Basileae, 1521. (Referred to by E. Seler, in Alt-Mexikanische Studien, ii. Berlin, 1899.)

Pettazzoni, R., “Mythologie Australienne du Rhombe,” in Revue de l'histoire des Religions, lxv. (1912).

Pettigrew, T. J., On Superstitions connected with the History and Practice of Medicine and Surgery. London, 1844.

Pettigrew, Rev. Wm., “Kathi Kasham, the ‘Soul Departure’ Feast as practised by the Tangkkul Nagas, Manipur, Assam,” in Journal and Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, N.S., vol. v. 1909. Calcutta, 1910.

Pfannenschmid, H., Germanische Erntefeste. Hanover, 1878.

Pfeil, Joachim Graf, in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxvii. (1898).

Studien und Beobachtungen aus der Südsee. Brunswick, 1899.

Pfizmaier, A., “Nachrichten von den alten Bewohnern des heutigen Corea,” in Sitzungsberichte der philosophischen-historischen Classe der kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften, lvii. Vienna, 1868.

Phaedrus, Fabulae Aesopiae. Ed. L. Müller. Leipsic, 1877.

Philippson, A., Der Peloponnes. Berlin, 1891.

Phillips, J. Thomas, Account of the Religion, Manners, and Learning of the People of Malabar. London, 1717.

Philo of Byblus, in Fragmenta Historicorum Graecorum, ed. C. Müller, vol. iii., quoted by Eusebius, Praeparatio Evangelii, i.

Philo Judaeus (Philo of Alexandria). Ed. Th. Mangey. London, 1742.

Adversus Flaccum.

De specialibus legibus.

Philo vom Walde, Schlesien in Sage und Brauch. Berlin, n.d., preface dated 1883.

Philocalus, Calendarium, in Corpus Inscriptionum Latinarum, vol. i. Pars prior, Editio Altera, with Th. Mommsen's commentary. Berlin, 1893.

Philochorus, cited by Athenaeus.

in Fragmenta Historicorum Graecorum, ed. C. Müller, vol. i.

Philologus.

Philostephanus, cited by Arnobius and Clement.

Philostratus, Opera. Ed. C. L. Kayser. Leipsic, 1870-1871.

Epistolae.

Heroica.

Imagines.

Vita Apollonii Tyanensis.

Vitae Sophistarum.

Philostratus Junior, Imagines. Ed. C. L. Kayser. Leipsic, 1871.

Photius, Bibliotheca. Ed. Im. Bekker. Berlin, 1824.

Lexicon. Ed. S. A. Naber. Leyden, 1864-1865.

Phylarchus, cited by Athenaeus.

in Fragmenta Historicorum Graecorum, ed. C. Müller, vol. i.

Picarda, Father, “Autour du Mandéra, Notes sur l'Ouzigoua, l'Oukwéré et l'Oudoé (Zanguebar),” in Les Missions Catholiques, xviii. (1886).

Pickering, Anna Maria Wilhelmina, Memoirs. Edited by her son, Spencer Pickering. London, 1903.

Pierret, P., Le Livre des Morts. Paris, 1882.

Piers, Sir Henry, Description of the County of Westmeath, written in 1682. Published by (General) Charles Vallancey, Collectanea de Rebus Hibernicis, i. Dublin, 1786.

Pietschmann, R., Geschichte der Phoenizier. Berlin, 1889.

Piggul, James, in report to Baron de Bogouschefsky, Journal of the Anthropological Institute, iii. (1874).

Pilsudski, B., “Schwangerschaft, Entbindung und Fehlgeburt bei den Bewohnern der Insel Sachalin,” in Anthropos, v. (1910).

Pinabel, “Notes sur quelques peuplades dépendant du Tong-King,” in Bulletin de la Société de Géographie, Septième Série, v. Paris, 1884.

Pinart, A., “Les Indiens de l'État de Panama,” in Revue d'Ethnographie, vi. (1887).

Pindar, Opera. Ed. Aug. Boeckh. Leipsic, 1811-1821.

Isthmia.

Olympia.

Pythia.

quoted by Clement of Alexandria, Stromateis, iii.

quoted by Plutarch, Isis et Osiris.

Pineau, L., Le Folk-lore du Poitou. Paris, 1892.

Pinkerton, John, General Collection of Voyages and Travels. London, 1808-1814.

Piolet, J. B., Madagascar et les Hovas. Paris, 1895.

* Pioneer Mail of May 1890, extract quoted in The Indian Antiquary, xxxii. (1903).

Pischel, K. F., and Geldner, Vedische Studien. Stuttgart, 1889.

* Piso, L., Annals, first book referred to, in Pliny, Naturalis Historia.

Pistorius, A. W. P. V., Studien over de inlandsche huishouding in de Padangsche Bovenlanden. Zalt-Bommel, 1871.

Pistorius, J., Polonicae historiae corpus. Bâle, 1582.

Pitrè, Giuseppe, Feste patronali in Sicilia. Turin and Palermo, 1900.

Fiabe, Novelle e Racconti popolari Siciliani. Palermo, 1875.

Spettacoli e Feste Popolari Siciliane. Palermo, 1881.

Usi e Costumi, Credenze e Pregiudizî del Popolo Siciliano. Palermo, 1889.

Pittier de Fabrega, H., “Die Sprache der Bribri-Indianer in Costa Rica,” in Sitzungsberichte der philosophischen-historischen Classe der kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften. Vienna, 1898.

Placci, Signor Carlo, in letter to the Author (x. 127 n. 1).

Placucci, M., Usi e pregiudizj dei contadini della Romagna. Palermo, 1885.

Plan de Carpin (de Plano Carpini), Relation des Mongols ou Tartares. Ed. D'Avezac. Paris, 1838.

Plancy, Collin de, Dictionnaire Infernal. Paris, 1825-1826.

Plassard, Dr. Louis, “Les Guaraunos et le delta de l'Orénoque,” in Bulletin de la Société de Géographie (Paris), 5ème Série, xv. (1868).

Plate, L. M. F., “Bijdrage tot de kennis van de lykanthropie bij de Sasaksche bevolking in Oost-Lombok,” in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, liv. (1912).

Plath, J. H., “Die Religion und der Cultus der alten Chinesen,” in Abhandlungen der Königlichen Bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaften, i. Cl. ix. (1863).

Plato, Opera omnia. Ed. G. Stallbaum. Leipsic, 1850.

Cratylus.

Gorgias.

Laws.

Meno.

Minos.

Phaedo.

Phaedrus.

Politicus.

Republic.

Sophist.

Symposium.

Theaetetus.

Timaeus.

Plautus, Comoediae. Ed. G. Goetz et Fr. Schoell. Leipsic, 1898-1901.

Casina.

Cistellaria.

Pseudolus.

Playfair, Major A., The Garos. London, 1909.

Plehn, Dr. A., “Beobachtungen in Kamerun, über die Anschauungen und Gebräuche einiger Negerstämme,” in Zeitschrift für Ethnologie, xxxvi. (1904).

Pleyte, C. M., “Ethnographische Beschrijving der Kei-Eilanden,” in Tijdschrift van het Nederlandsch Aardrijkskundig Genootschap, Tweede Serie, x. (1893).

“Herinneringen uit Oost-Indië,” in Tijdschrift van het Koninklijk Nederlandsch Aardrijkskundig Genootschap, II. Serie, xvii. (1900).

“Plechtigheden en gebruiken uit den cyclus van het familienleven der volken van den Indischen Archipel,” in Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië, xii. (1892).

Pliny, Naturalis Historia. Ed. D. Detlefsen. Berlin, 1866-1882.

Pliny the Younger, Epistolae. Ed. H. Keil. Leipsic, 1868.

Panegyricus. Ed. H. Keil. Leipsic, 1868.

Ploix, Ch., “Les Dieux qui proviennent de la racine DIV,” in Mémoires de la Société de Linguistique de Paris, i. (1868).

Ploss, H., Das Kind in Brauch und Sitte der Völker. Second Edition. Leipsic, 1884.

Das Weib. Second Edition. Leipsic, 1887.

Plummer, C., “Cáin Eimíne Báin,” in Ériu, the Journal of the School of Irish Learning, Dublin, vol. iv. part i. (1908).

Plutarch, Moralia. Ed. G. N. Bernardakis. Leipsic, 1888-1896.

Ed. Fr. Dübner. Paris (Didot), 1868-1877.

Vitae parallelae. Ed. C. Sintenis. Leipsic, 1867-1882.

Adversus Coloten.

Agesilaus.

Agis.

Alcibiades.

Alexander.

Antoninus.

Aratus.

Aristides.

Artoxerxes.

Caesar.

Camillus.

Cato.

Cato the Younger.

Cleomenes.

Consolatio ad Apollonium.

Consolatio ad uxorem.

Coriolanus.

De Alexandri Magni fortuna aut virtute.

De audiendis poetis.

De defectu oraculorum.

De E Delphico (De EI apud Delphos).

De educatione puerorum.

De esu carnium.

De exilio.

De facie in orbe lunae.

De fortuna Romanorum.

De fraterno Amore.

De genio Socratis.

Demetrius.

Demosthenes.

De mulierum virtutibus.

De musica.

De Pythiae oraculis.

De sera numinis vindicta.

De Stoicorum repugnantiis.

De superstitione.

[De vita et poesi Homeri.]

Fabius Maximus.

Instituta Laconica.

Isis et Osiris. Ed. G. Parthey. Berlin, 1850.

Lucullus.

Lycurgus.

Lysander.

Marcellus.

Nicias.

Numa.

Otho.

Parallela.

Pompeius.

Praecepta Conjugalia.

Praecepta gerendae reipublicae.

Proverbia.

Proverbia Alexandrinorum.

Publicola.

Quaestiones conviviales.

Quaestiones Graecae.

Quaestiones Romanae.

Regum et imperatorum apophthegmata, Geloni.

Romulus.

Septem Sapientum Convivium.

Solon.

Sulla.

Themistocles.

Theseus.

Timoleon.

Vitae X. Oratorum.

Pöch, R., “Vierter Bericht über meine Reise nach Neu-Guinea,” in Sitzungsberichte der mathematischen-naturwissenschaftlichen Klasse der Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften, cxv. Vienna, 1906.

Poensen, C., “Iets over de Kleeding der Javanen,” in Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap, xx. (1876).

Poeppig, E., Reise in Chile, Peru und auf dem Amazonenstrome. Leipsic, 1835-36.

Poestion, J. C., Fridthjofs Saga, aus dem Altisländischen. Vienna, 1879.

Isländische Märchen. Vienna, 1884.

Lappländische Märchen. Vienna, 1886.

Poetae Lyrici Graeci. Ed. Th. Bergk. Third Edition. Leipsic, 1866-1867.

Pogge, Paul, “Bericht über die Station Mukenge,” in Mittheilungen der Afrikanischen Gesellschaft in Deutschland, iv. (1883-1885).

Im Reiche des Muata Jamwo. Berlin, 1880.

Polack, J. S., Manners and Customs of the New Zealanders. London, 1840.

Polek, J., “Regenzauber in Ost-Europa,” in Zeitschrift des Vereins für Volkskunde, iii. (1893).

Polemo, Periegeta, Fragmenta. Ed. L. Preller. Leipsic, 1838.

cited by Athenaeus.

cited by a scholiast on Homer, Iliad. Ed. Im. Bekker.

Pollini, quoted by H. O. Lenz, Botanik der alten Griechen und Römer. Gotha, 1859.

Pollux, Julius, Onomasticon. Ed. G. Dindorf. Leipsic, 1824.

Ed. Im. Bekker. Berlin, 1846.

Polo, Marco, The Book of. Translated by Col. H. Yule. Second Edition. London, 1875.

Polyaenus, Strategica. Ed. E. Woelfflin. Leipsic, 1860.

Polybius. Ed. L. Dindorf. Leipsic, 1866-1868.

Pommerol, Dr., “La fête des Brandons et le dieu Gaulois Grannus,” in Bulletins et Mémoires de la Société d'Anthropologie de Paris, 5ème Série, ii. (1901).

Pomtow, H., in Rheinisches Museum, N.F., li. (1896).

Poncy, quoted by Breuil, Mémoires de la Société des Antiquaires de Picardie, viii. (1845).

Pond, G. H., “Dakota Superstitions,” in Collections of the Minnesota Historical Society for the Year 1867. Saint Paul, 1867.

Ponder, Stephen, letter quoted by Andrew Lang. Modern Mythology. London, 1897.

Pope-Hennessy, Lieut. H., “Notes on the Jukos and other Tribes of the Middle Benue,” Anthropological Reviews and Miscellanea, appended to Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxx. (1900).

Popish Kingdome, The, or Reigne of Antichrist, written in Latin verse by Thomas Naogeorgus and Englyshed by Barnabe Googe, 1570. Edited by R. C. Hope. London, 1880.

Porphyry, De abstinentia. Ed. R. Hercher. Paris (Didot), 1858.

De antro nympharum. Ed. R. Hercher. Paris (Didot), 1858.

De vita Plotini. Ed. Ant. Westermann. Paris (Didot), 1878.

De vita Pythagorae. Ed. Ant. Westermann. Paris (Didot), 1878.

Porte, Father, “Les Reminiscences d'un missionnaire du Basutoland,” in Les Missions Catholiques, xxviii. (1896).

Porter, David, Journal of a Cruise made to the Pacific Ocean in the U.S. Frigate “Essex.” New York, 1822.

Second Edition. New York, 1882.

Portman, M. V., “Disposal of the Dead among the Andamanese,” in Indian Antiquary, xxv. (1896).

Posidonius, quoted by Athenaeus, iv. 40. Fragments in Fragmenta Historicorum Graecorum, ed. C. Müller, vol. iii.

Post, A. H., Afrikanische Jurisprudenz. Oldenburg and Leipsic, 1887.

Postans, Mrs., Cutch. London, 1839.

Potkanski, K., “Die Ceremonie der Haarschur bei den Slaven und Germanen,” in Anzeiger der Akademie der Wissenschaften in Krakau (May 1896).

Potocki, J., Voyages dans les Steps d'Astrakhan et du Caucase. Paris, 1829.

Pottier, E., Étude sur les lécythes blancs attiques. Paris, 1883.

Powell, F. York, in O. Elton's translation of Saxo Grammaticus's Danish History. London, 1894.

Powell, Wilfred, Wanderings in a Wild Country. London, 1883.

Powers, Stephen, Tribes of California. Washington, 1877. (Contributions to North American Ethnology, vol. iii.)

Praelections delivered before the Senate of the University of Cambridge. Cambridge, 1906.

Prahn, H., “Glaube und Brauch in der Mark Brandenburg,” in Zeitschrift des Vereins für Volkskunde, i. (1891).

Prätorius, Matthäus, Deliciae Prussicae oder Preussische Schaubuhne, in wörtlichen Auszüge aus dem Manuscript herausgegeben, von Dr. William Pierson. Berlin, 1871.

Pratt, A. E., “Two Journeys to Ta-tsien-lu on the Eastern Borders of Tibet,” in Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society, xiii. (1891).

Pratt, Rev. John B., Buchan. Second Edition. Aberdeen, Edinburgh, and London, 1859.

Preller, L., Ausgewählte Aufsätze. Berlin, 1864.

Demeter und Persephone. Hamburg, 1837.

Griechische Mythologie. Third Edition. Berlin, 1875.

Fourth Edition, vol. i. Ed. C. Robert. Berlin, 1894.

in Pauly's Realencyclopädie der classischen Altertumswissenschaft.

Römische Mythologie. Third Edition. Berlin, 1881-1883.

Preuss, K. Th., “Die Feuergötter als Ausgangspunkt zum Verständnis der mexikanischen Religion,” in Mitteilungen der anthropologischen Gesellschaft in Wien, xxxiii. (1903).

Die Nayarit-Expedition, I. Die Religion der Cora-Indianer. Leipsic, 1912.

“Die religiösen Gesänge und Mythen einiger Stämme der mexikanischen Sierra Madre,” in Archiv für Religionswissenschaft, xi. (1908).

in Verhandlungen der Berliner anthropologischen Gesellschaft, November 15, 1902.

Preussischer Jahrbücher.

Priklonski, Vasilij, “Todtengebräuche der Jakuten,” in Globus, lix. (1891).

Priklonski, W. L., “Über das Schamenthum bei den Jakuten,” in A. Bastian's Allerlei aus Volks- und Menschenkunde, i. Berlin, 1888.

Priscian, Institutiones. Ed. M. Hertz. In Grammatici Latini, ed. H. Keil, vols, ii., iii. Leipsic, 1855-1860.

* Pritchard, Hesketh, Through the Heart of Patagonia. London, 1902. Referred to in Journal of American Folk-lore, xvii. (1904).

Pritchard, W. T., “Notes on Certain Anthropological Matters respecting the South Sea Islanders (the Samoans),” in Memoirs of the Anthropological Society of London, i. (1863-64).

Probus, In Virgilium Commentarius, appended to the editions of Servius by H. A. Lion (Göttingen, 1826), and G. Thilo and H. Hagen, vol. iii. Fasc. ii. (Leipsic, 1902).

Proceedings and Transactions of the Royal Society of Canada.

Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences.

Proceedings of the American Folk-lore Society held at Philadelphia.

Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society held at Philadelphia.

Proceedings of the Australasian Association for the Advancement of Science for the Year 1900. Melbourne, 1901.

* Proceedings of the Berwickshire Naturalists' Club, vi., quoted in The Denham Tracts. Edited by J. Hardy. London, 1892-1895.

Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History.

Proceedings of the British Academy.

Proceedings of the Canadian Institute, Toronto.

Proceedings of the Geographical Society of Australasia.

Proceedings of the Linnaean Society of New South Wales for the Year 1899. Sydney, 1900.

Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society.

Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy.

Proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinburgh.

Proceedings of the Society of Antiquaries of Scotland.

Proceedings of the Society of Biblical Archaeology.

Proclus, Hymn to Minerva, quoted by Ch. A. Lobeck, Aglaophamus.

on Hesiod, Works and Days, appended to Ed. Vollbehr's edition of Hesiod (Kiel, 1844).

in Photius, Bibliotheca. Ed. I. Bekker. Berlin, 1824.

on Plato, Cratylus, quoted by E. Abel, Orphica.

on Plato, Timaeus, quoted by Ch. A. Lobeck, Aglaophamus, and by E. Abel, Orphica.

Procopius, Opera Omnia. Ed. J. Haury. Leipsic, 1905- .

De Bello Gothico.

De Bello Persico.

Pröhle, Heinrich, Harzbilder, Sitten und Gebräuche aus dem Harzgebirge. Leipsic, 1855.

Harzsagen. Leipsic, 1859.

in Zeitschrift für deutsche Mythologie und Sittenkunde, i. (1853).

* Promathion, History of Italy, cited by Plutarch, Romulus.

Propertius. Ed. F. A. Paley. Second Edition. London, 1872.

Prothero, Dr. G. W., in letters to the Author (ii. 71 n. 1, xi. 190 n. 3).

Proyart's “History of Loango, Kakongo, and other Kingdoms in Africa,” in J. Pinkerton's Voyages and Travels, xvi.

Prudentius, Peristephanon. Ed. Th. Obbarius. Tübingen, 1845.

Prudentius Trecensis, “Annales,” anno 858, in G. H. Pertz's Monumenta Germaniae historica, i.

Pruyssenaere, E. de, “Reisen und Forschungen im Gebiete des Weissen und Blauen Nil,” in Petermanns Mittheilungen, Ergänzungsheft, No. 50. Gotha, 1877.

Prym, E., und Socin, A., Syrische Sagen und Maerchen. Göttingen, 1881.

Psalms, The Book of.

Psellus, Quaenam sunt Graecorum opiniones de daemonibus. Ed. J. F. Boissonade. Nuremberg, 1838.

Pseudo-Dicaearchus, in Fragmenta Historicorum Graecorum, ed. C. Müller, vol. ii.

Descriptio Graeciae, in Geographi Graeci Minores, ed. C. Müller, vol. i.

Pseudo-Plato, Axiochus.

Minos.

Ptolomaeus Hephaestionis, Nova Historia, in Mythographi Graeci, ed. A. Westermann. Brunswick, 1843.

In Photius, Bibliotheca, ed. Im. Bekker.

Publications of the Society of Hebrew Literature. Second Series.

Puchstein, O., “Die Bauten von Boghaz-Köi,” in Mitteilungen der Deutschen Orient-Gesellschaft zu Berlin, No. 35, December 1907.

Puini, C., “Il fuoco nella tradizione degli antichi Cinesi,” in Giornale della Società Asiatica Italiana, i. (1887).

Pullan, R. P., in Archaeologia: Miscellaneous Tracts relating to Antiquity, 1. (1887).

Punch, C., in H. Ling Roth's Great Benin. Halifax, England, 1903.

Purcell, B. H., “Rites and Customs of the Australian Aborigines,” in Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft für Anthropologie (Zeitschrift für Ethnologie, xxv., 1893).

Purvis, J. B., Through Uganda to Mount Elgon. London, 1909.

Puttenham, George, The Arte of English Poesie. London, 1811. Reprint of * the Original Edition of London, 1589.

Pyrard, François, Voyages to the East Indies, the Maldives, the Moluccas, and Brazil. Translated by Albert Gray. Hakluyt Society. London, 1887.

Quarterly Journal of the Mythic Society.

Quarterly Review, The.

Quarterly Statement of the Palestine Exploration Fund.

Quedenfelt, M., “Aberglaube und halbreligiöse Bruderschaft bei den Marokkanern,” in Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft für Anthropologie, [pg 106]Ethnologie und Urgeschichte, 1886 (bound up with the Zeitschrift für Ethnologie, xviii., 1886).

Quellien, M., quoted by Alexandre Bertrand, La Religion des Gaulois. Paris, 1897.

Quintus Curtius, De gestis Alexandri Magni. Ed. H. E. Foss. Leipsic, 1869.

R. M. O. K., “A Horrible Rite in the Highlands,” in the Weekly Scotsman, Saturday, August 24, 1889.

Radau, H., Early Babylonian History. New York and London, 1900.

Radde, G., Die Chews'uren und ihr Land. Cassel, 1878.

Radiguet, Max, Les Derniers Sauvages. Paris, 1882.

Radin, P., “Ritual and Significance of the Winnebago Medicine Dance,” Journal of American Folk-lore, xxiv. (1911).

Radloff, W., Aus Siberien. Leipsic, 1884.

Proben der Volkslitteratur der nördlichen türkischen Stämme. St. Petersburg, 1885-1886.

Proben der Volksliteratur der türkischen Stämme Süd-Sibiriens. St. Petersburg, 1866-1872.

Rae, E., The White Sea Peninsula. London, 1881.

Raff, H., “Aberglaube in Bayern,” in Zeitschrift des Vereins für Volkskunde, viii. (1898).

* Raffenel, A., Nouveau voyage dans le pays des nègres. Paris, 1856. (Referred to by Th. Waitz, Anthropologie der Naturvölker, ii. Leipsic, 1860.)

Voyage dans l'Afrique occidentale. Paris, 1846.

Raffles, T. Stamford, History of Java. London, 1817.

Raffray, A., “Voyage à la côte nord de la Nouvelle Guinée,” in Bulletin de la Société de Géographie (Paris), 6ème Série, xv. (1878).

Rajacsich, Baron, Das Leben, die Sitten und Gebräuche der im Kaiserthume Österreich lebenden Südslaven. Vienna, 1873.

Ralston, W. R. S., Introduction to F. A. von Schiefner's Tibetan Tales.

Russian Folk-tales. London, 1873.

Songs of the Russian People. Second Edition. London, 1872.

Ramsay, John, of Ochtertyre, Scotland and Scotsmen in the Eighteenth Century. Edited by Alex. Allardyce. Edinburgh and London, 1888.

Ramsay, Sir W. M., “A Study of Phrygian Art,” in Journal of Hellenic Studies, ix. (1888), x. (1889).

Historical Geography of Asia Minor. London, 1890.

Luke the Physician, and other Studies in the History of Religion. London, 1908.

“On the Early Historical Relations between Phrygia and Cappadocia,” in Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, N.S., xv. (1883).

“Phrygia,” in Encyclopaedia Britannica. Ninth Edition, xviii., 1885.

The Church in the Roman Empire. London, 1893.

The Cities and Bishoprics of Phrygia, vol. i. Oxford, 1895.

“The Permanence of Religion at Holy Places in the East,” in The Expositor (November 1906).

“The Worship of the Virgin Mary at Ephesus,” in The Expositor, June 1905.

“Unedited inscriptions of Asia Minor,” in Bulletin de Correspondance Hellénique, vii. (1883).

Ramsay, W. M., and Hogarth, D. G., in American Journal of Archaeology, vi. (1890).

“Pre-Hellenic Monuments of Cappadocia,” in Recueil de Travaux relatifs à la Philologie et à l'Archéologie Égyptiennes et Assyriennes, xiv. (1903).

Ramseyer and Kühne, Four Years in Ashantee. London, 1875.

Randolph, C. B., “The Mandragora of the Ancients in Folk-lore and Medicine,” [pg 107] in Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, No. 12 (January 1905).

Raoul-Rochette, D., “Mémoire sur les jardins d'Adonis,” in Revue Archéologique, viii. (1851).

“Sur l'Hercule Assyrien et Phénicien,” in Mémoires de l'Académie des Inscriptions et Belles-Lettres, xvii. Deuxième Partie. Paris, 1848.

Rapp, s.vv. “Attis,” “Kybele,” in W. H. Roscher's Lexikon der griechischen und römischen Mythologie.

Rappard, Th. C., “Het eiland Nias en zijne bewoners,” in Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië, lxii. (1909).

Rascher, P., “Die Sulka, ein Beitrag zur Ethnographie Neu-Pommern,” in Archiv für Anthropologie, xxix. (1904).

Rasmussen, J. L., Additamenta ad historiam Arabum ante Islamismum. Copenhagen, 1821.

Rat, J. N., “The Carib Language,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxvii. (1898).

Rattray, R. Sutherland, Some Folk-lore Stories and Songs in Chinyanja. London, 1907.

Raum, J., “Blut und Speichelbünde bei den Wadschagga,” in Archiv für Religionswissenschaft, x. (1907).

Ravenstein, E. G., The Russians on the Amur. London, 1861.

Ray, S. H. Private communication (ii. 209 n. 3).

Read, D. H. Moutray, “Hampshire Folk-lore,” in Folk-lore, xxii. (1911).

Reade, Major, in Panjab Notes and Queries, ii.

Reade, W. Winwood, Savage Africa. London, 1863.

Realencyclopädie für protestantische Theologie. See s.v. [Herzog, J. J.]

Reche, Otto, Der Kaiserin-Augusta-Fluss. Hamburg, 1913. (Ergebnisse der Südsee-Expedition 1908-1910. Herausgegeben von G. Thilenius.)

Reclus, Élisée, Nouvelle Géographie Universelle. Paris, 1876-1894.

Records of the Past. London, n.d.

Recueil de divers voyages faits en Afrique et en l'Amerique, qui n'ont point esté encore publiez. Paris, 1684.

Recueil de Travaux relatifs à la Philologie et à l'Archéologie Égyptiennes et Assyriennes.

Recueil de voyages au Nord. Nouvelle Edition. Amsterdam, 1731-1738.

Reed, W. A., Negritos of Zambales. Manilla, 1904. (Department of the Interior, Ethnological Survey Publications, vol. ii. part i.)

Rees, W. A. van, Die Pionniers der Beschaving in Neêrlands Indië. Arnheim, 1867.

Rehse, Hermann, Kiziba, Land und Leute. Stuttgart, 1910.

Reich, A., und Stegelmann, F., “Bei den Indianern des Urubamba und des Envira,” in Globus, lxxxiii. (1903).

Reichard, P., Deutsch-Ostafrika. Leipsic, 1892.

“Die Wanjamuesi,” in Zeitschrift der Gesellschaft für Erdkunde zu Berlin, xxiv. (1889).

Reichel, W., Über homerische Waffen. Vienna, 1894.

Reichenbach, J. C., “Étude sur le royaume d'Assinie,” in Bulletin de la Société de Géographie (Paris), 7ème Série, xi. (1890).

Reid, A. P., “Religious Belief of the Ojibois or Sauteux Indians,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, iii. (1874).

Reimann, F. A., Deutsche Volksfeste im neunzehnten Jahrhundert. Weimar, 1839.

Rein, J. J., Japan. Leipsic, 1881-1886.

Reina, Paul, “Über die Bewohner der Insel Rook,” in Zeitschrift für allgemeine Erdkunde, N.F., iv. (1858).

Reinach, Salomon, Cultes, Mythes, et Religions. Paris, 1905-1912.

“Hippolyte,” in Archiv für Religionswissenschaft, x. (1907).

“L'Art et la magie,” in L'Anthropologie, xiv. (1903).

“Les Vierges de Sena,” in Revue Celtique, xviii. (1897).

Répertoire de la Statuaire grecque et romaine. Paris, 1897-1910.

Traité d'Epigraphie Grecque. Paris, 1885.

Reinach, Th., in Recueil d'Inscriptions Juridiques Grecques. Deuxième Série. Paris, 1898.

Reinegg, J., Beschreibung des Kaukasus. Gotha, Hildesheim, and St. Petersburg, 1796-1797.

Reinsberg-Düringsfeld, O. Freiherr von, Calendrier Belge. Brussels, 1861-1862.

Das festliche Jahr. Leipsic, 1863.

Fest-Kalender aus Böhmen. Prague, n.d., Preface dated 1861.

Hochzeitsbuch. Leipsic, 1871. See s.v. [Düringsfeld].

* Reiskius, Joh., Untersuchung des Notfeuers. Frankfort and Leipsic, 1696. (Quoted by J. Grimm, Deutsche Mythologie. Fourth Edition.)

“Relation de la Louisianne,” in Recueil de voyages au Nord, v. Amsterdam, 1734.

“Relation des Natchez,” in Recueil de Voyages au Nord, ix. Amsterdam, 1737.

Relations des Jésuites, 1626-1672. Canadian reprint. Quebec, 1858.

Remy, Jules, Ka Mooolelo Hawaii, Histoire de l'Archipel Havaiien. Paris and Leipsic, 1862.

Renan, E., Histoire du peuple d'Israel. Paris, 1893.

Marc-Aurèle et la Fin du Monde Antique. Paris, 1882.

Mission de Phénicie. Paris, 1864.

quoted by Ch. Vellay, Le culte et les fêtes d'Adonis-Thammouz.

Saint Paul. Paris, 1869.

Renan, E., et Berthelot, M., Correspondance. Paris, 1898.

Renouf, Sir P. Le Page, Lectures on the Origin and Growth of Religion. Second Edition. London, 1884.

“The Priestly Character of the Earliest Egyptian Civilisation,” in Proceedings of the Society of Biblical Archaeology, xii. (1890).

Rentsch, M., in R. Wuttke's Sächsische Volkshunde. Second Edition. Dresden, 1901.

“Report of a Route Survey by Pundit —— from Nepal to Lhasa,” etc., in Journal of the Royal Geographical Society, xxxviii. (1868).

Reports of the British Association for the Advancement of Science.

Reports of the Cambridge Anthropological Expedition to Torres Straits. Cambridge, 1904- .

Report of the International Polar Expedition to Point Barrow, Alaska. Washington, 1885.

Reports of the Smithsonian Institution. Washington.

Report of the United States National Museum for 1895.

Report (Fourth) of the Wellcome Tropical Research Laboratories, Gordon Memorial College, Khartoum.

Reports on the North-Western Tribes of Canada. In Reports of the British Association for the Advancement of Science.

Report on the Work of the Horn Scientific Expedition to Central Australia. London and Melbourne, 1896.

Report to the Secretary of War of the United States on Indian Affairs. Newhaven, 1822.

Respublica sive status regni Poloniae, Lituaniae, Prussiae, Livoniae, etc. Leyden (Elzevir), 1627.

Resurrezione, Numerico Unico del Sabato Santo. Florence, April 1906.

Retord, Mgr., in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, xxviii. (1856).

Revelation of St. John the Divine.

Reville, J., La Religion à Rome sous les Sévères. Paris, 1886.

Revon, Michel, Le Shintoïsme. Paris, 1907.

Revue Archéologique.

Revue Biblique Internationale. Published by the Dominicans of Jerusalem.

Revue Celtique.

Revue Coloniale Internationale.

Revue d'Ethnographie.

Revue d'Ethnographie et de Sociologie.

Revue d'Histoire et de Littérature religieuses.

Revue de l'Histoire des Religions.

Revue de Philologie.

Revue des Études Ethnographiques et Sociologiques.

Revue des Études grecques.

Revue des Questions Scientifiques.

Revue des traditions populaires.

Revue Scientifique.

Reyes y Florentino, De los, “Die religiösen Anschauungen der Ilocanen (Luzon),” in Mittheilungen der Kaiserlichen Königlichen Geographischen Gesellschaft in Wien, xxxi. (1888).

Reynolds, H., “Notes on the Azandé Tribe of the Congo,” in Journal of the African Society, No. xi. (April 1904).

Rhamm, K., “Der heidenische Gottesdienst des finnischen Stammes,” in Globus, lxvii. (1895).

“Der Verkehr der Geschlechter unter den Slaven in seinen gegensätzlichen Erscheinungen,” in Globus, lxxxii. (1902).

Rheinisches Museum für Philologie.

Rhetores Graeci. Ed. Chr. Walz. Stuttgart and Tübingen, 1832-1836.

Rhins, J. L. Dutreuil de, Mission scientifique dans la Haute Asie 1890-1895: Récit du Voyage. Paris, 1897.

Rhys, Sir John, “Celtae and Galli,” in Proceedings of the British Academy, ii. 1905-1906. London, n.d.

Celtic Folk-lore, Welsh and Manx. Oxford, 1901.

Celtic Heathendom. London and Edinburgh, 1888.

in Transactions of the Third International Congress for the History of Religion. Oxford, 1908.

“Manx Folk-lore and Superstitions,” in Folk-lore, ii. (1891), iii. (1892).

“Notes on the Coligny Calendar,” in Proceedings of the British Academy, 1909-1910, vol. iv.

“The Coligny Calendar,” in Proceedings of the British Academy, 1909-1910.

“Welsh Fairies,” in The Nineteenth Century, xxx. (July-December 1891).

Ribadeneira, P., Flos Sanctorum, cioè Vite de' Santi. Venice, 1763.

Ribbe, C., “Die Aru-Inseln,” in Festschrift des Vereins für Erdkunde zu Dresden. Dresden, 1888.

Zwei Jahre unter den Kannibalen der Salomo-Inseln. Dresden-Blasewitz, 1903.

Ricci, S. de, “Le calendrier Celtique de Coligny,” in Revue Celtique, xxi. (1900).

“Le calendrier Gaulois de Coligny,” in Revue Celtique, xix. (1898).

“Un passage remarquable du calendrier de Coligny,” in Revue Celtique, xxiv. (1903).

Richard, Jerome, “History of Tonquin,” in J. Pinkerton's Voyages and Travels, ix. London, 1811.

Richardson, J., A Dictionary of Persian, Arabic, and English. New Edition. London, 1829.

Richardson, James, Travels in the Great Desert of the Sahara. London, 1848.

Richardson, Rev. J., “Tanala Customs, Superstitions and Beliefs,” in The [pg 110]Antananarivo Annual and Madagascar Magazine, Reprint of the First Four Numbers. Antananarivo, 1885.

Richardson, R., in Panjab Notes and Queries, i. May 1884.

Richter, O., Topographie der Stadt Rom. Second Edition. Munich, 1902.

Rickard, Rev. R. H., quoted by Dr. George Brown, Melanesians and Polynesians. London, 1910.

Ridgeway, Professor W., in Academy, 10th May 1884.

Private communications (ii. 103 n. 3, ix. 353 n. 4).

in The Classical Review, x. (1896).

Paper read at Cambridge in 1911.

“Supplices of Aeschylus,” in Praelections delivered before the Senate of the University of Cambridge. Cambridge, 1906.

The Early Age of Greece. Cambridge, 1901.

The Origin and Influence of the Thoroughbred Horse. Cambridge, 1905.

“The Origin of Jewellery,” in Report of the British Association for 1903.

The Origin of Tragedy. Cambridge, 1910.

Ridley, Rev. William, in J. D. Lang's Queensland. London, 1861.

Kamilaroi and other Australian Languages. Second Edition. Sydney, 1875.

“Report on Australian Languages and Traditions,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, ii. (1873).

Riedel, J. G. F., “Alte Gebräuche bei Heirathen, Geburt und Sterbefällen bei dem Toumbuluh-Stamm in der Minahasa (Nord Selebes),” in Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie, viii. (1895).

“De landschappen Holontalo, Limoeto, Bone, Boalemo, en Kattinggola, of Andagile,” in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xix. (1869).

“De Minahasa in 1825,” in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xviii. (1872).

De sluik- en kroesharige rassen tusschen Selebes en Papua. The Hague, 1886.

“De Topantunuasu of oorspronkelijke Volksstammen van Central Selebes,” in Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië, xxxv. (1886).

“Die Landschaft Dawan oder West-Timor,” in Deutsche geographische Blätter, x.

“Galela und Tobeloresen,” in Zeitschrift für Ethnologie, xvii. (1885).

The Island of Flores. Reprinted from the Revue Coloniale Internationale.

Riggs, S. R., Dakota-English Dictionary. Washington, 1890. (Contributions to North American Ethnology, vol. vii.)

Dakota Grammar, Texts, and Ethnography. Washington, 1893. (Contributions to North American Ethnology, vol. ix.)

Rig-veda. Uebersetzt von H. Grassmann. Leipsic, 1876-77.

Translated by R. T. H. Griffiths. Benares, 1889-1892.

Kuhn's translation, quoted by J. V. Grohmann, Aberglauben und Gebräuche aus Böhmen und Mähren. Prague and Leipsic, 1864.

Rink, Henry, Tales and Traditions of the Eskimo. Translated from the Danish. Edinburgh and London, 1875.

“Riots and Unrest in the Punjab, from a Correspondent,” in The Times Weekly Edition, May 24, 1907.

Ris, H., “De onderafdeeling klein Mandailing Oeloe en Pahantan en hare Bevolking met uitzondering van de Oeloes,” in Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië, xlvi. (1896).

Risley, (Sir) H. H., The Tribes and Castes of Bengal: Ethnographic Glossary. Calcutta, 1891-1892.

Rites and Laws of the Yncas. Translated and edited by (Sir) Clements R. Markham. Hakluyt Society, London, 1873.

Ritter, C., Vergleichende Erdkunde von Arabien. Berlin, 1847.

Ritter, H., et Preller, L., Historia Philosophiae Graecae et Latinae ex fontium locis contexta. Editio Quinta. Gothae, 1875.

Rivers, Dr. W. H. R., The Todas. London, 1906.

“Totemism in Polynesia and Melanesia,” in Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute, xxxix. (1909).

Rivet, Dr., “Le Christianisme et les Indiens de la République de l'Équateur,” in L'Anthropologie, xvii. (1906).

Rivière, J., Contes populaires de la Kabylie du Djurdjura. Paris, 1882.

Rizzolati, Mgr., in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, xvi. (1844).

Robert, C., in Hermes, xxi. (1886).

Roberts, E. S., and Gardner, E. A., An Introduction to Greek Epigraphy. Cambridge, 1887-1905.

Robertson, Sir George Scott, The Kafirs of the Hindu Kush. London, 1896.

Robertson, Rev. James, in Sir John Sinclair's Statistical Account of Scotland, xi.

[Robinson, Alfred], Life in California. New York, 1846.

Robinson, C. H., Hausaland. London, 1896.

Robinson, Edward, Biblical Researches in Palestine. Third Edition. London, 1867.

Robinson, W., Descriptive Account of Assam. London and Calcutta, 1841.

Robinson, Captain W. C. Private communication (iv. 139 n. 1).

Rochefort, De, Histoire naturelle et morale des Iles Antilles de l'Amérique. Seconde Edition. Rotterdam, 1665.

Rochholz, C. L., Deutscher Glaube und Brauch. Berlin, 1867.

* Schweizersagen aus dem Aargau, referred to by A. Kuhn, Die Herabkunft des Feuers und des Göttertranks. Second Edition. Gütersloh, 1886.

Rochon, Abbé, Voyage to Madagascar and the East Indies. Translated from the French. London, 1792.

Rockhill, W. Woodville, “Notes on some of the Laws, Customs, and Superstitions of Korea,” in The American Anthropologist, iv. Washington, 1891.

The Land of the Lamas. London, 1891.

“Tibet, a Geographical, Ethnographical, and Historical Sketch, derived from Chinese Sources,” in Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society for 1891. London, 1891.

Roehl, H., Inscriptiones Graecae antiquissimae. Berlin, 1882.

Roepstorff, F. A. de, “Ein Geisterboot der Nicobaresen,” in Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft für Anthropologie, Ethnologie und Urgeschichte (1881).

“Tiomberombi, a Nicobar Tale” in Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, liii. (1884).

Roest, J. L. D. van der, “Uit het leven der Bevolking van Windessi,” in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xl. (1898).

Roger, M. le Baron, “Notice sur le Gouvernement, les Mœurs, et les Superstitions des Nègres du pays de Walo,” in Bulletin de la Société de Géographie, viii. Paris, 1827.

Rogers, Ch., Social Life in Scotland. Edinburgh, 1884-1886.

Rogers, R. W., Cuneiform Parallels to the Old Testament. Oxford, n.d. Preface dated 1911.

Rohde, Erwin, Psyche. Third Edition. Tübingen and Leipsic, 1903.

“Unedirte Luciansscholien, die attischen Thesmophorien und Haloen betreffend,” in Rheinisches Museum, N.F., xxv. (1870).

Rohlf, G., “Reise durch Nord-Afrika,” in Petermanns Mittheilungen, Ergänzungsheft, No. 25. Gotha, 1868.

Rolland, Eugène, Faune populaire de la France. Paris, 1877-1883.

Römer, Dr. R., “Bijdrage tot de Geneeskunst der Karo-Batak's,” in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, l. (1908).

Romilly, H. H., From my Verandah in New Guinea. London, 1889.

“The Islands of the New Britain Group,” in Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society, N.S., ix. (1887).

Romilly, H. H., and Brown, Rev. George, in Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society, N.S., ix. (1887).

Roos, S., “Bijdrage tot de Kennis van Taal, Land en Volk op het Eiland Soemba,” in Verhandelingen van het Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen, xxxvi. (1872).

Rosa, P., in Monumenti ed Annali pubblicati dall' Instituto di Corrispondenza Archeologica nel 1856.

Roscher, W. H., Apollon und Mars. Leipsic, 1873.

Ausführliches Lexikon der griechischen und römischen Mythologie. Leipsic, 1884- .

“Die enneadischen und hebdomadischen Fristen und Wochen der ältesten Griechen,” in Abhandlungen der philologisch-historischen Klasse der Königlichen Sächsischen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, xxi. No. 4 (1903).

“Die Legende vom Tode des grossen Pan,” in Fleckeisen's Jahrbücher für classische Philologie, xxxviii. (1892).

Juno und Hera. Leipsic, 1875.

Nachträge zu meiner Schrift über Selene. Leipsic, 1895.

Über Selene und Verwandtes. Leipsic, 1890.

Roscoe, Rev. John, “Kibuka, the War God of the Baganda,” in Man, vii. (1907).

“Notes on the Manners and Customs of the Baganda,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxxi. (1901).

“Further Notes on the Manners and Customs of the Baganda,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxxii. (1902).

“Notes on the Bageshu,” in Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute, xxxix. (1909).

The Baganda. London, 1911.

“The Bahima, a Cow Tribe of Enkole in the Uganda Protectorate,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxxvii. (1907).

Also in many private communications to the Author.

Roscoe, William, Life and Pontificate of Leo the Tenth. Third Edition. London, 1827.

Rose, Cowper, Four Years in Southern Africa. London, 1829.

Rose, H. A., in Folk-lore, xiii. (1902).

“Hindu Birth Observances in the Punjab,” in Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute, xxxvii. (1907).

“Note on Female Tattooing in the Panjâb,” in Indian Antiquary, xxxi. (1902).

Report, in Census of India, 1901, vol. xvii. Punjab, Part I. Simla, 1902.

Rose, H. A. [J. A.], “Unlucky and Lucky Children, and some Birth Superstitions,” in Indian Antiquary, xxxi. (1902).

Rosenberg, H. von, Der Malayische Archipel. Leipsic, 1878.

Ross, Alexander, Adventures of the First Settlers on the Oregon or Columbia River. London, 1849.

Ross, L., “Inschriften von Cypern,” in Rheinisches Museum, N.F. vii. (1850).

Reisen nach Kos, Halikarnassos, Rhodes und der Insel Cypern. Halle, 1852.

Wanderungen in Griechenland. Halle, 1851.

Rossbach, O., in Verhandlungen der vierzigsten Versammlung deutscher Philologen und Schulmänner in Görlitz. Leipsic, 1890.

Rostowski, S., quoted by A. Brückner, Archiv für slavische Philologie, ix. (1886).

Roth, H. Ling, Great Benin. Halifax, England, 1903.

“Low's Natives of Borneo,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxi. (1892), xxii (1893).

The Aborigines of Tasmania. London, 1890.

The Natives of Sarawak and British North Borneo. London, 1896.

Roth, Walter E., Ethnological Studies among the North-West-Central Queensland Aborigines. Brisbane and London, 1897.

North Queensland Ethnography, Bulletin No. 5, Superstition, Magic, and Medicine. Brisbane, 1903.

Rouffaer, G. P., “Matjan Gadoengan,” in Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië, l. (1899).

Rouse, Denham, in Folk-lore, vii. (1889).

Rouse, W. H. D., “Folk-lore from the Southern Sporades,” in Folk-lore, x. (1899).

Greek Votive Offerings. Cambridge, 1902.

“May-Day in Cheltenham,” in Folk-lore, iv. (1893).

“Notes from Syria,” in Folk-lore, vi. (1895).

Private communications to the Author (i. 15 n. 3, vii. 208 n. 1).

Routledge, W. Scoresby, and Routledge, Katherine, With a Prehistoric People, the Akikuyu of British East Africa. London, 1910.

* Roux, M. E., Aux sources de l'Irraouaddi, d'Hanoi à Calcutta par terre, Troisième partie, quoted in Le Tour du Monde, iii. Paris, 1897.

Rowley, Rev. Henry, Twenty Years in Central Africa. London, n.d.

Royal Geographical Society, Supplementary Papers.

Rubensohn, O., Die Mysterienheiligtümer in Eleusis and Samothrake. Berlin, 1892.

Rubruquis, William de, “Travels into Tartary and China,” in J. Pinkerton's Voyages and Travels, vol. vii.

“Rudhirádhyáyă, The, or Sanguinary Chapter.” Translated from the Calica Puran by W. C. Blaquiere, in Asiatick Researches, v. London, 1807.

Runge, H., “Volksglaube in der Schweiz,” in Zeitschrift für deutsche Mythologie und Sittenkunde, iv. (1859).

Russeger, J., Reisen in Europa, Asien, und Afrika. Stuttgart, 1844.

Russell, F., “The Pima Indians,” in Twenty-Sixth Annual Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology. Washington, 1908.

Russell, R. V., Report, in Census of India, 1901, vol. xiii. Central Provinces, Part I. Nagpur, 1902.

Russwurm, C., “Aberglaube aus Russland,” in Zeitschrift für deutsche Mythologie und Sittenkunde, iv. (1859).

Rutherford, E., Radio-active Substances and their Radiations. Cambridge, 1913.

Ruys, Th. H., “Bezoek an den Kannibalenstam van Noord Nieuw-Guinea,” in Tijdschrift van het Koninklijk Nederlandsch Aardrijkskundig Genootschap, Tweede Serie, xxiii. (1906).

Sabir, C. de, “Quelques notes sur les Manègres,” in Bulletin de la Société de Géographie (Paris), 5ème Série, i. (1861).

Sacred Books of China. Translated by James Legge. Part iii. The Lî-Kî. (Sacred Books of the East, vol. xxvii. Oxford, 1885.)

Sacred Books of the East, The. Edited by F. Max Müller. Oxford, 1879-1910.

* Saga-Book, of the Viking Club, London.

Sagas from the Far East, or Kalmouk and Mongolian Traditionary Tales. London, 1873.

Sagard, F. Gabriel, Le Grand Voyage du pays des Hurons. Nouvelle Édition. Librairie Tross, Paris, 1865.

Sahagun, Bernardino de, Histoire générale des choses de la Nouvelle-Espagne. Traduite par D. Jourdanet et R. Siméon. Paris, 1880.

Aztec text of Book II., translated by Professor E. Seler, “Altmexicanische Studien, ii.,” in Veröffentlichungen aus dem Königlichen Museum für Völkerkunde, vi. 2/4 Heft. Berlin, 1899.

St. Ambrose, Sermones, in Migne's Patrologia Latina, xvii.

St. Clair, Henry R., quoted by Andrew Lang, Modern Mythology.

[S. Clemens Romanus], Recognitiones. Ed. E. G. Gersdorf. Also in Migne's Patrologia Graeca, i.

St. Cricq, De, “Voyage du Pérou au Brésil par les fleuves Ucayali et Amazone, Indiens Conibos,” in Bulletin de la Société de Géographie (Paris), 4ème Série, vi. (1853).

St. James, The Epistle of.

St. John, The Gospel of.

St. John, Bayle, Travels of an Arab Merchant in Soudan. Abridged from the French. London, 1854.

St. John, H. C., Notes and Sketches from the Wild Coasts of Nipon. Edinburgh, 1880.

“The Ainos,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, ii. (1873).

St. John, R. F. St. Andrew, “A Short Account of the Hill Tribes of North Aracan,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, ii. (1873).

St. John, Spenser, Life in the Forests of the Far East. Second Edition. London, 1863.

St. Luke, The Gospel of.

St. Mark, The Gospel of.

S. Martinus Dumiensis, Bishop of Braga, De Pascha, in Migne's Patrologia Latina, lxxii.

St. Matthew, The Gospel of.

S. Sophronius, “SS. Cyri et Joannis Miracula,” in Migne's Patrologia Graeca, lxxxvii. Pars Tertia.

Saintyves, P., “Le Renouvellement du Feu Sacré,” in Revue des Traditions Populaires, xxvii. (1912).

Salle, Laisnel de la, Croyances et légendes du centre de la France. Paris, 1875.

Sallustius philosophus, “De diis et mundo,” in Fragmenta Philosophorum Graecorum. Ed. F. G. A. Mullach.

Salvado, R., Mémoires historiques sur l'Australie. Paris, 1854.

Samter, E., Familienfeste der Griechen und Römer. Berlin, 1901.

Samuel, The first Book of.

Samuel, The second Book of.

San Marte (A. Schulz), Die Arthur-Sage. Quedlinburg and Leipsic, 1842.

Sandberg, G., Tibet and the Tibetans. London, 1906.

Sanderval, Olivier de, De l'Atlantique au Niger par la Foutah-Djallon. Paris, 1883.

Sangermano, Father, Description of the Burmese Empire. Reprinted at Rangoon, 1885.

Sapper, Dr. C., “Beiträge zur Ethnographie des südlichen Mittelamerika,” in Petermanns Mitteilungen, xlvii. (1901).

“Die Gebräuche und religiösen Anschauungen der Kekchí-Indianer,” in Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie, viii. (1895).

“Ein Besuch bei den Guatusos in Costarica,” in Globus, lxxvi. (1899).

“Mittelamericanische Caraiben,” in Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie, x. (1897).

Sartori, P., “Glockensagen und Glockenaberglaube,” in Zeitschrift des Vereins für Volkskunde, vii. (1897).

“Über das Bauopfer,” in Zeitschrift für Ethnologie, xxx. (1898).

Satapatha-Brâhmana, The. Translated by Julius Eggeling. Oxford, 1882-1900. (Sacred Books of the East, vols. xii., xxvi., xli., xliii., xliv.)

Sauvé, L. F., Le Folk-lore des Hautes-Vosges. Paris, 1889.

Sawyer, F. E., “S. Swithin and Rain-makers,” in The Folk-lore Journal, i. (1883).

Saxo Grammaticus, Historia Danica. Ed. P. E. Müller. Copenhagen, 1839-1858.

Saxo Grammaticus, The First Nine Books of the Danish History of. Translated by O. Elton. London, 1894.

Sayce, Professor A. H., Lectures on the Religion of the Ancient Babylonians. London and Edinburgh, 1887.

The Hittites. Third Edition. London, 1903.

“The Hittite Inscriptions,” in Recueil de Travaux relatifs à la Philologie et à l'Archéologie Égyptiennes et Assyriennes, xiv. (1893).

in W. Wright's Empire of the Hittites. Second Edition. London, 1886.

Schabelski, A., “Voyage aux colonies russes de l'Amérique,” in Bulletin de la Société de Géographie (Paris), 2ème Série, iv. (1835).

Schadee, M. C., “Bijdrage tot de kennis van den godsdienst der Dajaks van Landak en Tajan,” in Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië, lvi. (1904).

“Het familieleven en familierecht der Dajaks van Landak en Tajan,” in Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië, lxiii. (1910).

Schadenberg, A., “Beiträge zur Kenntniss der im Innern Nordluzons lebenden Stämme,” in Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft für Anthropologie, Ethnologie und Urgeschichte (1888), bound with Zeitschrift für Ethnologie, xx. (1888); and in Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft für Anthropologie, Ethnologie and Urgeschichte (1889), bound with Zeitschrift für Ethnologie, xxi. (1889).

“Die Bewohner von Süd-Mindanao und der Insel Samal,” in Zeitschrift für Ethnologie, xvii. (1885).

Schäfer, H., Die Mysterien des Osiris in Abydos. Leipsic, 1904.

Schandein, L., in Bavaria, Landes- und Volkskunde des Königreichs Bayern. Munich, 1860-1867.

Schanz, M., Geschichte der römischen Literatur. Second Edition. Munich, 1898.

Scheffer, J., Lapponia. Frankfort, 1673.

Upsalia. Upsala, 1666.

Schell, O., “Einige Bemerkungen über den Mond im heutigen Glauben des bergischen Volkes,” in Am Urquell, v. (1894).

Schellong, O., “Das Barlum-fest der Gegend Finschhafens,” in Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie, ii. (1889).

“Über Familienleben und Gebräuche der Papuas der Umgebung von Finschhafen,” in Zeitschrift für Ethnologie, xxi. (1889).

Scherzer, K., “Die Indianer von Santa Catalina Istlávacana (Frauenfuss), ein Beitrag zur Culturgeschichte der Urbewohner Central-Amerikas,” in Sitzungsberichte der philosophischen-historischen Classe der kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften, xviii. Vienna, 1856.

Scheube, B., “Der Baerencultus und die Baerenfeste der Ainos,” in Mittheilungen der Deutschen Gesellschaft bei Süd und Süd-Ostasiens, Heft xxii. Yokohama.

Die Ainos. Reprinted from Mittheilungen der Deutschen Gesellschaft bei Süd und Süd-Ostasiens. Yokohama.

Schickard, quoted by Lagarde, “Purim,” in Abhandlungen der Königlichen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Göttingen, xxxiv. (1887).

Schiefner, Anton, Awarische Texte. St. Petersburg, 1873.

Heldensagen der Minussinschen Tataren. St. Petersburg, 1859.

Schiefner, F. Anton von, Tibetan Tales. Done into English from the German, with an introduction by W. R. S. Ralston. London, 1882.

Schinz, H., Deutsch-Südwest-Afrika. Oldenburg and Leipsic, n.d., preface dated 1891.

Schlegel, G., “La fête de fouler le feu célébrée en Chine et par les Chinois à Java,” in Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie, ix. (1896).

Uranographie Chinoise. The Hague and Leyden, 1875.

Schleicher, August, Litauische Märchen, Sprichwörter, Rätsel und Lieder. Weimar, 1857.

“Lituanica,” in Sitzungsberichte der philosophischen-historischen Classe der Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften, xi. Vienna, 1853, published 1854.

Volkstümliches aus Sonnenberg. Weimar, 1858.

Schleiden, M. J., Das Salz. Leipsic, 1875.

Schlich, Dr. W., Manual of Forestry, vol. iv. Forest Protection, by W. R. Fisher, M.A. Second Edition. London, 1907.

Schlömann, “Die Malepa in Transvaal,” in Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft für Anthropologie, Ethnologie und Urgeschichte (1894).

Schloss, Francis S., in letter to the Author (vi. 136 n. 4).

Schlossar, A., “Volksmeinung und Volksaberglaube aus der Deutschen Steiermark,” in Germania, N.R., xxiv. (1891).

Schmeltz, J. D. E., “Das Pflugfest in China,” in Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie, xi. (1898).

Das Schwirrholz. Hamburg, 1896.

Schmid, Von, “Het Kakihansch Verbond op het eiland Ceram,” in Tijdschrift voor Neêrlands Indië, deel ii. Batavia, 1843.

Schmidt, A., Handbuch der griechischen Chronologie. Jena, 1888.

Schmidt, Bernhard, Das Volksleben der Neugriechen. Leipsic, 1871.

Griechische Märchen, Sagen und Volkslieder. Leipsic, 1877.

Schmidt, George, Moravian Missionary in 1737, quoted by Theophilus Hahn, in Tsuni-Goam, the Supreme Being of the Khoi-Khoi. London, 1881.

Schmidt, K., Jus primae noctis. Freiburg im Breisgau, 1881.

Schmidt, P. W., “Ethnographisches von Berlinhafen, Deutsch-Neu-Guinea,” in Mittheilungen der Anthropologischen Gesellschaft in Wien, xxx. (1899).

Schmidt, Van, “Aanteekeningen nopens de zeden, gewoonten en gebruiken, benevens de vooroordeelen en bijgelovigheden der bevolking van de eilanden Saparoea, Haroekoe, Noessa Laut, en van een gedeelte van de zuidkust van Ceram,” in Tijdschrift voor Neêrlands Indië. Batavia, 1843.

Schmidt, W., Das Jahr und seine Tage in Meinung und Brauch der Romänen Siebenbürgens. Hermannstadt, 1866.

Schmiedel, Professor P., in notes sent to Dr. J. S. Black (iv. 261 n. 1).

Schmitz, J. H., Sitten und Sagen, Lieder, Sprüchwörter und Räthsel des Eifler Volkes. Trèves, 1856-1858.

* Schneider, Zacharias, Leipziger Chronik, cited by K. Schwenk, Die Mythologie der Slaven, and by Fr. Kauffmann, Balder.

Schneller, Christian, Märchen und Sagen aus Wälschtirol. Innsbruck, 1867.

Scholia Graeca in Aristophanem. Ed. Fr. Dübner. Paris (Didot), 1877.

Scholia in Caesaris Germanici Aratea. Ed. Fr. Eyssenhardt, in his edition of Martianus Capella. Leipsic, 1866.

Scholia in Lucianum. Ed. H. Rabe. Leipsic, 1906.

Scholia in Euripidem. Ed. Edvardus Schwartz. Berlin, 1887-1891.

Scholia in Homeri Iliadem. Ex recensione Immanuelis Bekkeri. Berlin, 1825.

Scholia in Pindarum. Ed. Aug. Boeckh. Leipsic, 1819.

Scholia in Sophoclis Tragoedias vetera. Ed. P. N. Papageorgius. Leipsic, 1888.

Scholia in Theocritum, Nicandrum et Oppianum. Ed. Fr. Dübner et U. Cats Bussemaker. Paris (Didot), 1849.

Scholiast on—

Apollonius Rhodius, Argonautica. Ed. Aug. Wellauer.

Aristides. Ed. G. Dindorf.

Panathenaicus.

Aristophanes, Acharnenses.

Birds.

Clouds.

Ecclesiazusae.

Frogs.

Knights.

Peace.

Plutus.

Thesmophoriazusae.

Callimachus. (Callimachea, vol. i. Edidit O. Schneider. Leipsic, 1870-1873.)

Clement of Alexandria, quoted by Chr. Aug. Lobeck, Aglaophamus. Königsberg, 1829.

Demosthenes.

Euripides, Hippolytus.

Medea.

Orestes.

Phoenissae.

Hesiod, Works and Days. Ed. E. Vollbehr. Kiel, 1844.

Homer, Iliad.

Lucian, Dialogi Meretricii.

Jupiter Tragoedus.

Nicander, Alexipharmaca.

Theriaca.

Oppianus, Halieutica.

Ovid, Ibis.

Persius, Satires. Ed. O. Jahn.

Pindar, Isthmia.

Olympia.

Pythia.

Plato, Gorgias.

Republic.

Theaetetus.

Sophocles, Antigone.

Oedipus Coloneus.

Theocritus.

Thucydides. Ed. Didot.

* Scholiastes Veronensis, on Virgil.

Schömann, G. F., Griechische Alterthümer. Fourth Edition. Berlin, 1897-1902.

Schomburgk, Sir R., Reisen in Britisch-Guiana. Leipsic, 1847-1848.

in Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft für Anthropologie, Ethnologie und Urgeschichte, 1879.

Schön, J. F., and Crowther, S., Journals. London, 1848.

* Schönwerth, F., Aus der Oberpfalz, cited by Adalbert Kuhn, in Mythologische Studien. Gütersloh, 1912.

Schoolcraft, Henry R., Indian Tribes of the United States. Philadelphia, 1853-1856.

Notes on the Iroquois. Albany, 1847.

Onéota, or Characteristics of the Red Race of America. New York and London, 1845.

The American Indians, their History, Condition, and Prospects. Buffalo, 1851.

Schott, “Ueber die Sage von Geser-Chan,” in Abhandlungen der Königlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin (1851).

Schott, Arthur und Albert, Walachische Maehrchen. Stuttgart and Tübingen, 1845.

Schrader, E., Die Keilinschriften und das Alte Testament. Dritte Auflage, neu bearbeitet von H. Zimmern und H. Winckler. Berlin, 1902.

Schrader, Otto, s.v. “Aryan Religion,” in Dr. J. Hastings's Encyclopaedia of Religion and Ethics, ii. Edinburgh, 1909.

Reallexikon der indogermanischen Altertumskunde. Strasburg, 1901.

Sprachvergleichung und Urgeschichte. Second Edition. Jena, 1890.

Third Edition. Jena, 1905-1907.

Schreiber, Th., Apollon Pythoktonos. Leipsic, 1879.

Schrenck, L. von, Reisen und Forschungen im Amur-lande, vol. iii. Part i. Die Völker des Amur-Landes. St. Petersburg, 1891.

Schroeder, L. v., Die Hochzeitsbräuche der Esten. Berlin, 1888.

“Lihgo (Refrain der lettischen Sonnwendlieder),” in Mitteilungen der Anthropologischen Gesellschaft in Wien, xxxii. (1902).

Schuchhardt, C., Schliemann's Ausgrabungen. Second Edition. Leipsic, 1891.

Schudt, J. J., Jüdische Merkwürdigkeiten. Frankfort and Leipsic, 1714.

Schulenburg, Wilibald von, “Volkskundliche Mittheilungen aus der Mark,” in Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft für Anthropologie, Ethnologie und Urgeschichte (1896).

Wendische Volkssagen und Gebräuche aus dem Spreewald. Leipsic, 1880.

Wendisches Volksthum. Berlin, 1882.

Schuller, J. K., Das Todaustragen und der Muorlef, ein Beitrag zur Kunde sächsischer Sitte und Sage in Siebenbürgen. Hermannstadt, 1861.

Schulze, “Ueber Ceram und seine Bewohner,” in Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft für Anthropologie, Ethnologie, und Urgeschichte (1877).

Schürmann, C. W., “The Aboriginal Tribes of Port Lincoln,” in Native Tribes of South Australia. Adelaide, 1879.

Schurtz, H., Altersklassen und Männerbünde. Berlin, 1902.

Schuyler, E., Turkistan. London, 1876.

Schwally, Fr., Semitische Kriegsaltertümer. Leipsic, 1901.

Schwaner, C. A. L. M., Borneo, Beschrijving van het stroomgebied van den Barito. Amsterdam, 1853-1854.

Schwarz, B., Kamerun. Leipsic, 1886.

Schwartz, F. L. W., Der Ursprung der Mythologie. Berlin, 1860.

Schwegler, A., Römische Geschichte. Tübingen, 1853-1858.

Schweinfurth, G., The Heart of Africa. Third Edition. London, 1878.

Schweizerisches Archiv für Volkskunde.

Scotsman, The.

Scott, Rev. David Clement, A Cyclopaedic Dictionary of the Mang'anja Language spoken in British Central Africa. Edinburgh, 1892.

Scott, (Sir) J. G., and Hardiman, J. P., Gazetteer of Upper Burma and the Shan States. Rangoon, 1900-1901.

Scott, Sir Walter, Journal. First Edition. Edinburgh, 1890.

Letters on Demonology and Witchcraft. London, 1884.

Peveril of the Peak.

The Pirate.

Scriptores Rei Rusticae Veteres Latini. Ed. J. G. Schneider. Leipsic, 1794-1796.

Scriptores rerum Livonicarum. Riga and Leipsic, 1848.

Scriptores rerum mirabilium Graeci. Ed. A. Westermann. Brunswick, 1839.

Scriptores rerum mythicarum Latini tres Romae nuper reperti (commonly referred to as Mythographi Vaticani). Ed. G. H. Bode. Cellis, 1834.

Scriviner, G., in E. M. Curr's The Australian Race.

Scymnus Chius, Orbis descriptio, in Geographi Graeci Minores, ed. C. Müller, vol. i.

Sébillot, Paul, Contes populaires de la Haute-Bretagne. Paris, 1885.

Coutumes populaires de la Haute-Bretagne. Paris, 1886.

“La Fête des Rois,” in Revue des Traditions populaires, iii. (1888).

Le Folk-lore de France. Paris, 1904-1907.

Légendes, Croyances et Superstitions de la Mer. Paris, 1886.

Traditions et superstitions de la Haute-Bretagne. Paris, 1882.

Sechefo, J., “The Twelve Lunar Months among the Basuto,” in Anthropos, iv. (1909).

Seeman, B., Viti, an Account of a Government Mission to the Vitian or Fijian Islands in the Years 1860-1862. Cambridge, 1862.

* Ségonzac, De, Voyage au Maroc, quoted by E. Doutté, Magie et Religion dans l'Afrique du Nord.

Seidel, H., “Der Yew'e Dienst im Togolande,” in Zeitschrift für afrikanische und oceanischen Sprachen, iii. (1897).

“Ethnographisches aus Nordost Kamerun,” in Globus, lxix. (1896).

“Krankheit, Tod, und Begräbnis bei den Togonegern,” in Globus, lxxii. (1897).

Seidlitz, N. von, “Die Abchasen,” in Globus, lxvi. (1894).

Seidlitz, R. von, “Der Selbstmord bei den Tschuktschen,” in Globus, lix. (1891).

Seifart, K., Sagen, Märchen, Schwänke und Gebräuche aus Stadt und Stift Hildesheim. Zweite Auflage. Hildesheim, 1889.

* Sei-I Kwai Medical Journal. See s.v. [Hall, Dr. C. H. H.]

Seland or Seeland, Dr., abstract of a Russian work on the Gilyaks by, in Archiv für Anthropologie, xxvi. (1900).

Selden, J., De dis Syris. Leipsic, 1668.

Seler, Professor Eduard, “Altmexicanische Studien,” in Veröffentlichungen aus dem Königlichen Museum für Völkerkunde. Berlin, 1890, 1899.

“The Mexican Chronology,” in Bureau of American Ethnology, Bulletin No. 28. Washington, 1904.

Seleucus, quoted by Athenaeus, iv. 42.

Seligmann, Dr. C. G., “Ancient Egyptian Beliefs in Modern Egypt,” in Essays and Studies presented to William Ridgeway. Cambridge, 1913.

s.v. “Dinka,” in Encyclopaedia of Religion and Ethics, vol. iv. Edited by J. Hastings, D.D. Edinburgh, 1911.

in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxix. (1899).

in letters and manuscripts sent to the Author (iv. 17 n. 3, 21 n. 1, 22 n. 1, 23 n. 1, 30 nn. 1 and 2, vi. 161 n. 2).

in Reports of the Cambridge Anthropological Expedition to Torres Straits, v. Cambridge, 1904.

The Cult of Nyakang and the Divine Kings of the Shilluk. Khartoum, 1911. Reprinted from the Fourth Report of the Wellcome Tropical Research Laboratories, Gordon Memorial College, Khartoum.

“The Medicine, Surgery, and Midwifery of the Sinaugolo,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxxii. (1902).

The Melanesians of British New Guinea. Cambridge, 1910.

Seligmann, C. G., and Murray, Margaret A., “Note upon an Early Egyptian Standard,” in Man, xi. (1911).

Sellin, Dr. E., “Tell Ta'annek,” in Denkschriften der kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften, Philosophisch-historische Klasse, l. Vienna, 1904.

Semper, C., Die Philippinen und ihre Bewohner. Würzburg, 1869.

Semper, K., Die Palau-Inseln im Stillen Ocean. Leipsic, 1873.

Seneca, Opera. Ed. Fr. Haase. Leipsic, 1877-1881.

Tragoediae. Ed. J. C. Schröder. Delft, 1728.

Agamemnon.

De Ira.

Epistulae.

Hippolytus.

Naturales Quaestiones.

quoted by Augustine, De civitate Dei.

Senfft, A., “Die Rechtssitten der Jap-Eingeborenen,” in Globus, xci. (1907).

“Ethnographische Beiträge über die Karolineninsel Yap,” in Petermanns Mitteilungen, xlix. (1903).

Sepp, Professor Dr., Altbayerischer Sagenschatz. Munich, 1876.

Die Religion der alten Deutschen. Munich, 1890.

Servant, Father, “Notice sur la Nouvelle Zélande,” in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, xv. (1843).

Servius, Commentarii in Virgilium. Ed. H. A. Lion. Göttingen, 1826.

Ed. G. Thilo and H. Hagen. Leipsic, 1881- .

Sessions, F., “Some Syrian Folklore Notes,” in Folk-lore, ix. (1898).

Sextus Empiricus. Ed. Im. Bekker. Berlin, 1842.

Shakespear, Lieut.-Colonel J., “The Kuki-Lushai Clans,” in Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute, xxxix. (1909).

The Lushei Kuki Clans. London, 1912.

Shakespeare, Henry V.

Macbeth.

“Shamanism in Siberia and European Russia,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxiv. (1895).

Shaw, Barnabas, Memorials of South Africa. London, 1840.

Shaw, G. A., “The Betsileo,” in The Antananarivo Annual and Madagascar Magazine. Reprint of the First Four Numbers. Antananarivo, 1885.

Shaw, Rev. Mr., quoted by Thomas Pennant in his “Tour in Scotland, 1769,” printed in J. Pinkerton's Voyages and Travels, iii. London, 1909.

Shaw, Thomas, “On the Inhabitants of the Hills near Rajamahall,” in Asiatic Researches, vol. iv. London, 1807.

Sheane, J. H. West, “Wemba Warpaths,” in Journal of the African Society, No. xli. (October 1911).

Shelford, R., “Two Medicine-Baskets from Sarawak,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxxiii. (1903).

* Sherring, M. A., Hindu Tribes and Castes, cited by H. A. Rose, in Indian Antiquary, xxxi. (1902).

Shetland News, February 1st, 1913.

Shooter, Rev. Joseph, The Kafirs of Natal and the Zulu Country. London, 1857.

Shortland, Edward, Maori Religion and Mythology. London, 1882.

The Southern Districts of New Zealand. London, 1851.

Traditions and Superstitions of the New Zealanders. Second Edition. London, 1856.

Shortt, J., “The Bayadère or Dancing-girls of Southern India,” in Memoirs of the Anthropological Society of London, iii. (1867-1869).

Sibree, Rev. J., “Curiosities of Words connected with Royalty and Chieftainship,” Antananarivo Annual and Madagascar Magazine, No. xi. (1887).

“Divination among the Malagasy,” in Folk-lore, iii. (1892).

in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxi. (1892).

Madagascar and its People. London, [1870].

“Remarkable Ceremonial at the Decease and Burial of a Betsileo Prince,” in Antananarivo Annual, No. xxii. (1898), quoted by A. van Gennep, Tabou et totémisme à Madagascar.

The Great African Island. London, 1880.

Sibthorp, in R. Walpole's Memoirs relating to European and Asiatic Turkey. London, 1817.

Siebold, H. von, Ethnologische Studien über die Aino auf der Insel Yesso. Berlin, 1881.

Siebs, Th., “Das Saterland,” in Zeitschrift für Volkskunde, iii. (1893).

Silius Italicus, Punica. Ed. J. C. T. Ernesti. Leipsic, 1791-1792.

Simmons, Rev. E. Z., “Idols and Spirits,” in Chinese Recorder and Missionary Journal, xix. (1888).

Simons, F. A., “An Exploration of the Goajira Peninsula, U.S. of Colombia,” in Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society, N.S., vii. (1885).

Simpson, William, The Buddhist Praying Wheel. London, 1896.

Also in a private communication to the Author (iii. 125 n. 3)

Simrock, K., Die Edda. Eighth Edition. Stuttgart, 1882.

Handbuch der deutschen Mythologie. Fifth Edition. Bonn, 1878.

Simson, Alfred, in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, vii. (1878).

“Notes on the Jivaros and Canelos Indians,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, ix. (1880).

Travels in the Wilds of Ecuador. London, 1887.

Sinclair, Sir John, Statistical Account of Scotland. Edinburgh, 1791-1799.

Singleton, Miss A. H., in letters to the Author (viii. 320 n. 1, xi. 192 n. 1).

“Sitten und Gebräuche in Duderstadt,” in Zeitschrift für deutsche Mythologie und Sittenkunde, ii. (1855).

Sitzungsberichte der Königlichen Bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu München.

Sitzungsberichte der Königlichen Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin.

Sitzungsberichte der mathematischen-naturwissenschaftlichen Klasse der Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften. Vienna.

Sitzungsberichte der philosophischen-historischen Classe der Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften. Vienna.

Sitzungsberichte der philosophischen-philologischen und historischen Classe der Königlichen Bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu München.

Six, J., “Die Eriphyle des Polygnot,” in Mittheilungen des Kaiserlich Deutschen Archaeologischen Instituts, Athenische Abtheilung, xix. (1894).

Skeat, W. W., Etymological Dictionary of the English Language. Oxford, 1910.

Skeat, W. W., Malay Magic. London, 1900.

“Snakestones and Stone Thunderbolts,” in Folk-lore, xxiii. (1912).

Skeat, W. W., and Blagden, C. O., Pagan Races of the Malay Peninsula. London, 1906.

Skene, W. F., Celtic Scotland. 1876-1880.

Skinner, Principal J., Introduction to Kings, in The Century Bible, on 1 Kings xiv. 23.

Sleeman, Major-General Sir W. H., Rambles and Recollections of an Indian Official. New Edition. Westminster, 1893.

Sleigh, Mr., of Lifu, quoted by Prof. E. B. Tylor, in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxviii. (1898).

Smet, J. de, in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, xi. (1838), xiv. (1842), xv. (1843).

Voyages aux Montagnes Rocheuses. Nouvelle Edition. Paris and Brussels, 1873.

Smet, P. J. de, Western Missions and Missionaries. New York, 1863.

Smith, A. H., “Illustrations to Bacchylides,” in Journal of Hellenic Studies, xviii. (1898).

Smith, Mrs. E. A., “Myths of the Iroquois,” in Second Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology. Washington, 1883.

Smith, E. R., The Araucanians. London, 1855.

Smith, George Adam, s.v. “Bethlehem,” in Encyclopaedia Biblica, i.

Historical Geography of the Holy Land. London, 1894.

Smith, Prof. G. C. Moore, in letter to the Author (viii. 329 n. 1).

Smith, G. H., “Some Betsimisaraka Superstitions,” in The Antananarivo Annual and Madagascar Magazine, No. 10 (Christmas, 1886).

Smith, (Sir) Henry Babington, in Folk-lore, v. (1894).

Smith, J., Trade and Travels in the Gulph of Guinea. London, 1851.

Smith, Mrs. James, The Booandik Tribe. Adelaide, 1880.

Smith, W., Dictionary of Greek and Roman Antiquities. Third Edition. London, 1890-1891.

Dictionary of Greek and Roman Geography. London, 1873.

Smith, W., and Cheetham, S., Dictionary of Christian Antiquities. London, 1875-1880.

Smith, W. Robertson, “Animal Worship and Animal Tribes,” in Journal of Philology, ix. (1880).

“Ctesias and the Semiramis Legend,” in English Historical Review, ii. (1887).

Kinship and Marriage in Early Arabia. Cambridge, 1885. New Edition. London, 1903.

Lectures on the Religion of the Semites. Second Edition. London, 1894.

“Sacrifice,” in Encyclopaedia Britannica. Ninth Edition, vol. xxi. 1886.

The Old Testament in the Jewish Church. Second Edition. London and Edinburgh, 1892.

The Prophets of Israel. Second Edition. London, 1902.

Also in private communications to the Author (i. 301 n. 2, iii. 77 n. 1, 96 n. 1, v. 10 n. 1, vii. 259 n. 1, viii. 27 n. 5, 251 n. 5, 280 n.).

Smyth, R. Brough, The Aborigines of Victoria. Melbourne and London, 1878.

Smyth, W., and Lowe, F., Narrative of a Journey from Lima to Para. London, 1836.

Socrates, Historia Ecclesiastica, in Migne's Patrologia Graeca, lxvii.

Soddy, F., The Interpretation of Radium. Third Edition. London, 1912.

Söderblom, N., La Vie Future d'après le Mazdéisme. Paris, 1901.

Les Fravashis. Paris, 1899.

Soleillet, Paul, L'Afrique Occidentale. Paris, 1877.

Solinus, Collectanea. Ed. Th. Mommsen. Berlin, 1864.

Solms-Laubach, Graf zu, “Die Herkunft, Domestication und Verbreitung des gewöhnlichen Feigenbaums (Ficus Carica, L.),” in Abhandlungen der Königlichen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Göttingen, xxviii. (1882).

Solomon, V., “Extracts from Diaries kept in Car Nicobar,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxxii. (1902).

Somerville, B. T., “Notes on some Islands of the New Hebrides,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxiii. (1894).

Somerville, Professor William, of Oxford. Private communications to the Author (ii. 328 n. 4, vii. 193 n.).

Sommer, E., Sagen, Märchen und Gebräuche aus Sachsen und Thüringen. Halle, 1846.

Sonnerat, Voyage aux Indes orientales et à la Chine. Paris, 1782.

Sonnini, C. S., Travels in Upper and Lower Egypt. Translated from the French. London, 1800.

Sopater, in Rhetores Graeci. Ed. Chr. Walz.

Sophocles, Plays and Fragments, in Poetae Scenici Graeci, ed. G. Dindorf, London, 1869. Ed. R. C. Jebb. Cambridge, 1892-1900.

Ajax.

Antigone.

Electra.

Oedipus Coloneus.

Oedipus Tyrannus.

quoted by Plutarch, De audiendis poetis.

Root-cutters, quoted by Macrobius, Saturnalia.

Trachiniae.

Triptolemus.

Souché, B., Croyances, présages et traditions diverses. Niort, 1880.

(South African) Folk-lore Journal.

Southey, R., History of Brazil. London, 1817-1819.

Second Edition. London, 1822.

Sowerby, James, English Botany. London, 1796-1805.

Sozomenus, Historia Ecclesiastica, in Migne's Patrologia Graeca, lxvii.

Spafford, Jacob E., “Around the Dead Sea by Motor Boat,” in The Geographical Journal, xxxix. (1912).

Spartianus, Aelius, in Scriptores Historiae Augustae, ed. H. Peter, Leipsic, 1884.

Caracallus.

Pescennius Niger.

“Specimen Calendarii Gentilis,” appended to the Edda Rhythmica seu Antiquior, vulgo Saemundina dicta, Pars iii. Copenhagen, 1828.

Speck, Frank G., Ethnology of the Yuchi Indians. Philadelphia, 1909.

Speckmann, F., Die Hermannsburger Mission in Afrika. Hermannsburg, 1876.

Spectator, The. London, 1711-1712, 1714.

Speight, Harry, The Craven and North-West Yorkshire Highlands. London, 1892.

Tramps and Drives in the Craven Highlands. London, 1895.

Speijer, J. S., “Le Dieu romain Janus,” in Revue de l'Histoire des Religions, xxvi. (1892).

Spencer, Edmund, Travels in Circassia, Krim Tartary, etc. London, 1836.

Spencer, Herbert, First Principles. Third Edition. London, 1875.

Spencer, J., De legibus Hebraeorum. The Hague, 1686.

Spencer, W. Baldwin, in letter to the Author (v. 101 n.).

An Introduction to the Study of Certain Native Tribes of the Northern Territory. (Bulletin of the Northern Territory, No. 2. Melbourne, 1912).

Spencer, Baldwin, and Gillen, F. J., Across Australia. London, 1912.

The Native Tribes of Central Australia. London, 1899.

The Northern Tribes of Central Australia. London, 1904.

Spenser, Edmund, View of the State of Ireland. Reprinted in H. Morley's Ireland under Elizabeth and James the First. London, 1890.

Sphinx.

Spiess, C., “Einiges über die Bedeutung der Personennamen der Evheer in Togo-Gebiete,” in Mitteilungen des Seminars für orientalische Sprachen zu Berlin, vi. (1903), Dritte Abteilung.

“Religionsbegriffe der Evheer in West-Afrika,” in Mitteilungen des Seminars für orientalische Sprachen zu Berlin, vi. (1903), Dritte Abteilung.

Spieth, H., “Jagdgebräuche in Avatime,” in Mitteilungen der Geographischen Gesellschaft zu Jena, ix. (1890).

Spieth, Jakob, “Der Jehve Dienst der Evhe-Neger,” in Mitteilungen der Geographischen Gesellschaft zu Jena, xii. (1893).

Die Ewe-Stämme: Material zur Kunde des Ewe-Volkes in Deutsch-Togo. Berlin, 1906.

Die Religion der Eweer in Süd-Togo. Leipsic, 1911.

Spire, F., “Rain-making in Equatorial Africa,” in Journal of the African Society, No. 17 (October 1905).

Spitta-Bey, G., Contes arabes modernes. Leyden and Paris, 1883.

Spix, J. B. von, und Martius, C. F. Ph. von, Reise in Brasilien. Munich, 1823-1831.

Spoer, Mrs. H. H., “The Powers of Evil in Jerusalem,” in Folk-lore, xviii. (1907).

Spratt, T. A. B., and Forbes, E., Travels in Lycia. London, 1847.

Spreeuwenberg, A. F. van, “Een blik op de Minahassa,” in Tijdschrift voor Neêrland's Indië. Zevende Jaargang, Vierde deel, Batavia, 1845; Achtste Jaargang, Erste deel, Batavia, 1846.

Sproat, G. M., Scenes and Studies of Savage Life. London, 1868.

Stanbridge, W., “On the Aborigines of Victoria,” in Transactions of the Ethnological Society of London, N.S., i. (1861).

“Some Particulars of the General Characteristics, Astronomy, and Mythology of the Tribes in the Central Part of Victoria, South Australia,” in Transactions of the Ethnological Society of London, N.S., i. (1861).

Stanbridge, W. E., quoted by R. Brough Smyth in Aborigines of Victoria.

Standing, H. F., “Malagasy fady,” in Antananarivo Annual and Madagascar Magazine, vol. ii. (Reprint of the Second Four Numbers, 1881-1884.) Antananarivo, 1896.

Stanley, A. P., Sinai and Palestine. Second Edition. London, 1856.

Stanley, H. M., Through the Dark Continent. London, 1878.

Stannus, H. S., “Notes on some Tribes of British Central Africa,” in Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute, xl. (1910).

Starr, Frederick, “Holy Week in Mexico,” in The Journal of American Folk-lore, xii. (1899).

Statius, Opera Omnia. London (Valpy), 1824.

Sylvae.

Thebaïs.

* Status Scholae Etonensis (a.d. 1560), quoted by John Brand, Popular Antiquities of Great Britain, and T. F. Thiselton Dyer, British Popular Customs.

Stchoukine, Ivan, Le Suicide collectif dans le Raskol russe. Paris, 1903.

Stebbing, E. B., “The Loranthus Parasite of the Moru and Ban Oaks,” in Journal and Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. New Series, v. Calcutta, 1910.

Steedman, A., Wanderings and Adventures in the Interior of Southern Africa. London, 1835.

Steel, F. A., and Temple, R. C., Wide-awake Stories. Bombay and London, 1884.

Steele, Sir Richard, in The Spectator, Friday, 14th December 1711.

Steere, Edward, Swahili Tales. London, 1870.

Stehle, Bruno, “Volksglauben, Sitten und Gebräuche in Lothringen,” Globus, lix. (1891).

Steinen, Karl von den, Unter den Naturvölkern Zentral-Brasiliens. Berlin, 1894.

Stella, Erasmus, “De Borussiae antiquitatibus,” in Simon Grynaeus's Novus Orbis regionum ac insularum veteribus incognitarum. Paris, 1532.

Steller, G. W., Beschreibung von dem Lande Kamtschatka. Frankfort and Leipsic, 1774.

Stengel, P., “Die Opfer der Hellenen an die Winde,” in Hermes, xvi. (1881).

in Pauly-Wissowa's Real-Encyclopädie der classischen Altertumswissenschaft, v.

“Zum griechischen Opferritual,” in Jahrbuch des Kaiserlichen Deutschen Archaeologischen Instituts, xviii. (1903).

Stenin, N. von, “Die Permier,” in Globus, lxxi. (1897).

Stenin, P. von, “Das Gewohnheitsrecht der Samojeden,” in Globus, lx. (1891).

“Die Kirgisen des Kreises Saissanak im Gebiete von Ssemipalatinsk,” in Globus, lxix. (1906).

“Ein neuer Beitrag zur Ethnographie der Tscheremissen,” in Globus, lviii. (1890).

“Jochelson's Forschungen unter den Jukagiren,” in Globus, lxxvi. (1899).

“Über den Geisterglauben in Russland,” in Globus, lvii. (1890).

Stephan, E., und Graebner, F., Neu-Mecklenburg. Berlin, 1907.

Stephani, L., in Compte-rendu de la Commission Impériale Archéologique. St. Petersburg, 1863.

in Compte-rendu de la Commission Impériale Archéologique pour l'année 1869. St. Petersburg, 1870.

Stephanus Byzantius, Ethnica. Ed. Ant. Westermann. Leipsic, 1839.

Sternberg, Leo, “Die Religion der Gilyaken,” in Archiv für Religionswissenschaft, viii. (1905).

Steuding, in W. H. Roscher's Lexicon der griechischen und römischen Mythologie, ii.

Stevens, H. Vaughan, “Mitteilungen aus dem Frauenleben der Ôrang Belendas, der Ôrang Djâkun und der Ôrang Lâut,” bearbeitet von Dr. Max Bartels, in Zeitschrift für Ethnologie, xxviii. (1896).

* Stevens, Captain John, The History of Persia. London, 1715.

Stevenson, M. C., “The Sia,” Eleventh Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology. Washington, 1894.

Stevenson, Mrs. Matilda Coxe, “The Zuñi Indians,” in Twenty-Third Annual Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology. Washington, 1904.

Stewart, Rev. Allan, in Sir John Sinclair's Statistical Account of Scotland, xv.

Stewart, Balfour, The Conservation of Energy. Fourth Edition. London, 1877.

Stewart, C. S., A Visit to the South Seas. London, 1832.

Stewart, D., in E. M. Curr's Australian Race, iii.

Stewart, Rev. J., D.D., Lovedale, South Africa. Edinburgh, 1894.

Stewart, Lieut. R., “Notes on the Northern Cachar,” in Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, xxiv. (1855).

Stewart, W. Grant, The Popular Superstitions and Festive Amusements of the Highlanders of Scotland. Edinburgh, 1823.

New Edition. London, 1851.

Stigand, Captain C. H., To Abyssinia through an Unknown Land. London, 1910.

Stigand, J. A., “The Volcano of Smeroe, Java,” in The Geographical Journal, xxviii. (1906).

Stobaeus, Eclogae. Ed. A. Meineke. Leipsic, 1860-1864.

Florilegium. Ed. A. Meineke. Leipsic, 1855-1857.

Stokes, H. J., “Walking through Fire,” in Indian Antiquary, ii. (1873).

Stokes, Maive, Indian Fairy Tales. London, 1880.

Stoll, s.vv. “Kinyras” and “Melikertes,” in W. H. Roscher's Lexikon der griechischen und römischen Mythologie.

Stoll, Otto, Die Ethnologie der Indianerstämme von Guatemala. Leyden, 1889.

Suggestion und Hypnotism. Second Edition. Leipsic, 1904.

Stone, R. H., In Afric's Forest and Jungle. Edinburgh and London, 1900.

Stories of the Kings of Norway (Heimskringla). Done into English by W. Morris and E. Magnússon. London, 1893-1905.

Stout, Professor G. F., of St. Andrews. Private communication (viii. 261 n. 1).

Stow, G. W., Native Races of South Africa. London, 1905.

Stow, John, A Survay of London. Edited by Henry Morley. London, n.d.

A Survey of London, written in the Year 1598. Edited by William J. Thoms. London, 1876.

Strabo. Ed. Aug. Meineke. Leipsic, 1866-1877.

Ed. C. Müller et F. Dübner. Paris (Didot), 1853.

Strachey, W., Historie of travaile into Virginia Britannia. Hakluyt Society. London, 1849.

Strack, H. L., Das Blut im Glauben und Aberglauben der Menschheit. Munich, 1900.

Strackerjan, L., Aberglaube und Sagen aus dem Herzogthum Oldenburg. Oldenburg, 1867.

Strauss und Torney, Victor von, Die altägyptischen Götter und Göttersagen. Heidelberg, 1889-1891.

Strausz, Adolf, Die Bulgaren. Leipsic, 1898.

Streatfield, H. C., “Ranchi,” in Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, lxxii. Part iii. Calcutta, 1904.

Strong, Dr., in C. G. Seligmann's The Melanesians of British New Guinea. Cambridge, 1910.

Strube, C., Studien über den Bilderkreis von Eleusis. Leipsic, 1870.

Strutt, Joseph, The Sports and Pastimes of the People of England. New Edition, by W. Hone. London, 1834.

Struys, John, Voiages and Travels. London, 1684.

Stuart, Mrs. A., in letter to the Author (xi. 287 n. 1).

Stubbes, Phillip, The Anatomie of Abuses. F. J. Furnivall's reprint. London, 1877-1882.

Stuhlmann, Fr., Mit Emin Pascha ins Herz von Afrika. Berlin, 1894.

Stukeley, W., The Medallic History of Marcus Aurelius Valerius Carausius, Emperor in Britain. London, 1757-1759.

Stumpf, J., and Campell, Ulr., quoted by Dr. F. J. Vonbun, Beiträge zur deutschen Mythologie gesammelt in Churrhaetien. Chur, 1862.

Sturluson, Snorri, Chronicle of the Kings of Norway. See s.v. [Heimskringla].

Suetonius. Ed. C. L. Roth. Leipsic, 1871.

Caligula.

Divus Augustus.

Divus Claudius.

Divus Iulius.

Divus Vespasianus.

Nero.

Otho.

Tiberius.

Suidas, Lexicon. Ed. Im. Bekker. Berlin, 1854.

Sulpicius Severus, Vita S. Martini. Ed. C. Halm. Vienna, 1866.

Sunder, D., “Exorcism of Wild Animals in the Sundarbans,” in Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, lxxii. part iii. Calcutta, 1904.

Sundermann, H., “Die Insel Nias und die Mission daselbst,” in Allgemeine Missions-Zeitschrift, xi. (August, September, October 1884).

Die Insel Nias und die Mission daselbst. Barmen, 1905.

* Survey of the South of Ireland, quoted by J. Brand, Popular Antiquities of Great Britain. London, 1882-1883.

Sutton, J., quoted by Rev. J. Macdonald, Religion and Myth. London, 1893.

Svoboda, W., “Die Bewohner des Nikobaren-Archipels,” in Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie, v. (1892), vi. (1893).

Swainson, Rev. C., The Folk Lore and Provincial Names of British Birds. London, 1886.

* Swan, James G., The Indians of Cape Flattery, quoted by Franz Boas, “The Social Organization and the Secret Societies of the Kwakiutl Indians,” in Report of the United States National Museum for 1895. Washington, 1897.

Swanton, J. R., “Contributions to the Ethnology of the Haida,” in Memoir of the American Museum of Natural History, The Jesup North Pacific Expedition. Leyden and New York, 1905.

Haida Texts and Myths, in Bureau of American Ethnology, Bulletin, No. 29. Washington, 1905.

Indian Tribes of the Lower Mississippi Valley. Washington, 1911.

“Social Conditions, Beliefs and Linguistic Relationship of the Tlingit Indians,” in Twenty-sixth Annual Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology. Washington, 1908.

Symmachus, Epistolae, in Migne's Patrologia Latina, xviii.

* Tabari, Arab chronicler.

Taberer, W. S., “Mashonaland Natives,” in Journal of the African Society, No. 15 (April 1905).

Tache, Mgr., letter in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, xxiv. (1852).

Tacitus. Ed. J. G. Baiter et J. G. Orelli. Second Edition. Zürich, 1859- . Berlin, 1877.

Annals.

Germania.

Historiae.

Taillepied, F. N., Recueil des Antiquitez et singularitez de la ville de Rouen. Rouen, 1587.

* Taittīrya Brāhmana, quoted by Denham Rouse, in Folk-lore, vii. (1889).

Talbot, P. Amaury, in letter to the Author (v. 271 n.).

In the Shadow of the Bush. London, 1912.

Tanner, John. See s.v. [Narrative].

Taplin, Rev. G., in E. M. Curr's The Australian Race.

“Notes on the Mixed Races of Australia,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, iv. (1875).

“The Narrinyeri,” in Native Tribes of South Australia. Adelaide, 1879.

Targioni-Tozzetti, G., Saggio di novelline, canti ed usanze popolari della Ciociaria. Palermo, 1891.

Tate, H. R., “Further Notes on the Kikuyu Tribe of British East Africa,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxxiv. (1904).

“The Native Law of the Southern Gikuyu of British East Africa,” in Journal of the African Society, No. xxxv. (April 1910).

Tatian, Oratio ad Graecos. Ed. J. C. T. Otto. Jena, 1851.

Tauern, O. D., “Ceram,” in Zeitschrift für Ethnologie, xlv. (1913).

Tausch, “Notices of the Circassians,” in Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, i. (1834).

Tautain, Dr., “Notes sur les croyances et pratiques religieuses des Banmanas,” in Revue d'Ethnographie, iii. (1885).

Tavernier, J. B., in John Harris's Collection of Voyages and Travels, vol. i. London, 1744.

Voyages en Turquie, en Perse, et aux Indes. The Hague, 1718.

Taylor, C. Boyson, “Easter in Many Lands,” in Everybody's Magazine. New York, 1903.

Taylor, Isaac, The Origin of the Aryans. London, n.d. Preface dated December, 1889.

Taylor, Rev. Richard, Te Ika A Maui, or New Zealand and its Inhabitants. Second Edition. London, 1870.

Tchéraz, Minas, “Notes sur la mythologie Arménienne,” in Transactions of the Ninth International Congress of Orientalists. London, 1893.

Tegner, Swedish poet, cited by J. Grimm, Deutsche Mythologie. Fourth Edition.

Teit, J., The Lillooet Indians. Leyden and New York, 1906. (Memoir of the American Museum of Natural History, The Jesup North Pacific Expedition, vol. ii. part v. New York.)

The Shuswap. Leyden and New York, 1909. (Memoir of the American Museum of Natural History, The Jesup North Pacific Expedition, vol. ii. part vii. New York.)

The Thompson Indians of British Columbia. (Memoir of the American Museum of Natural History, The Jesup North Pacific Expedition, vol. i. part iv. New York, April 1900.)

Temesváry, R., Volksbräuche und Aberglauben in der Geburtshilfe und der Pflege des Neugeborenen in Ungarn. Leipsic, 1900.

Temme, J. D. H., Die Volkssagen der Altmark. Berlin, 1839.

Temple, Lieut.-Colonel Sir Richard C., in Indian Antiquary, xi. (1882).

“Opprobrious Names,” in Indian Antiquary, x. (1881).

The Andaman and Nicobar Islands, in The Census of India, 1901, vol. iii. Calcutta, 1903.

Tendeloo, H. J., “Verklaring van het zoogenaamd Oud-Alfoersch Teekenschrift,” in Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap, xxxvi. (1892).

Tennant, R., Sardinia and its Resources. Rome and London, 1885.

Teofilo, “La notte di San Giovanni in Oriente,” in Archivio per lo Studio delle Tradizioni Popolari, vii. (1888).

Ternaux-Compans, H., Essai sur l'ancien Cundinamarca. Paris, n.d.

Voyages, relations et mémoires originaux, pour servir à l'histoire de la découverte de l'Amérique. Paris, 1837-1841.

Terrien, Missionary F., in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, liv. (1882).

Tertre, Jean Baptiste du, Histoire generale des Antilles. Paris, 1667-1671.

Histoire generale des Isles de S. Christophe, de la Guadeloupe, de la Martinique et autres dans l'Amerique. Paris, 1654.

Tertullian, Opera. Ed. F. Oehler. Leipsic, 1851-1854. Ed. E. F. Leopold, Pars i. Libri Apologetici. Leipsic, 1839.

Ad martyres.

Ad Nationes.

Adversus Judaeos.

Adversus Marcionem.

Apologeticus.

Contra Gnosticos Scorpiace.

De corona militis.

De jejunio.

De praescriptione haereticorum.

De spectaculis.

De virginibus velandis, in Migne's Patrologia Latina, ii.

Teschauer, Carl, S.J., “Mythen und alte Volkssagen aus Brasilien,” in Anthropos, i. (1906).

Tessier, “Sur la fête annuelle de la roue flamboyante de la Saint-Jean, à Basse-Kontz, arrondissement de Thionville,” in Mémoires et dissertations publiées par la Société Royale des Antiquaires de France, v. (1823).

Testaments of the Twelve Patriarchs. Translated and edited by R. H. Charles. London, 1908.

Tettau, W. J. A. von, und Temme, J. D. H., Die Volkssagen Ostpreussens, Litthauens und Westpreussens. Berlin, 1837.

Tetzlaff, W., “Notes on the Laughlan Islands,” in Annual Report on British New Guinea, 1890-1891. Brisbane, 1892.

Tetzner, Dr. F., “Die Kuren in Ostpreussen,” in Globus, lxxv. (1899).

“Die Tschechen und Mährer in Schlesien,” in Globus, lxxviii. (1900).

Teysmannia, No. 2. 1896.

Theal, G. McCall, Kaffir Folk-lore. Second Edition. London, 1886.

Records of South-Eastern Africa. 1901.

Theocritus, Idyllia. Iterum edidit A. T. A. Fritsche. Leipsic, 1868-1869.

Theodoretus, In Ezechielis cap. viii., in Migne's Patrologia Graeca, lxxxi.

* Theodorus, Metamorphoses.

Theognis, in Poetae Lyrici Graeci, ed. Th. Bergk, vol. ii.

Theophanes, Chronographia. Ed. J. Classen. Bonn, 1839-1841.

Theophrastus, Opera quae supersunt omnia. Ed. Fr. Wimmer. Paris (Didot), 1866.

Characters, “The Superstitious Man.”

De causis plantarum.

De igne.

De signis tempestatum.

De ventis.

Historia Plantarum.

Theopompus, cited by Athenaeus. Fragments in Fragmenta Historicorum Graecorum, ed. C. Müller, vol. i.

Thesaurus Linguae Latinae. Leipsic, 1906- .

Thevenot, Relations des divers voyages, 4ème Partie (Paris, 1672), “Voyage à la Chine des PP. I. Grueber et d'Orville.”

Thevet, André, La Cosmographie universelle. Paris, 1575.

Les Singularitez de la France Antarctique, autrement nommée Amérique. Antwerp, 1558.

Thiers, J. B., Traité des Superstitions. Paris, 1679.

Fifth Edition. Paris, 1741.

Thilenius, G., Ethnographische Ergebnisse aus Melanesien. Halle, 1903.

Thomas, Cyrus, The Maya Year. Washington, 1894. (Smithsonian Institution, Bureau of Ethnology.)

Thomas, J. W., “De jacht op het eiland Nias,” in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xxvi. (1880).

Thomas, Northcote W., Anthropological Report on the Ibo-speaking Peoples of Nigeria. London, 1913.

Natives of Australia. London, 1906.

“The Scape-Goat in European Folk-lore,” in Folk-lore, xvii. (1906).

Thomas-de-Saint-Mars, “Fête de Saint Estapin,” in Mémoires de la Société Royale des Antiquaires de France, i. (1817).

Thomas the Rhymer, verses ascribed to, quoted by the Rev. John B. Pratt, Buchan. Second Edition. Aberdeen, Edinburgh, and London, 1859.

Thompson, G., Travels and Adventures in Southern Africa. London, 1827.

Thompson, R. Campbell, Semitic Magic. London, 1908.

Thomson, A. S., The Story of New Zealand. London, 1859.

Thomson, Basil C., Savage Island. London, 1902.

South Sea Yarns. Edinburgh and London, 1894.

The Fijians. London, 1908.

Thomson, Joseph, Through Masai Land. London, 1885.

Thomson, W. M., The Land and the Book. London, 1859.

The Land and the Book, Central Palestine and Phoenicia. London, 1883.

The Land and the Book, Lebanon, Damascus, and beyond Jordan. London, 1886.

Thorpe, B., Northern Mythology. London, 1851-1852.

Thouar, A., Explorations dans l'Amérique du Sud. Paris, 1891.

Thousand and One Nights, The, commonly called, in England, The Arabian Nights' Entertainment. Translated by E. W. Lane. London, 1839-1841.

Thraemer, E., s.v. “Dionysos,” in W. H. Roscher's Lexikon der griechischen und römischen Mythologie, i.

* Θρακικὴ Ἑπετηρίς. Athens, 1897.

Thucydides. Ed. Thomas Arnold. Fourth Edition. Oxford, 1857.

Thunberg, C. P., Voyages au Japon. Paris, 1796.

Thurnwald, R., “Im Bismarck-archipel und auf den Salomo-inseln,” in Zeitschrift für Ethnologie, xlii. (1910).

Thurston, Edgar, Castes and Tribes of Southern India. Madras, 1909.

“Deformity and Mutilation,” in Madras Government Museum, Bulletin, vol. iv. No. 3. Madras, 1903.

Ethnographic Notes in Southern India. Madras, 1906.

Tibullus, Carmina. Ed. C. G. Heyne et E. C. F. Wunderlich. Leipsic, 1817.

* Tiede, Merkwürdigkeiten Schlesiens (1804), quoted by P. Drechsler, Sitte, Brauch und Volksglaube in Schlesien, i. Leipsic, 1903.

Tiele, C. P., Babylonisch-assyrische Geschichte. Gotha, 1886-1888.

Geschichte der Religion im Altertum. Gotha, 1896-1903.

Geschiedenis van den Godsdienst in de Oudheid. Amsterdam, 1893-1902.

History of the Egyptian Religion. London, 1882.

Tijdschrift van het Koninklijk Nederlandsch Aardrijkskundig Genootschap.

Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde.

Tijdschrift voor Neêrlands Indië.

Tilak, Bâl Gangâdhar, The Arctic Home in the Vedas. Poona and Bombay, 1903.

Tille, A., Die Geschichte der deutschen Weihnacht. Leipsic, preface dated 1893.

Tilton, E. L., quoted in Folk-lore, vi. (1895).

Timaeus, cited by Tertullian, De spectaculis, 5.

in Fragmenta Historicorum Graecorum, ed. C. Müller, vol. i.

Times, The.

Weekly Edition.

Timkowski, G., Travels of the Russian Mission through Mongolia to China. London, 1827.

Tiraboschi, A., “Usi pasquali nel Bergamasco,” in Archivio per lo Studio delle Tradizioni Popolari, i. (1892).

Titelbach, Prof. Vl., “Das heilige Feuer bei den Balkanslaven,” in Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie, xiii. (1900).

Tod, Lieutenant-Colonel James, Annals and Antiquities of Rajast'han. London, 1829 and 1832.

Toepffer, J., Attische Genealogie. Berlin, 1889.

Beiträge zur griechischen Altertumswissenschaft. Berlin, 1897.

Toeppen, M., Aberglauben aus Masuren. Second Edition. Danzig, 1867.

Geschichte der preussischen Historiographie. Berlin, 1853.

Tomassetti, G., in Museo Italiano di Antichità Classica, ii. (1888).

Tönjes, Hermann, Ovamboland, Land, Leute, Mission. Berlin, 1911.

Tonti, De, “Relation de la Louisiane et du Mississippi,” in Recueil de Voyages au Nord, v. Amsterdam, 1734.

Toorn, J. L. van der, “Het animisme bij den Minangkabauer in der Padangsche Bovenlanden,” in Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië, xxxix. (1890).

Torday, E., “Der Tofoke,” in Mitteilungen der Anthropologischen Gesellschaft in Wien, xli. (1911).

Torday, E., et Joyce, T. A., Les Bushongo. Brussels, 1910.

“Note on the Southern Ba-Mbala,” in Man, vii. (1907).

“Notes on the Ethnography of the Ba-Mbala,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxxv. (1905).

“Notes on the Ethnography of the Ba-Yaka,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxxvi. (1906).

“On the Ethnology of the South-Western Congo Free State,” in Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute, xxxvii. (1907).

Torquemada, J. de, Monarquia Indiana. Madrid, 1723.

“Totemismus auf den Marshall-Inseln (Südsee),” in Anthropos, viii. (1913).

Tour du Monde, Le.

Tournefort, P. de, Relation d'un Voyage du Levant. Amsterdam, 1718.

Tournier, Lieut.-Colonel, Notiçe sur le Laos Français. Hanoi, 1900.

Toutain, J., Les Cultes païens dans l'Empire Romain. Paris, 1907 and 1911.

Tozer, H. F., Selections from Strabo. Oxford, 1893.

Turkish Armenia and Eastern Asia Minor. London, 1881.

“Traditions, Customs, and Superstitions of the Lewis,” in Folk-lore, vi. (1895).

* Traill, G. W., Statistical Sketch of Kumaun, quoted in North Indian Notes and Queries, July and August 1891.

Train, Joseph, An Historical and Statistical Account of the Isle of Man. Douglas, Isle of Man, 1845.

Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute.

Transactions and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Transactions of the American Ethnological Society.

Transactions of the Canadian Institute.

Transactions of the Ethnological Society of London, N. S.

Transactions of the Historical and Literary Committee of the American Philosophical Society.

Transactions of the (London) Philological Society.

Transactions of the Ninth International Congress of Orientalists.

Transactions of the Philosophical Society of Victoria.

Transactions of the Royal Society of Canada.

Transactions of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Transactions of the Society of Biblical Archaeology.

Transactions of the Third International Congress for the History of Religion. Oxford, 1908.

Transactions of the Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.

Travaux de la 6ème Session du Congrès International des Orientalistes à Leide.

Travels of an Arab Merchant [Mohammed Ibn-Omar El-Tounsy] in Soudan. Abridged from the French (of Perron) by Bayle St. John. London, 1854.

Travels of the Jesuits in Ethiopia. Collected and historically digested by F. Balthazar Telles, of the Society of Jesus. London, 1710.

Travers, W. T. L., “Notes of the Traditions and Manners and Customs of the Mori-oris,” in Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute, ix. (1876).

Trebellius Pollio, Claudius, in Scriptores Historiae Augustae, ed. H. Peter, Leipsic, 1884.

Trede, Th., Das Heidentum in der römischen Kirche. Gotha, 1889-1891.

Tregear, E., Maori-Polynesian Comparative Dictionary. Wellington, N.Z., 1891.

“The Maoris of New Zealand,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xix. (1890).

Treichel, A., “Reisig- und Steinhäufung bei Ermordeten oder Selbstmördern,” in Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft für Anthropologie, Ethnologie und Urgeschichte, 1888 (bound up with Zeitschrift für Ethnologie, xx., 1888).

“Reisighäufung und Steinhäufung an Mordstellen,” in Am Ur-Quelle, vi. (1896).

Tremearne, Major A. J. N., Hausa Superstitions and Customs. London, 1913.

The Tailed Head-hunters of Nigeria. London, 1912.

Trevelyan, Marie, Folk-lore and Folk-stories of Wales. London, 1909.

Trilles, Father H., “Chez les Fangs,” in Les Missions Catholiques, xxx. (1898).

Le Totémisme chez les Fâṅ. Münster i. W., 1912.

“Mille lieues dans l'inconnu,” in Les Missions Catholiques, xxxiv. (1902).

Tristram, H. B., The Fauna and Flora of Palestine. London, 1884.

The Land of Israel. Fourth Edition. London, 1882.

The Land of Moab. London, 1873.

The Natural History of the Bible. Ninth Edition. London, 1898.

Trogus Pompeius, Historiarum Philippicarum Epitoma. Ed. J. Jeep. Leipsic, 1862.

Tromp, J. C. E., “De Rambai en Sebroeang Dajaks,” in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xxv.

Tromp, S. W., “Een Dajaksch Feest,” in Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië, xxxix. (1890).

“Uit de Salasila van Koetei,” in Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië, xxxvii. (1888).

Trumbull, H. C., The Blood Covenant. London, 1887.

The Threshold Covenant. New York, 1896.

Tsakni, N., La Russie sectaire. Paris, n.d.

Tschudi, J. J. von, Peru, Reiseskizzen aus den Jahren 1838-1842. St. Gallen, 1846.

Türk, in W. H. Roscher's Lexikon der griechischen und römischen Mythologie.

Turner, George, Nineteen Years in Polynesia. London, 1861.

Samoa, a Hundred Years ago and long before. London, 1884.

Turner, L. M., “Ethnology of the Ungava District, Hudson Bay Territory,” in Eleventh Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology. Washington, 1894.

Turpin, “History of Siam,” in J. Pinkerton's Voyages and Travels, vol. ix.

Tusser, Thomas, Five Hundred Points of Good Husbandry. New Edition. London, 1812.

Tuuk, H. N. van der, “Notes on the Kawi Language and Literature,” in Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, N.S., xiii. (1881).

Tyerman, D., and Bennet, G., Journal of Voyages and Travels in the South Sea Islands, China, India, etc. London, 1831.

Tylor, Sir Edward B., Anthropology. London, 1881.

in International Folk-lore Congress, 1891, Papers and Transactions.

in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxviii. (1898).

in Proceedings of the Society of Biblical Archaeology, xii. (1890).

“On a Method of Investigating the Development of Institutions,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xviii. (1889).

Primitive Culture. Second Edition. London, 1873.

Researches into the Early History of Mankind. Third Edition. London, 1878.

Tyrtaeus, in Poetae Lyrici Graeci, ed. Th. Bergk, vol. ii.

Tzetzes, J., Antehomerica. Ed. F. S. Lehrs. Paris (Didot), 1878.

Chiliades. Ed. Th. Kiesseling. Leipsic, 1826.

Scholia on Lycophron. Ed. Chr. G. Müller. Leipsic, 1811.

“Über die Religion der heidnischen Tscheremissen im Gouvernement Kasan,” in Zeitschrift für allgemeine Erdkunde, N.F., iii. (1857).

“Über den religiösen Glauben und die Ceremonien der heidnischen Samojeden im Kreise Mesen,” in Zeitschrift für allgemeine Erdkunde, N.F., viii. (1860).

Ulrichs, H. N., Reisen und Forschungen in Griechenland. Bremen, 1840. Berlin, 1863.

Unger, G. F., “Der Isthmientag und die Hyakinthien,” in Philologus, xxxvii. (1877).

“Zeitrechnung der Griechen und Römer,” in Iwan Müller's Handbuch der klassischen Altertumswissenschaft, i. Nördlingen, 1886.

Ungnad, Arthur, Das Gilgamesch-Epos. Göttingen, 1911.

University of California Publications in American Archaeology and Ethnology.

University Studies. Lincoln, Nebraska.

Urquhart, Sir Thomas, The Discovery of a most Exquisite Jewel, more precious than Diamonds inchased in Gold. Edinburgh, 1774.

Usener, H., Das Weihnachtsfest. Second Edition. Bonn, 1911.

Dreiheit, ein Versuch mythologischer Zahlenlehre. Bonn, 1903.

Götternamen. Bonn, 1896.

“Italische Mythen,” in Rheinisches Museum, N.F., xxx. (1875).

Kleine Schriften, vol. iv. Leipzic and Berlin, 1913.

Utiesenovic, Og. M., Die Hauskommunionen der Südslaven. Vienna, 1859.

Vahness, reported by F. von Luschan, in Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft für Anthropologie, Ethnologie und Urgeschichte (1900).

* Valdés, Los Majos de Cadiz.

Valdez, F. T., Six Years of a Traveller's Life in Western Africa. London, 1861.

Valentia, Viscount, Voyages and Travels. London, 1811.

Valentyn, François, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indiën. Dordrecht and Amsterdam, 1724-1726.

Valerius Flaccus, Argonautica. Ed. Aemil. Baehrens. Leipsic, 1875.

Valerius Maximus. Ed. C. Halm. Leipsic, 1865.

Vallancey, General Charles, Collectanea de rebus Hibernicis. Dublin, 1786.

Vambery, H., Das Türkenvolk. Leipsic, 1885.

Vancouver, Capt. George, Voyage of Discovery to the North Pacific Ocean and round the World. London, 1798.

Vanicek, A., Griechisch-lateinisches etymologisches Wörterbuch. Leipsic, 1877.

Varenius, B., Descriptio regni Japoniae et Siam. Cambridge, 1673.

First Edition published by Elzevir at Amsterdam in 1649.

Varonen, reported by Hon. J. Abercromby in Folk-lore, ii. (1891).

Varro, cited by Servius, on Virgil, Aeneid.

De agri cultura (De re rustica). Ed. H. Keil. Leipsic, 1884-1902.

De lingua Latina. Ed. C. O. Müller. Leipsic, 1833. Ed. G. Goetz et Fr. Schoell. Leipsic, 1910.

in Priscian (Grammatici Latini, ed. H. Keil).

quoted by Nonius Marcellus, De compendiosa doctrina, s.v. “Lemures.” Ed. L. Quicherat.

Satirae Menippeae. Ed. F. Bücheler. Berlin, 1882.

Varthema, Ludovico di, Travels in Egypt, Syria, etc. Translated by J. W. Jones and edited by G. P. Badger. Hakluyt Society. London, 1863.

Veckenstedt, Edm., Die Mythen, Sagen und Legenden der Zamaiten (Litauer). Heidelberg, 1883.

Wendische Sagen, Märchen und abergläubische Gebräuche. Graz, 1880.

Velasco, Juan de, “Histoire du royaume de Quito,” in H. Ternaux-Compans's Voyages, Relations et Mémoires originaux pour servir à l'Histoire de la Découverte de l'Amérique, xviii. Paris, 1840.

Vellay, Ch., Le culte et les fêtes d'Adonis-Thammouz dans l'Orient antique. Paris, 1904.

“Le dieu Thammuz,” in Revue de l'Histoire des Religions, xlix. (1904).

Velleius Paterculus. Ed. C. Halm. Leipsic, 1876.

Velten, C., Schilderungen der Suaheli. Göttingen, 1901.

Sitten und Gebräuche der Suaheli. Göttingen, 1903.

Venketswami, M. N., “Superstitions among Hindus in the Central Provinces,” in The Indian Antiquary, xxviii. (1899).

“Telugu Superstitions,” in The Indian Antiquary, xxiv. (1895).

Verhandelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen.

Verhandelingen van het Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen.

Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft für Anthropologie, Ethnologie und Urgeschichte.

Verhandlungen der Gelehrten Estnischen Gesellschaft zu Dorpat. Dorpat, 1872.

Verhandlungen der vierzigsten Versammlung deutscher Philologen und Schulmänner in Görlitz.

Vernaleken, Theodor, Mythen und Bräuche des Volkes in Österreich. Vienna, 1859.

Veröffentlichungen aus dem Königlichen Museum für Völkerkunde. Berlin.

Verrall, A. W., “The Name Anthesteria,” in Journal of Hellenic Studies, xx. (1900).

Verrall, Mrs., and Harrison, Miss J. E., Mythology and Monuments of Ancient Athens. London, 1890.

Verslagen en Mededeelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen. Amsterdam.

Verzameling van Berigten betreffende de Bijbelverspreiding.

Veth, P. J., Borneo's Wester-Afdeeling. Zaltbommel, 1854-1856.

“De Leer der Signatuur, iii. De Mistel en de Riembloem,” in Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie, vii. (1894).

“De Mandragora,” in Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie, vii. (1894).

Het eiland Timor. Amsterdam, 1855.

Java. Haarlem, 1875-84.

Vetter, [K.?], “Aberglaube unter dem Jabim-Stamme in Kaiser-Wilhelmsland,” in Mitteilungen der Geographischen Gesellschaft zu Jena, xii. (1893).

Vetter, J. [K.?], in Mitteilungen der Geographischen Gesellschaft zu Jena, xi. (1892).

Vetter, K., cited by M. Krieger, Neu-Guinea. Berlin, preface dated 1899.

in Nachrichten über Kaiser-Wilhelmsland und den Bismarck-Archipel, 1897. Berlin.

Komm herüber und hilf uns! oder die Arbeit der Neuen-Dettelsauer Mission. Barmen, 1898.

Vetustius Occidentalis Ecclesiae Martyrologium. Ed. Franciscus Maria Florentinus. Lucca, 1667.

Vial, P., “Les Gni ou Gnipa, tribu Lolote du Yun-Nan,” in Les Missions Catholiques, xxv. (1893).

Victoria History of the County of Nottingham. Edited by William Page. London, 1906.

Viehe, Rev. G., “Some Customs of the Ovaherero,” in (South African) Folk-lore Journal, i. Cape Town, 1879.

Vigfusson, Gudbrand, and Powell, F. York, Corpus Poeticum Boreale. Oxford, 1883.

Vikramânkadevacharita, The. Edited by G. Bühler. Bombay, 1875.

* Villagomez, Pedro de, Carta pastorale de exortacion e instruccion contra las idolatrias de los Indios del arçobispado de Lima. Lima, 1649. (Quoted by W. Mannhardt, Mythologische Forschungen.)

Villault, Le Sieur, Relation des costes appellées Guinée. Paris, 1669.

Vincendon-Dumoulin et Desgraz, C., Îles Marquises ou Nouka-Hiva. Paris, 1843.

Vinson, J., Le folk-lore du pays Basque. Paris, 1883.

Violette, L. Th., in Les Missions Catholiques, iii. (1870).

Virgil. Ed. J. Conington. London, 1863-1871.

Aeneid.

Bucolica (Eclogues).

Georgics.

Vitarum Scriptores Graeci. Ed. A. Westermann. Brunswick, 1845.

Vitruvius, De architectura. Ed. V. Rose and H. Müller-Strübing. Leipsic, 1867.

* Vizyenos, G. M., in Θρακικὴ Ἐπετηρίς. Published at Athens in 1897.

Voeltzkow, A., “Vom Morondava zum Mangoky, Reiseskizzen aus West-Madagascar,” in Zeitschrift der Gesellschaft für Erdkunde zu Berlin, xxxi. (1896).

Vogt, F., “Scheibentreiben und Frühlingsfeuer,” in Zeitschrift des Vereins für Volkskunde, iii. (1893), iv. (1894).

Voigt and Thraemer, s.v. “Dionysus,” in W. H. Roscher's Lexikon der griechischen und römischen Mythologie, i.

Vollers, K., “Calendar (Muslim),” in Dr. James Hastings's Encyclopaedia of Religion and Ethics, iii. Edinburgh, 1910.

Voltaire, Essai sur les Mœurs. (Œuvres complètes de Voltaire, vols. xi.-xiii. Paris, 1878.)

Vonbun, Dr. F. J., Beiträge zur deutschen Mythologie gesammelt in Churrhaetien. Chur, 1862.

Vonbun, J., Volkssagen aus Vorarlberg. Innsbruck, 1850.

Vopiscus, Flavius, in Scriptores Historiae Augustae, ed. H. Peter, vol. ii.

Aurelianus.

Numerianus.

Vorderman, A. G., “Planten-animisme op Java,” in Teysmannia, No. 2, 1896.

Vormann, Franz, “Tänze und Tanzfestlichkeiten der Monumbo-Papua (Deutsch Neuguinea),” in Anthropos, vi. (1911).

“Zur Psychologie, Religion, Soziologie und Geschichte der Monumbo-Papua, Deutsch-Neuguinea,” in Anthropos, v. (1910).

Vosmaer, J. N., Korte beschrijving van het Zuid-oostelijk Schiereiland van Celebes. Batavia, 1835.

Voyages au Nord. See s.v. [Recueil de Voyages].

Vries, J. H. de, “Reis door enige eilandgroepen der Residentie Amboina,” in Tijdschrift van het Koninklijke Nederlandsch Aardrijkskundig Genootschap, Tweede Serie, xvii. (1900).

Vuillier, G., “Chez les magiciens et les sorciers de la Corrèze,” in Tour du Monde, N.S., v. (1899).

“La Sicile, impressions du présent et du passé,” in Tour du Monde, lxvii. (1894).

Wachsmuth, C., Das alte Griechenland im neuem. Bonn, 1864.

Waddell, A. L., “Frog-Worship among the Newars,” in The Indian Antiquary, xxii. (1893).

Waddell, L. Austine, Among the Himalayas. Westminster, 1899.

“Demonolatry in Sikhim Lamaism,” in The Indian Antiquary, xxiii. (1894).

Lhasa and its Mysteries. London, 1905.

The Buddhism of Tibet. London, 1895.

“The Tribes of the Brahmaputra Valley,” in Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, lxix., Part iii. Calcutta, 1901.

Wagler, P., Die Eiche in alter und neuer Zeit. In Two Parts. Würzen, n.d., and Berlin, 1891.

Wagner, s.v. “Nana,” in W. H. Roscher's Lexikon der griechischen und römischen Mythologie.

Wahlenberg, G., Flora Suecica. Upsala, 1824-1826.

Waifs and Strays of Celtic Tradition.

Waitz, Theodor, Anthropologie der Naturvölker. Leipsic, 1860-1877.

Waldau, A., Böhmisches Märchenbuch. Prague, 1860.

Waldfreund, J. E., “Volksgebräuche und Aberglaube in Tirol und dem Salzburger Gebirg,” in Zeitschrift für deutsche Mythologie und Sittenkunde, iii. (1855).

Waldron, G., Description of the Isle of Man. Reprinted for the Manx Society, Douglas, 1865.

Walen, A., “The Sakalava,” in Antananarivo Annual and Madagascar Magazine, vol. ii., Reprint of the Second Four Numbers. Antananarivo, 1896.

Walhouse, M. J., “Passing through the Fire,” in Indian Antiquary, vii. (1878).

Wallace, A. R., Narrative of Travels on the Amazon and Rio Negro,

Minerva Library Edition. London, 1889.

The Malay Archipelago. Sixth Edition. London, 1877.

Wallace, Sir D. Mackenzie, Russia. London, Paris, and New York, n.d.

Wallis, G. H., Illustrated Catalogue of Classical Antiquities from the Site of the Temple of Diana, Nemi, Italy. Preface dated 1893.

Walpole, R., Memoirs relating to European and Asiatic Turkey. London, 1817.

Walter-Tornow, W., De apium mellisque apud veteres significatione. Berlin, 1894.

Walton, Izaak, Compleat Angler.

Ward, Herbert, “Ethnographical Notes relating to the Congo Tribes,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxiv. (1895).

Five Years with the Congo Cannibals. London, 1890.

Ward, the late Professor H. Marshall, of Cambridge. Private communications (ii. 252, 315 n. 1).

Warner, Mr., “Notes” in Colonel Maclean's Compendium of Kaffir Laws and Customs. Cape Town, 1866.

Warren, W. W., “History of the Ojibways,” in Collections of the Minnesota Historical Society, vol. v. Saint Paul, Minnesota, 1885.

* Warton, History of English Poetry, referred to by R. Chambers, The Book of Days. London and Edinburgh, 1886.

Wasiljev, J., Übersicht über die heidnischen Gebräuche, Aberglauben und Religion der Wotjäken. Helsingfors, 1902. (Mémoires de la Société Finno-Ougrienne, xviii.)

Watson, Miss A., quoted by A. C. Haddon, “A Batch of Irish Folk-lore,” in Folk-lore, iv. (1893).

Watt, G., Dictionary of the Economic Products of India. London and Calcutta, 1893.

“The Aboriginal Tribes of Manipur,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xvi. (1887).

Watters, T., “Some Corean Customs and Notions,” in Folk-lore, vi. (1895).

Webb, F. N., in Folk-lore, xvi. (1905).

Webster, Hutton, Rest Days, a Sociological Study (University Studies, Lincoln, Nebraska, vol. xi. Nos. 1-2, January-April 1911).

Webster, W., Basque Legends. London, 1877.

Weddell, H. A., Voyage dans le Nord de la Bolivie et dans les parties voisines du Pérou. Paris and London, 1853.

Weekly Scotsman, The.

Weeks, Rev. John H., Among Congo Cannibals. London, 1913.

“Anthropological Notes on the Bangala of the Upper Congo River,” in Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute, xxxix. (1909), xl. (1910).

“Notes on some Customs of the Lower Congo People,” in Folk-lore, xix. (1908), xx. (1909).

Weil, H., in Revue des Études grecques, x. (1897).

Weinel, H., “משח und seine Derivate,” in Zeitschrift für die alttestamentliche Wissenschaft, xviii. (1898).

Weinhold, Karl, Deutsche Frauen. Second Edition. Vienna, 1882.

“Die mystische Neunzahl bei den Deutschen,” in Abhandlungen der Königlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin, 1897.

Weinacht-Spiele und Lieder aus Süddeutschland und Schlesien. Vienna, 1875.

Weir, T. S., “Note on Sacrifices in India as a Means of averting Epidemics,” in Journal of the Anthropological Society of Bombay, i.

Weiss, M., Die Völkerstämme im Norden Deutsch-Ostafrikas. Berlin, 1910.

Weissenberg, Dr. S., “Die Karäer der Krim,” in Globus, lxxxiv. (1903).

“Kinderfreud und -leid bei den südrussischen Juden,” in Globus, lxxxiii. (1903).

“Krankheit und Tod bei den südrussischen Juden,” in Globus, xci. (1907).

Welcker, F. G., Alte Denkmäler. Göttingen, 1849-1864.

Griechische Götterlehre. Göttingen, 1857-1862.

Wellhausen, J., Prolegomena zur Geschichte Israels. Third Edition. Berlin, 1886.

Reste arabischen Heidentums. First Edition. Berlin, 1887.

Second Edition. Berlin, 1897.

“Zwei Rechtsriten bei den Hebräern,” in Archiv für Religionswissenschaft, vii. (1904).

Welsh, Miss, formerly Principal of Girton College, Cambridge. Private communication (vii. 155 n. 1).

Wendland, P., “Jesus als Saturnalien-König,” in Hermes, xxxiii. (1898).

Wendland, P., und Kern, O., Beiträge zur Geschichte der griechischen Philosophie und Religion. Berlin, 1895.

* Werenfels, Dissertation upon Superstition. London, 1748. (Quoted by J. Brand in Popular Antiquities of Great Britain. London, 1882-1883.)

Werner, Alice, in Contemporary Review, lxx. (July-December 1896).

in letter to the Author (xi. 314 n. 1).

“The Custom of Hlonipa in its Influence on Language,” in Journal of the African Society, No. 15 (April 1905).

The Natives of British Central Africa. London, 1906.

“Two Galla Legends,” in Man, xiii. (1913).

Werner, Dr. E., “Im westlichen Finsterregebirge und an der Nordküste von Deutsch-Neuguinea,” in Petermanns Mitteilungen, lv. (1909).

Wernicke, K., s.v. “Artemis,” in Pauly-Wissowa's Real-Encyclopädie der classischen Altertumswissenschaft, ii.

in W. H. Roscher's Lexikon der griechischen und römischen Mythologie, iii.

Westenberg, C. J., “Aanteekeningen omtrent de godsdienstige begrippen der Karo-Bataks,” in Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië, xli. (1892).

Westermann, Diedrich, The Shilluk People, their Language and Folk-lore. Berlin, preface dated 1912.

Westermarck, Dr. Edward, Ceremonies and Beliefs connected with Agriculture, certain Dates of the Solar Year, and the Weather in Morocco. Helsingfors, 1913.

“Midsummer Customs in Morocco,” in Folk-lore, xvi. (1905).

“The Killing of the Divine King,” in Man, viii. (1908).

The Origin and Development of the Moral Ideas. London, 1906-1908.

“The Popular Ritual of the Great Feast in Morocco,” in Folk-lore, xxii. (1911).

Weston, Jessie L., “The Scoppio del Carro at Florence,” in Folk-lore, xvi. (1905).

Weston, W., in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxvi. (1897).

in The Geographical Journal, vii. (1896).

Mountaineering and Exploration in the Japanese Alps. London, 1896.

Wheeler, G. C., “Sketch of the Totemism and Religion of the People of the Islands in the Bougainville Straits (Western Solomon Islands),” in Archiv für Religionswissenschaft, xv. (1912).

Wherry, Beatrix A., “Miscellaneous Notes from Monmouthshire,” in Folk-lore, xvi. (1905).

Whetham, W. C. D., “The Evolution of Matter,” in Darwin and Modern Science. Cambridge, 1909.

White, Rev. George E., in letter to the Author (v. 170 n. 2).

Present Day Sacrifices in Asia Minor. Reprinted from The Hartford Seminary Record, February 1906.

Survivals of Primitive Religion among the People of Asia Minor. Paper read before the Victoria Institute or Philosophical Society of Great Britain, 6 Adelphi Terrace, Strand, London.

White, Gilbert, The Natural History and Antiquities of Selborne. Edinburgh, 1829.

White, Rachel Evelyn (Mrs. Wedd), “Women in Ptolemaic Egypt,” in Journal of Hellenic Studies, xviii. (1898).

Whitehead, Rev. G., “Notes on the Chins of Burma,” in Indian Antiquary, xxxvi. (1907).

Whitehouse, O. C., Introduction to Isaiah, in The Century Bible.

Whiteway, R. S. Private communication (iv. 51 n. 2).

Whymper, F., in Journal of the Royal Geographical Society, xxxviii. (1868).

“The Natives of the Youkon River,” in Transactions of the Ethnological Society of London, N.S., vii. (1869).

Wickremasinghe, in Am Urquell, v. (1894).

Wide, S., De sacris Troezeniorum, Hermionensium, Epidauriorum. Upsala, 1898.

Lakonische Kulte. Leipsic, 1893.

Widenmann, A., Die Kilimandscharo-Bevölkerung. Gotha, 1899. (Petermanns Mittheilungen, Ergänzungsheft, No. 129.)

Widukind, Res gestae Saxonicae, i., in Migne's Patrologia Latina, cxxxvii.

Wiedemann, Professor Alfred, Ägyptische Geschichte. Gotha, 1884.

Altägyptische Sagen und Märchen. Leipsic, 1906.

Die Religion der alten Ägypter. Münster i. W., 1890.

“Ein altägyptischer Weltschöpfungsmythus,” in Am Urquell, N.F., ii. (1898).

Herodots zweites Buch. Leipsic, 1890.

“L'Osiris végétant,” in Le Muséon, N.S., iv. (1903).

“Menschenvergötterung im alten Ägypten,” in Am Urquell, N.F., i. (1897).

Religion of the Ancient Egyptians. London, 1897.

The Ancient Egyptian Doctrine of the Immortality of the Soul. London, 1895.

Wiedemann, F. J., Aus dem inneren und äusseren Leben der Ehsten. St. Petersburg, 1876.

Wiener, Ch., Pérou et Bolivie. Paris, 1880.

Wiener Studien.

Wiener Zeitschrift für die Kunde des Morgenlandes.

Wiese, C., “Beiträge zur Geschichte der Zulu im Norden des Zambesi, namentlich der Angoni,” in Zeitschrift für Ethnologie, xxxii. (1900).

Wieseler, Fr., in Philologus, ix. (1854).

Wilamowitz-Moellendorff, Prof. U. von, Aristoteles und Athen. Berlin, 1893.

Wilcken, U., “Arsinoitische Steuerprofessionen aus dem Jahre 189 n. Chr.,” in Sitzungsberichte der Königlichen Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin (1883).

Wilde, Lady, Ancient Cures, Charms, and Usages of Ireland. London, 1890.

Ancient Legends, Mystic Charms, and Superstitions of Ireland. London, 1887.

Wildeboer, D. G., Commentary on Esther, in Kurzer Hand-Commentar zum alten Testament, Lieferung 6. Herausgegeben von D. K. Marti. Freiburg, i. B., 1898.

Wilford, Captain F., “An Essay on the Sacred Isles in the West,” in Asiatic Researches, ix. London, 1809.

“Vicramaditya and Salivahana,” in Asiatic Researches, ix. London, 1809.

Wilken, G. A., “Bijdrage tot de Kennis der Alfoeren van het eiland Boeroe,” in Verhandelingen van het Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen, xxxviii. Batavia, 1875.

“De betrekking tusschen menschen- dieren- en plantenleven naar het volksgeloof,” in De Indische Gids. November, 1884.

“De Simsonsage,” in De Gids, 1888, No. 5. Separate reprint.

De verspreide Geschriften van Prof. Dr. G. A. Wilken, Verzameld door Mr. F. D. E. van Ossenbruggen. The Hague, 1912.

Handleiding voor de vergelijkende Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië. Leyden, 1893.

“Het animisme bij de volken van den Indischen Archipel,” in De Indische Gids, June 1884.

Het animisme bij de volken van den Indischen Archipel. Tweede Stuk. Leyden, 1885.

“Het animisme bij de volken van den Indischen Archipel,” in Verspreide Geschriften. The Hague, 1912.

“Het Shamanisme bij de Volken van de Indischen Archipel,” in Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië, xxxvi. (1887).

“Iets over de Papoewas van de Geelvinksbaai.” Separate reprint from Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië, 5e Volgreeks ii.

“Iets over de schedelvereering,” in Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië, xxxviii. (1889).

* “Over de primitieve vormen van het huwelijk,” in Indische Gids, 1880, etc.

Über das Haaropfer und einige andere Trauergebräuche bei den Völkern Indonesiens. Reprinted from the Revue Coloniale Internationale. Amsterdam, 1886-1887.

Wilken, N. P., en Schwarz, J. A., “Allerlei over het land en volk van Bolaäng Mongondou,” in Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap, xi. (1867).

“Het heidendom en de Islam in Bolaäng Mongondou,” in Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap, xi. (1867).

Wilken, P. N., “Bijdragen tot de kennis van de zeden en gewoonten der Alfoeren in de Minahassa,” in Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap, vii. (1863).

“De godsdienst en godsdientsplegtigheden der Alfoeren in de Menahassa op het eiland Celebes,” Tijdschrift voor Neêrlands Indië (December 1849). Reprinted in N. Graafland's De Minahassa. Rotterdam, 1869.

German translation in Zeitschrift für allgemeine Erdkunde, N.F., x. (1861).

Wilkes, Ch., Narrative of the United States Exploring Expedition. London, 1845.

New Edition. New York, 1851.

Wilkinson, Sir J. Gardiner, Manners and Customs of the Ancient Egyptians, Edited by S. Birch. London, 1878.

A Second Series of the Manners and Customs of the Ancient Egyptians., London, 1841.

Wilkinson, R. J., Malay Beliefs. London and Leyden, 1906.

Willcock, Rev. Dr. J., of Lerwick, in letter to Sheriff-Substitute David J. Mackenzie (ix. 169 n. 2).

Willems, A., Notes sur la Paix d'Aristophane. Brussels, 1899.

Willer, “Verzameling der Battasche Wetten en Instellingen in Mandheling en Pertibie,” in Tijdschrift voor Neêrlands Indië (1846).

Williams, John, Narrative of Missionary Enterprises in the South Sea Islands. London, 1838.

Williams, Meta E., “Hittite Archives from Boghaz-Keui.” Translated from the German transcripts of Dr. Winckler. (Annals of Archaeology and Anthropology, iv. Liverpool and London, 1912.)

Williams, Monier, Buddhism. Second Edition. London, 1890.

Religious Thought and Life in India. London, 1883.

Williams, S. W., The Middle Kingdom. New York and London, 1848.

Williams, Thomas, Fiji and the Fijians. Second Edition. London, 1860.

Willibald, Life of S. Boniface, in Pertz's Monumenta Germaniae Historica, ii.

Willoughby, Rev. W. C., “Notes on the Totemism of the Becwana,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxxv. (1905).

Wilmanns, G., Exempla Inscriptionum Latinarum. Berlin, 1873.

Wilson, Captain, “Report on the Indian Tribes,” in Transactions of the Ethnological Society of London, N. S., iv. (1866).

Wilson, Sir Charles, Picturesque Palestine. London, n.d.

Wilson, Rev. C. T., Peasant Life in the Holy Land. London, 1906.

Wilson, C. T., and Felkin, R. W., Uganda and the Egyptian Sudan. London, 1882.

Wilson, Daniel, The Archaeology and Prehistoric Annals of Scotland. Edinburgh, 1851.

Wilson, Colonel Henry, in letter to the Author (vii. 226 n. 6).

Wilson, H. H., “The Religious Festivals of the Hindus,” in Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, ix. (1848).

Wilson, Captain James, Missionary Voyage to the Southern Pacific Ocean. London, 1799.

Wilson, Rev. J. Leighton, Western Africa. London, 1856.

Winckler, H., Altorientalische Forschungen. Zweite Reihe. Leipsic, 1900.

Dritte Reihe. Leipsic, 1901.

Die Gesetze Hammurabi. Second Edition. Leipsic, 1903.

Die Thontafeln von Tell-el-Amarna. Berlin, 1889-1890.

Geschichte Babyloniens und Assyriens. Leipsic, 1902.

Geschichte Israels. Leipsic, 1895-1900.

in E. Schrader's Die Keilinschriften und das Alte Testament. Third Edition. Berlin, 1902.

“Vorläufige Nachrichten über die Ausgrabungen in Boghaz-Köi im Sommer 1907, 1. Die Tontafelfunde,” in Mitteilungen der Deutschen Orient-Gesellschaft zu Berlin, No. 35, December 1907.

Windt, H. de, Through the Gold-fields of Alaska to Bering Straits. London, 1898.

Winer, G. B., Biblisches Realwörterbuch. Second Edition. Leipsic, 1833-1838.

Winter, A. C., “Russische Volksbräuche bei Seuchen,” in Globus, lxxix. (1901).

Winter, C. F., “Instellingen, gewoonten en gebruiken der Javanen te Soerakarta,” in Tijdschrift voor Neêrlands Indië, Vijfde Jaargang, Eerste Deel (1843).

Winter, J. W., “Beknopte Beschrijving van het hof Soerokarta in 1824,” in Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië, liv. (1902).

Winterbottom, Thomas, An Account of the Native Africans in the Neighbourhood of Sierra Leone. London, 1803.

Winternitz, M., “Das altindische Hochzeitsrituell,” in Denkschriften der kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften in Wien, xl. Vienna, 1892.

“Der Sarpabali, ein altindischer Schlangencult,” in Mittheilungen der Anthropologischen Gesellschaft in Wien, xviii. (1888).

* Wisla, vol. iv.

Wissenschaftliche Mittheilungen aus Bosnien und der Hercegovina. Redigiert von Moriz Hoernes. Vienna, 1895.

Wissenschaftliche Veröffentlichungen der Deutschen Orient-Gesellschaft.

Wissmann, H. von, My Second Journey through Equatorial Africa, from the Congo to the Zambesi. London, 1891.

Wissowa, Professor G., s.v. “Cincius,” in Pauly-Wissowa's Real-encyclopädie der classischen Altertumswissenschaft, iii.

De feriis anni Romanorum vetustissimi observationes selectae. Reprinted in his Gesammelte Abhandlungen zur römischen Religions- und Stadtgeschichte. Munich, 1904.

s.vv. “Egeria,” “Mater Matuta,” and “Pales,” in W. H. Roscher's Ausführliches Lexikon der griechischen und römischen Mythologie.

Gesammelte Abhandlungen zur römischen Religions- und Stadtgeschichte. Munich, 1904.

Religion und Kultus der Römer. Munich, 1902.

Second Edition. Munich, 1912.

Wit, Miss Augusta de, Facts and Fancies about Java. Singapore, 1898.

“Witch-burning at Clonmell,” in Folk-lore, vi. (1895).

Witte, Anton, “Menstruation und Pubertätsfeier der Mädchen in Kpandugebiet Togo,” in Baessler-Archiv, i. (1911).

Witzschel, August, Sagen, Sitten und Gebräuche aus Thüringen. Vienna, 1878.

Wlislocki, H. von, Sitten und Brauch der Siebenbürger Sachsen. Hamburg, 1888.

Volksglaube und religiöser Brauch der Magyar. Münster i. W., 1893.

Volksglaube und religiöser Brauch der Zigeuner. Münster i. W., 1891.

Volksglaube und Volksbrauch der Siebenbürger Sachsen. Berlin, 1893.

Woeste, J., in Zeitschrift für deutsche Mythologie und Sittenkunde, ii. (1855).

Woeste, J. F. L., Volksüberlieferungen in der Grafschaft Mark. Iserlohn, 1848.

Woldt, A., Captain Jacobsen's Reise an der Nordwestküste Americas, 1881-1883. Leipsic, 1884.

“Die Kultus-Gegenstände der Golden und Giljaken,” in Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie, i. (1888).

Wolf, J. W., Beiträge zur deutschen Mythologie. Göttingen and Leipsic, 1852-1857.

Deutsche Hausmärchen. Göttingen and Leipsic, 1851.

Deutsche Märchen und Sagen. Leipsic, 1845.

Niederländische Sagen. Leipsic, 1843.

Wood, J. G., Natural History of Man. London, 1874-1880.

Wood, J. T., Discoveries at Ephesus. London, 1877.

Inscriptions from the Augusteum.

Inscriptions from the City and Suburbs.

Inscriptions from the Great Theatre.

Inscriptions from the Temple of Diana.

Wood, W. Martin, “The Hairy Men of Yesso,” in Transactions of the Ethnological Society of London, N.S., iv. (1866).

Woodford, C. M., A Naturalist among the Head-hunters, being an Account of Three Visits to the Solomon Islands. London, 1890.

Woods, J. D. See s.v. [Native Tribes of South Australia].

Woodthorpe, Colonel R. G., “Some Account of the Shans and Hill Tribes of the States on the Mekong,” in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxvi. (1897).

“Words about Spirits,” in (South African) Folk-lore Journal, ii. (1880).

Wordsworth, J., Fragments and Specimens of Early Latin. Oxford, 1874.

Wordsworth, W., Ode on Intimations of Immortality.

World's Work and Play, The.

Worrall, Rev. H., in report of a lecture delivered in Melbourne, December 9, 1898.

Worth, R. N., History of Devonshire. Second Edition. London, 1886.

Wrangell, De, Le Nord de la Sibérie. Paris, 1843.

Wratislaw, A. H., Sixty Folk-tales from exclusively Slavonic Sources. London, 1889.

Wright, Elizabeth Mary, Rustic Speech and Folk-lore. Oxford, 1913.

Wright, Joseph, The English Dialect Dictionary. London, 1898-1905.

Wright, Th., Early Travels in Palestine. London, 1848.

Wright, W., The Empire of the Hittites. Second Edition. London, 1886.

Wunenberger, Ch., “La Mission et le royaume de Humbé, sur les bords du Cunène,” in Les Missions Catholiques, xx. (1888).

Wünsch, R., Das Frühlingsfest der Insel Malta. Leipsic, 1902.

“Eine antike Rachepuppe,” in Philologus, lxi. (1902).

Wüstenfeld, F., Macrizi's Geschichte der Copten. Göttingen, 1845.

Wuttke, A., Der deutsche Volksaberglaube. Second Edition. Berlin, 1869.

Wuttke, R., Sächsische Volkskunde. Second Edition. Dresden, 1901.

Wyatt, W., in Native Tribes of South Australia.

Wyse, Miss A. Private communication (ii. 88 n. 1).

Wyse, William. Private communications (i. 101 n. 2, 105 n. 5, ii. 356 n. 3, iv. 144, vi. 35 n. 1, 51 n. 1).

Wyttenbach, Daniel, Animadversiones in Plutarchi Scripta Moralia. Leipsic, 1820-1834.

Xanthus, in Fragmenta Historicorum Graecorum, ed. C. Müller, vol. i.

Xenophanes, in Die Fragmente der Vorsokratiker, ed. H. Diels, vol. i.

quoted by Clement of Alexandria, Stromateis.

quoted by Eusebius, Praeparatio Evangelii, xiii.

Xenophon. Ed. L. Dindorf. Leipsic, 1870-1871.

Anabasis.

Cynegeticus.

Cyropaedia.

Hellenica (Historia Graeca).

Oeconomicus.

Respublica Lacedaemoniorum, in Xenophontis opuscula politica, equestria, et venatica, ex recensione et cum annotationibus L. Dindorfii. Oxford, 1866.

Xeres, Fr., Relation véridique de la conquête du Pérou et de la Province de Cuzco nommée Nouvelle-Castille, in H. Ternaux-Compans's Voyages, relations et mémoires, etc. Paris, 1837.

Yarborough, Rev. J. J. C. Private communication (viii. 51 n. 5).

Yate, W., An Account of New Zealand. London, 1835.

“Ynglinga Saga,” in The Heimskringla or Chronicle of the Kings of Norway. Translated from the Icelandic of Snorri Sturluson by S. Laing. London, 1844.

Yoe, Shway, The Burman, his Life and Notions. London, 1882.

Young, Arthur, “Tour in Ireland,” in J. Pinkerton's Voyages and Travels, iii.

Young, Ernest, The Kingdom of the Yellow Robe. Westminster, 1898.

* Young, George, A History of Whitby and Streoneshalth Abbey (Whitby, 1817), quoted in County Folk-lore, vol. ii., North Riding of Yorkshire, York, and the Ainsty. London, 1901.

Young, Hugh W., F.S.A. Scot., Notes on the Ramparts of Burghead as revealed by recent Excavations. Edinburgh, 1892.

Notes on further Excavations at Burghead. Edinburgh, 1893.

Younghusband, (Sir) F. E., “A Journey across Central Asia,” in Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society, x. (1888).

Yukon Territory, The. London, 1898.

Yule, Colonel H., in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, ix. (1880).

Yuzbashi, “Tribes on the Upper Nile,” in Journal of the African Society, No. 14 (January 1905).

Zahler, H., Die Krankheit im Volksglauben des Simmenthals. Bern, 1898.

Zahn, H., “Die Jabim,” in R. Neuhauss's Deutsch Neu-Guinea, iii. Berlin, 1911.

Zamachschar, cited by Graf zu Solms-Laubach, in Abhandlungen der Königlichen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Göttingen, xxviii. (1882).

Zanetti, Z., La Medicina delle nostre donne. Città di Castello, 1892.

Zechariah, The Book of the Prophet.

Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenländischen Gesellschaft.

Zeitschrift des Deutschen Palaestina-Vereins.

Zeitschrift der Gesellschaft für Erdkunde zu Berlin.

Zeitschrift der Savigny-Stiftung für Rechtsgeschichte.

Zeitschrift des Vereins für Volkskunde.

Zeitschrift für ägyptische Sprache und Altertumskunde.

Zeitschrift für afrikanischen und oceanischen Sprachen.

Zeitschrift für allgemeine Erdkunde.

Zeitschrift für Assyriologie.

Zeitschrift für deutsches Alterthum.

Zeitschrift für deutsche Mythologie und Sittenkunde.

Zeitschrift für die alttestamentliche Wissenschaft.

Zeitschrift für die historische Theologie.

Zeitschrift für die neutestamentliche Wissenschaft.

Zeitschrift für Ethnologie.

* Zeitschrift für Missionskunde und Religionswissenschaft, xv. (1900), referred to by A. Dieterich in Archiv für Religionswissenschaft, viii. (1904).

Zeitschrift für Numismatik.

Zeitschrift für vergleichende Rechtswissenschaft.

Zeitschrift für Volkskunde.

Zeller, E., Die Philosophie der Griechen. Third and Fourth Editions. Leipsic, 1875-1881.

Zend-Avesta. Translated by James Darmesteter and L. H. Mills. Oxford, 1880-1887. (Sacred Books of the East, vols. iv., xxiii., and xxxi.)

Zenobius. Proverbia, in Paroemiographi Graeci, vol. i., ed. E. L. Leutsch et F. G. Schneidewin. Göttingen, 1839-1851.

* Zeumer, J. K., Laetare vulgo Todten Sonntag (Jena, 1701), quoted by Fr. Kauffmann, in Balder (Strasburg, 1902).

Ziebarth, E., “Der Fluch im griechischen Recht,” in Hermes, xxx. (1895).

Zimmer, H., Altindisches Leben. Berlin, 1879.

“Das Mutterrecht der Pikten,” in Zeitschrift der Savigny-Stiftung für Rechtsgeschichte, xv. (1894), Romanistische Abtheilung.

Zimmermann, W. F. A., Die Inseln des Indischen und Stillen Meeres. Berlin, 1864-1865.

Zimmern, H., s.v. “Creation,” in Encyclopaedia Biblica, i.

“Der babylonische Gott Tamūz,” in Abhandlungen der philologisch-historischen Klasse der Königlichen Sächsischen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, xxvii. No. xx. Leipsic, 1909.

in E. Schrader's Die Keilinschriften und das Alte Testament. Third Edition. Berlin, 1902.

“Sumerisch-babylonische Tamūzlieder,” in Berichte über die Verhandlungen der Königlich Sächsischen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Leipzig, philologisch-historische Klasse, lix. (1907).

“Zum Babylonischen Neujahrsfest,” in Berichte über die Verhandlungen der Königlich Sächsischen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Leipzig, philologisch-historische Klasse, lviii. (1906).

“Zur Frage nach dem Ursprunge des Purimfestes,” in Zeitschrift für die alttestamentliche Wissenschaft, xi. (1891).

Zimmern, Helen, The Epic of Kings, Stories retold from Firdusi. London, 1883.

* Zincke, F. Barham, Some Materials for the History of Wherstead. Ipswich, 1887. (Quoted in County Folk-lore, Printed Extracts, No. 2, Suffolk. Collected and edited by Lady Eveline Camilla Gurdon. London, 1893.)

Zingerle, Ignaz V., “Der heilige Baum bei Nauders,” in Zeitschrift für deutsche Mythologie und Sittenkunde, iv. Göttingen, 1859.

Kinder- und Hausmärchen aus Tirol. Second Edition. Gera, 1870.

“Perahta in Tirol,” in Zeitschrift für deutsche Mythologie und Sittenkunde, iii. Göttingen, 1855.

Sitten, Bräuche und Meinungen des Tiroler Volkes. Second Edition. Innsbruck, 1871.

“Wald, Bäume, Kräuter,” in Zeitschrift für deutsche Mythologie und Sittenkunde, i. Göttingen, 1853.

Zippel, G., “Das Taurobolium,” in Festschrift zum fünfzigjährigen Doctor-jubiläum L. Friedlaender dargebracht von seinen Schülern. Leipsic, 1895.

Zonaras, Annales. Ed. M. Pinder. Bonn, 1841-1844.

Zondervan, H., “Timor en de Timoreezen,” in Tijdschrift van het Nederlandsch Aardrijkskundig Genootschap, Tweede Serie, v. 1888.

Zosimus, Historia. Ed. Im. Bekker. Bonn, 1837.

Zündel, G., “Land und Volk der Eweer auf der Sclavenküste in West-afrika,” in Zeitschrift der Gesellschaft für Erdkunde zu Berlin, xii. (1877).

Zurita, Alonzo de, “Rapport sur les differentes classes de chefs de la Nouvelle-Espagne,” in H. Ternaux-Compans's Voyages, Relations et Mémoires originaux, pour servir à l'Histoire de la Découverte de l'Amérique. Paris, 1840.

Zweifel et Moustier, “Voyage aux sources du Niger,” in Bulletin de la Société de Géographie (Paris), 6ème Série, xv. (1878), xx. (1880).

[pg 146]

---